'iu *>. .a^ .^ \\ ^ .V o Passive is wanting,' the sentence dictated by the teacher should be written by the dass; but they must determine for themselves whether it has a Pas- sive Form or not. On page 19 the reconstruction is more difficult, as the Ante- cedent must be mentioned before the Pronoun. Page 20 consists entirely of the Interrogative form. Compound Subjects are introduced on page 22. Compound Objects distinguish page 24. Page 2G is characterized by longer sentences. Some of the sentences on page 28 refer to preceding ones. On pages 32 and 34 the Tenses of the Indicative Mood are all used in consecutive order. Many other sentences should now be required, all arranged in the same manner. The Potential Mood is fully represented on page 30. The class must not lo informed whether there is any Passive Form or not. Thoy should simply be instructed to write the Active or Common, as dictated, when they can not supply the VI INTKODUOTION. i i Passive o„ the pages following ;}G, where we also find Ad- verbs and Adverbial Phrases. Piige 44 introduces Inseparable Prepositions The Progressive Form lirst appears on page 47, and is con- tinued up to page 53, AVhen page 55 is to be written, the dictation must be from page o4, and page 50, with the Progressive, must also be dic- tated from page 54. After completing page 62, continue the same exercises with other Verbs. On page G3 the four sentences must be written by dictating any one of them. Those Forms that are wanting must be s^ marked. Ihese may be continued to any desired extent From page 05 to page 7G the Complex Sentences m'ust be written from the dictation of the Simple ones that precede them. '■ The Simple Sentences on page 78 must be written from the dictation of the preceding Complex ones on page 77 - Page 80, with Simple Relative Pronouns, mult be 'written at one Exercise, from the dictation of page 79, and page 81 from page 80; while page 83 must be written from the dictation of page 82, and page 84 from page 83. Pages 85, 80, 87, and 88 may be deferred until after the Rules of Syntax in Part IV. shall have been studied The Definitions in Part II. should not be required to be com- mi ted to memory in successive lessons. It will be found best to begin by using the Parsing Exercises and studying the Defi- nitions as required. To this end only one Part of Sj-eech should be considered at once, as on page 143 and the followin- six pages. Copious exercises of this kind should be selected from the sentences found in other parts of the book before akmg up the difficulties presented in such examples as are con- tained m Part III. All the lessons iu Part III. should be well prepared at home At -ectation, all books must be laid aside and the words o* the lesson written on the left margin of the blackboard. Each successive point, with the reason, should be stated, calling on rich member of the class for only one statement at teacher may write as the pupils recite, or call his statement shall be made, to do the writin. a time. The upon each one, as INTIIODUCTION. vij In commencing- Analysis, Avhicli is found in Part IV., conduct a nuiiil)er of lessons after the method illustrated on ^mge 194. Then use 2)af,'e 199 and the four that follow, disposing of the sentences, after the}' have been composed from the material given, in the same manner as on pages 19G, 197, and 198. More advanced classes should begin at page 204. A sufficient num- ber of sentences have been completely analyzed to serve as mod- els, and these lessons can be indefinitely extended. The False Syntax may be used for Dictation Exercises, by dictating the incorrect sentences, which are to be written cor- rectly; or, if used for written lessons at home, the incorrect sentence should be followed by the words should be, and these by the correct sentence, the whole forming one distinct para- graph by itself; and each subsequent pair may bo arranged similarly. A colon is nsed immediately after the words should be, and a capital letter should follow the colon. The exercises in Punctuation are correctly punctuated. In dictation, do not dictate the i)oints. Part V. may be used altogether for dictation. Pronounce twenty words at each lesson to be written in blank books or slates. Make corrections by exchange of books, allowing the scholars to correct each other's errors by striking out incor- rectly spelled words, as you spell for the class. Request each one to keep a li.st containing only the words that shall have been stricken out, written both correctly and incorrectly, and carry it constantly in the pocket-book, to be studied during- leisure moments. All will soon be interested in tliese exercises. Part VI. will not only furni.sh many valuable Dictation Exer- cises, but also serve as models for correspondence. Contents of letters should be mapped out, and the scholars required to write the same in i)roper form, properly addressed. They may even correspond with each other or with friends. It has been the aim of the author to make a marked improve- ment in the definitions; how far he has succeeded it remains for the experienced teacher to judge. Difficulties and trials that would perhaps be hard to describe are constantly recurring, and it is the object of this volume to make everything so plain and perspicuous that these annoyances shall be so infrequent as to be no longer a source of trouble. The following will illustrate viii INTRODUCTION. room" it ZT "" °' °"°°" ^""^ °"™™-'' '» "«y -hool- 1. The horse ran. 2. The horse ran away. 3. The cow died. 4. The man went. 5. The merchant talked 6. The horse disappeared, yesterday. 7. His father came home last night. 8. His father brought home last night. 10. His father came a gun home last night (Write No. 1 on the blackboard ) Did fl,« i. ^o. J.) Did the cow (he anything ? Ye^ ^h- 7 ii-i , What did she die? .9/. ./i ., ^afJa 'Z'k /n '''■ vatiug! Write No. 4.) What did the Tan t 7/ ^'"/^»"'"'^- »^l/. (How persistent ! Write No 5 )lfl I V '^'"''- any thing? Y.s sir- /i. ZnZj i n^ , . ''^ "'^ merchant talk "ate. Wnte No. 6.) What did the horse ai^VelT U r' rweared yesterday. (Now you have him.) And When dtt" disappear? Yrstrrday. Well wh-t .. / ,^"^.W^en aid he rf/>«/V.'....? /./msr//^ P,.;v!.l- . ^^ ^" disappear? m I' ' «""v//. (Provoking, is it not? Write Nn 7\ What did he come? He came 1mm ^ m •„ ^^^"^JNo. 7. Write No 8 ^ n^ n • ^^* ^^^'^ soon culminate vvute^o. b.) Does this sentence tell what li« 1... , ™^*^- i^o, .^.V. Is it complete as it is ? 1 T^T L! ?^'* ^'''^' ^ tln„fjnr/,r "home " (Nn^ ,-f ^'^' '^'^ .V0(/, w»s/ pu/ some- nigMed vision. Vrie No rwlVr/r^ ^^°^ "^^'^ '^- .;. What did he 00^- hi:rir. .^ 'ovSte r \o1 Would it be pioner tn Rnv+li„<^ !,« ^ V '''"te JNo. 10.) ;^^ «v. Wo r ■ wr^f e' dreL?:;!::':' '"^' "'«'" ' brought? Hands uni S»,„ » „ ^""^ """n oame and can have an obirci Vpq fi,n+ • . »>'"iie.'' iirought V 1-^ . "'y'-'^^- J^es, that IS corrfict. 4nd t,„- v i ,°, brought is said to be Tranxi/h^. lo •. ^ ^"^blike PART I. THE PRINCIPLES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITIOli. E„b™,„g Active ,, C<,„,„.„, P»i,, p„^„„,,,_ ,„^, S n,p . Sentence., w.H .Si.p.c „., Oon,^„„a S„,,ec.. „. P„ ,.,,, J .' pl«Se„t..oe.w..hE.Uti«C..„„, .He ..e .,,„,„„. ™,o„„p.n„K ^™ ^.„.„„. c„n«„e«o„ 0, I..»„...„ .„, p„.,^,.., ,„^,„^ ^, English Language, and the correction „t F.leo Syntax To B. „«o ., ^^„ .,^^,,^,^ ^_ ^^ ^_^^^^_^^^ ^^^^^ • \ ! I u n See sec PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COM POSITION. ACTIVE FORM. To be taken with the following page. EX. I. A book should contain no errors This man will buy a tvntch. Children should obey parents. That boy will bring the books. The tree may produce c7i«;-nes. My sister could receive the letters These ;>.(,/;/.. can provide the money Jt^very 5,iW must write these w;o7Y/s" Any 6oi/ might win the race ms/ather shaU send a messenger. EX. n. Your rfo^r may eat that meat. My p.»o// should make better marks. The second rfr.,..,- must contain his knife. His % might unlock my rf,«j^,;,. -^ Ihe janitor wiU unlock all the doors Each student should examine the fesson. EX. in. Conductors on this line must admit no dogs This hot weather may produce rain ^ W>orf2/ must pay the admission/ee. All should preserve the utmost silence. Your ..por^ will surprise the comnucuity. Such readvuj^^m produce no good result. Ihis /rea^me»< may remove the difficulty Any one may bring co«,rt. Our (hnj has been kiUed by your In other. Many strange thing, have been seen by the chUdren efore night a payment will have been made by every man Tlie ^oor,h could have been read by a child The debt would have been eanceUed by two payme^ds. Nower. should have been produced in our garden A new hou.e must have been built by your/«^/*.r." The report has been heard by p.H the people. EX V. ^ His bmine^s has been injured by his enemies ^ Our house might have been destroyed by that /?re , My new 6ool' has been torn by thisj rvVtW. The eh ild had been punished by the teacher. ^ Ihe accident might have been prevented by some one. Clothing would have been bought by every one Many changes could have been made by the xoorhnen RilT;'/"?/;' H^''' ."'" disappointed by such i.^rmati.n. n^chgoldfuMs have been discovered by the mine^ Another assessment has been levied by that company. EX. VI. Three premiums had already been paid by James. His h/e could have been saved by his brother Another horse must have been bought by that man. A victory could have been gained by the ene^ny A letter may have been written by your uncle. The mon,y had been collected by several ladies. All the peopfe would have been plundered by robbers. The j.0,^ will have been completed by our men. All the soldiers had been dischargerl by the officer ' AH the ^oheat must have been destroyed by that 'storm. i A,^'':t£Citlrr.tlXfT re,„u.ed in forming the Passive is "by." Itliesense. i reposition, however, may be substituted, according to 6 PRINCIPLES OF ENOLISH COMl'OSITIOX. ACTIVE FORM. To bo taken witli tlio following pago. EX. vir. The teacher encouraged the boy. My employer received seventeen Idlers. Thi8 ej-erciso required greater care. The company suffered great hmcu. The intense heat evaporated all the water. A thief stole several of my chickens. This man found seventeen dollars. Another man lost some valuable /torses. My tooth caused excessive pain. His draiver contained all the books. EX. VIII. That boy broke my best slate. The girls pickea the cherries. An engineer used some of our oil. Three policemen made the charges. Some passing teamsters observed the occurrence. ^y neighbor eSbcted some important changes. A i>articalar friend gave the invitation. Friends invited friends. The people then possessed no power. Kings governed the people at that time. EX. IX. A policeman arrested the prisoner. The citizois called several meetings. The committee transacted much business. That company built many locomotives. A skillful architect designed our house. My dentist extracted five teeth to-day. The servant filled the wrong lamp. No one heard my remarks. One century witnessed a vast change. Each man produced three witnesses. i Con; subjec TION. 4 i ter, lurrence. xnges. n changing tlieae ), will show. rKINOll'l.KH OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page. KX. VII. TIio boy was encouraged by tlie teacher. Seventeen lellern were received by my employer. Greater care was required by this exercise. Great Umes were suffered by the company. All the xoater was evaporated by the intfuise heat. Several of my chickens were stolen by a thief. Seventeen dollarii were found by this man. Some valuable hvn^es were lost by another man. Excessive pain was caused by my tooth. All the books were contained in his draxocr. EX. VIII. My best slate was broken by that boy. The cherries were picked by the yirls. Some of our oil was used by an engineer. The charges were made by three jwlicemen. The occurrence was observed by some passing teamsters Some important changes were efffeoted by my neighbor The invitation was given by a particular /nenrf. Friends were invited hy friends. No power was then possessed by the people. At that time the 2)cople were governed by kings. EX. IX. The prisoner was arrested by a policeman. Several meetings were called by the citizens. Much business was transacted by the commiltee. Many locomotives were built by that company. Our house was designed by a skillful architect. Five teeth were extracted to-day by my dentist. The wrong Zamp was filled by the servant. My remarks were heard by no one. A vast c^a«.7e was witnessed in one century. Three xvitnesses were produced by each man. I'UINCin.KS OK KNOMsrr rOMPOSITlON. AOTIVE FORM. To 1,0 taken witli tl.o f<.Uowiiig page. KX. X. mn/nlhrr employs Heventoon srrvanl,. My brnther receives reliable ivfonnalion. All tlio people read the nr^'s .laily. A (hiff steals urtiden of value. Kvery diligent hoy studleb i\n' lesson well. I'.ncli boy makes umin fneiids. Sick ??ir/t take matu me. Medicine cures sick men. Somotimes medicine kills sick men. Another 6«j/ neglects the lesson. KX. XI. • A good siMnuje absorbs ?t;a/t'r readily. Shnri) ^'iii-es sharpen our pencils Our form produces an abundant' crop Your sister sings all the latest songs. The pastor delivers a short sermon. bhort «.r»,o»« satisfy the peojde best. His sermons please our/o//t« too well A skillful laivyer defends the />mo»er. 1^ lattering promises delude nian?/ Our rya,v/en produces beautiful y/^i-m. KX. XII. Jiees continually collect honetj. Green cjrass covers the /uV&iVfe. Warm shoxvers promite vegetal; m That/.v*^-tchesa] hi^se birds. '"■fru:>js reject the ofer. This little circumstance displeases the people My suggestion reverses his decision. Some peo/;fc excel o//i^'>-.s. All the boys know the hour of dismissal. lliose two borjs often strike eac/i o^er. '# # fUIN'TPLKS OF ENOr.lHH COMPOSITION. PASSIVE FOllM. To ho tukcn witli tlio preceiliiijij |«»Ko. KX X. SevGiitcon servanln are employed by Imfolher. Reliublo ui/ornuitioii is received by my bmlhi'r. The ncwH is daily read by all the people. Articles of value are stolen by n Hue/. The lesHon is well studied by every diligent boy Many Jrie)!, Is are made by onch boy. Medicine is taken by sicK- men. Sick men are cured by medicine. Sick men are soniclimris killed by medicine. The lesson is neglected by another boy. EX, XI. Waler is readily aSsorbt 1 by a good sjwnge. Our 2)encils are sharpenel with sharp huves. An abundant t'?'o/> is prod need on ouv farm. All the latest songs are sung by your sister. A short sermon is delivere i by the jmstor. The peop/e are best satisfie 1 with short sermom. Our folks are too well plea..ed with his sermons. The prisoner is defended b> a skillful lawijer. Many are deluded by flattei iig promises. Beautiful y?f)jwrs are product d in our garden. EX. XII. Honey is continually colleotef by bees. The hillsides are covered wit. green grass. Vegetation is promoted by war i showers. All these birds are caught by that boy. The r>/?l'?- is rejected by their fiends. The peo/)fc are displeased at thi. little circumstance. His decision is reversed by my nggestion. Some 7;e?079/c are excelled by olh, s. The hour of dismissal is known j o all the ?)rt?/.s. Those two boys are often struck by each other. ^::tl ?;^.:;"'te ^!:'!:'?:' -'-" the subject is singular, ana when it is phiral studied. are llie lUuatrationa on pp. 54, 55, GO and 01 should be well 10 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. ACTIVE FORM. To be taken witli the following page. EX. XIIL Ba Struck m<\ you observed it. Theij saw us. I had off fended Jwn. We shall accompany /hem. It displeased her. She will remember you. Thou hast created us. They will pay you. We cannot remunerate ihem. EX. XIV. 1 would have prevented if. It has produced a profouiul semaiion. Intelligent men will not believe it You win lose all your money. This accident will delay us. /cannot solve this example. We saw the eclipse. It produced intense darkness. All the astronomers witnessed it It surprised us. EX. XV. Any one can witness eclipses They would astonish mviuy people. /will inform you. You must observe all the circumstances. We shall carefully note the details. The lawyer sent detectives after him 2hey arrested him at the hotel Angel bands shall guide us thither They shall recognize each other You must finish thia lesson. tivesof strictly classical languages. ""'' l^''""""ns and a.ljec The a are foun 55 and (1 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 11 PASSIVE FORM. To ))e taken with the preceding page. EX. XIIL /was struck by him. It was observed by you. We were seen by them. He had been offended by me. They will be accompanied by us. She was displeased at it. You will be remembered by her. We have been created by Thee. You will be paid by them. They can not be remunerated by us. p:x. XIV. It would have been prevented by me. A profound sensation has-been produced by it. It will not be believed by intelligent vien. All your money will be lost by you. We will be delayed by this accident. This example can not be solved by me. The eclipse was seen by us. Intense darkness was produced by it. It was witnessed by all the astronomers. We were surprised at it. EX. XV. Hclipses can be witnessed by any one. Many people would be astonished at them. You will be informed by me. All the circumstances must be observed by you. The details will be carefully noted by us. Detectives were sent after him by the hmyer. He was arrested by them at the hotel. We shall be guided thither by angel bands. Phy shall be recognized by each other. This lesson must be finished by you. are^mi'Thi*"? '■^^J"''^^^, "\changing these sentences into the Passive Form 55 and (il. ^ ^""'Panng tlic Itule, p. 115. sec. 15, with the Exercises on pp. 12 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. ACTIVE FORM. To be taken with tlie following page. EX. XVI. f^i'^s lost all the best chances. All the people in the room saw her J always discover the errors. These complicated eufries trouble me loa never can dissolve that sugar. AH our friends have deserted us iV..^ will always regret such a c<;«.... fi ? .^''"^''*' ^^*^*t carelessness Neglect of duty wi<( insure his defeat. You have observed the regulations and rules. EX. XVIL The co,u„n7/6. has presented a report, riierj prepared it with great care. Fme i..a//ier will succeed the storm Some p.r.son has taken my gold pen. ' /bought ^< several days ago. All the remaining r/p^fcs contain M;on»s Ion might reUeve their t.a«/«. We shaU employ no more men. /cautioned /«„, against the accident. Ihree horses can draw the car. EX. XVIII. //must contain more than forty men. All these thoughts greatly disturb him Ihe noise does not disturb 7ne She knows all the popular songs, iou will never instruct her again Every morning p«p,, coniirms the netos I hoy should have given Inm n f„- • IF(' shall ^o«,-„ ! ™ ^ ^*^"' toarning. iVc Shall reciprocate your ^ujrfnm. ^our many kind/at^ors deserve our thanl. They allowed ill !,-•« is i '/w»X&. .. -Qwea all L.s kind ?«o/c/« to go unnoticed. wSs:lsc!;«,«t^j:rs.t^ti^' on p. 1L5, sec. 15, " 60 and 6L PllIxXCII'LES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 13 PASSIVE FOKM. To be taken with tlie preceding page. EX. XVI. All the best chances have been lost (by him). She was seen by all tlie jx'.ople in the room. ' The errort< are always discovered (by me). I am troubled by these complicated entries. That sugar never can be dissolved (by %joii). We have been deserted by all om- friemh. ' Such a course will always be regretted (by them) Carelessness is exhibited by blots and blunders. His defeat will be insured by neglect of duty. The regulations and rules have been observed (by you). EX. XVII. A report has been presented (by the committee). Itw&a prepared (by them) with great care. The storm will be succeeded by fine iveather. My gold pen has been taken by (some person) It was bought (by me) several days ago Worms are contained in all the remaining apples. Their wants might be relieved by you. No more men will be employed (by us). Be was cautioned against the accident (by me) The car can be drawn by three horses. EX. XVIII. More than forty men must be contained in it Be is greatly disturbed by all these thoughts. ' Jam not disturbed by the noise. All the popular songs are known by her. She will never be instructed by you again The neics is confirmed by every morning paper A fan warning should have been given him (by them). lour kindness will be reciprocated (by us) O^fhanl. are deserved for your many kind favors. All his kind toords were allowed (by them) to go unnoticed. i il mmPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. ACTIVE FOBM. To be taken with the following page. _ EX. XIX. SoZT"''" ''°"*^*"" *^° ^^^^^'^^ of verbs 0//*«^ take an irregular ending. You have made no mistakes. yVe should have corrected nii *i /foiin/i t ."^^^oi^ea all the m-ors. ^ found a few niisspelled zoorrf.. A 1 these p.o^/e will invest ,„on.^. ihis money would have built „ / i z |"7r^-equire4lX"'^°''^''"-- ills /ec^ure shows great ability. EX. XX. ^% Should have asked their/™^. Our CO..,., has seen great e;.«4« ^ Will surprise j/o. wlien yot. read it My 6ro//,.. found my book. His old cto//,.« possess no value. The street car hurt your brother. /have spoiled my new hat. liiat s/iOM;e,. has saturated it EX. XXI. Error always opposes /rw/A. Iruih and error oppose eac/t other. Our former/rte»^., have forgotten us ^« reflects his father's ,r.aLs.. The best historians can not verify i A pifl- ate all the acorns The ptsr did not thank the oa;fc. ee PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PASSIVE FORM. 'J'o he taken witli the preceding page. EX. XIX. Two classes of verb.s are contained in this exercise A regular ferminalion is possessed by some An irregular ending is taken by others. No mislakes have been made (by i/o>i). All the errors should have been corrected (by ns) A lew misspelled icords were found (by me) Money will be invested by all these people ' A good house would have been built with this money. L:vplanalions are required by some icords. Oireat ahdily is shown by his leclure. EX. XX. Tlxeix friends should have been asked by them O-reat chancjes have been seen by our country. ro.. will be surprised at it when it is read by you. My book was found by my brother. No value is possessed by his old clothes. Your brother was hurt by the street car. My new hat has been spoiled (by me) It has been saturated by that shoxoer Nothing like it had been seen by the oldest inhahitant. Error is overcome in the end by truth. EX. XXI. Truth is always opposed to error. Truth and error are opposed to each other. We have been forgbtten by our ioxraev friends. ±iis tather s greatness is reflected in him The result can not be changed by this event. i/ can not be verified by the best historians. All the aco^-\s were eaten by a pig The oak was not thanked by the pig They eould not be kept any longer by the oak. Acorns are devoured with avidity by ings. fceni oi actor, \\ ords in parentheses may be omitted. 15 i •'I ;if! 16 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. ACTIVE FORM. To be taken with the following page. EX. XXIL That boy lost a peticil. The pencil fell. //^ lost the pencil (out of his pocket). J( fell (out of his pocket). J strike the table. The lable trembles. The SU71 will shine to-morrow. The s,oi will give light to-morrow. // will dispel the clouds. Tliey will dimppear. EX. XXIIL Perhaps they will never re/i/rn. /can not see them now. ^tf?// have gone out of sight. Other clouds will fill the sky. But they will not remain. We shaU miss the clouds. You must look out. Perhaps you can find some. We must not wait for the clouds. The lecturer was sick. EX. XXIV. ^t; disappointed his audience. But iif was unavoidable. The audience waited for Imn They expected him every moment. However he did not oome. 'rhey can hear his words to-morrow. His/«//t('r may visit him. But /ie can not stay long. He vnW probably bring Ihe money. All our money returns to us. ■tudied. ^'- ^^'' «cc8. o and 0, which should now be Byi these j PRINCIPLES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITION, 17 as ex- ow be PASSIVE FOKM. To be taken witli the preceding page. EX. xxn. A pencil was lost by that boy. Passive wanting. The pencil was lost out of his pocket (by him). Passive wanting. The table is struck by me. Passive wanting. No passive. Light wiU be given by the siin to-morrow. The clouds will be dispelled (by it). No passive. EX. XXIII. No passive. Tfiey can not be seen now (by me). No passive. The sky will be fiUed with other clouds. No passive. The clouds will be missed by ms. No passive. Perhaps some can be found by you. No passive. Passive wanting. EX. XXIV. His audience was disappointed by him. No passive. Passive wanting. He was expected by them every moment. Passive wanting. His words can be heard (by them) to-morrow. He may be visited by his father. No passive. The vioney will probably be brought by him. Passive wanting. By referring to p. 112, notes I, II, HI and IV, it will be seen whv some of these sentences have no Passive Form. They contain Intransitive Verbs ;• : il W PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. I i ACTIVE FORM. ^i^l ^° ^^ taken with the following page. EX. XXV. That little boy's molhcr punished him. ^e had told nfe ,| ^o]/« should always tell the truth. ij ! J^^'^^'ingsitsown/^^nr^. ^"•/«^. also, brings its own reward. My .s-^er has sold her piano ^J'? realized a good ;.ne6> for it. Ihat /;o?/ has lost his 6oo/fcs ^^; very carelessly left them at the door. j ihis pencil preserves its point well. I EX. XXVL I ffe lent his pe»ci7 to his brother His 6,-o -^ the nouns PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 19 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken witli the preceding page. EX. XXV. That little hoy was punished by his mother. A lie had been told by him. The truth should always be told by Jtoys^. The penally of vice is brought by itself. Virtue's reward is also brought by iti^elf. My sister's jnano has been sold by her. A good j)riee was realized for it (by her). That boy's books have been lost (by him). They were very carelessly left at the door (by him). The point of this pencil is well preserved (by it). EX. XXVI. His pencil was lent to his brother (by him). His pencil is often used by his brother. His brother's pencil is never lent by him. We are very seldom accommodated by him. The body can not be enriched by itself. The body is enriched by the mind. The treasures of the soul are contained in itself. The victim of death was translated to the other world (by it). The many questions of his friends were asked by thevi. This question was asked by one of them. EX. XXVIL What record has been left behind (by him) ? The inquiries of the angels were then made by them,. What treasures have been sent before (by him) ? The leaves of the flowers are shed (by thein). These leaves can not be revived by autumn winds. The coming /«/(o-e can not be foreseen (by you). Neither can the past acts of- mortals be undone (by them). No/ear of death need be had by the good and true. Seats have already been secured in Paradise by good men. Physicians' prescriptions are often disregarded by themselves. ^JuT^tI^- ''''"r°* ■!'' ""^'^ '"''^"'■^ mentioning the nouns for w'lich they stanil. 1 Ins makes it necessary to change other words beside the verbs. ' I 20 ACTIVE FOBM "''"provid.^r:,;:::"';''-'"-' Vviiy must /tti rav f I ^""®^ ^ „ KX. XXIX. vvieie did .vo,, obtain this />oo/L.? WJjen should a /m ask , T H«~'-™"'/™"'' Visits,, How many ,,„„„ j!!f ''° *'«> ?'"*« celebrate? WAo rewarded, r«fo ',''"?"'•' ' "Sing tlie proper auxil- ] A agei rillNCII'LKS OF KNOIJSH /o,i)'f Which note will be answered by your /hlher? By ichovi will the mngnzinn be read ? When was the clwck paid by tlie hanker ? How can xmtUr be converted into steam (by ymiyi By xohom are yoxi provided with money? Why must the money be paid twice (by him) ? EX. XXIX. How is that done by your brother? Where was this book obtained (by you) ? When should (/nestions be asked by a bo>/ ? Which language will next be studied by you ? Wliy is your breakfad not eaten (by you)i When was my fatlier's ca^lh- seen by you? How are your father's account kept (by him) ? Why has noihing been gained by ^- owv frien,! ? By what is that man's livelihood obtained (by him) ? How were the aria cultivated by the liomans ? EX. XXX. When wiU Italy be visited by yom friend? How much money will be deposited (by (,.s)? Where may the necessary information be obtained (by ks^V Which day of the week is celebrated by th« Turks? How many doors have been opened (by you) ? Why was that man hanged (by them) ? What crime had been committed by him ? How might this be accomplished (by ?<.s)? Where would the trees be planted by you '? By lohom were they rewarded for their kindness? atrmifc'orlifnV",*''.^ •F*'''''''^ *^°'''"> "f**^" '"°'-« conspicuous by omittine the agent or actor; but it may be retained where identity is necessary. ^ OO 'II I ACTIVK FOHAr '"'"■""■'"" p«vo„.er :;;;;:;:::- ''.s and waste places receive liff i • -i"e wjooM and s/«,... ill , ^^® ^i"Ie ram. Ho"r/.o.s/ and *""™*"«d the ./,. ;|, fix. XXXIII ^^renls and m,,v.,// *^^® ^'o^ts. C.««„,,;,~;'00vert,,e,„„„,,,^ ] j 'J I I 1 111 whic ^ ntfNCll'LKS OF KNOLFSir (OMI'ONITION. PASSIVE FORM. To bu tukeii with thu i)rei;(!(liiig j,ftge. Kx. xxxr. The hvjhwni/H were blocked with moio and tc«. M' will be overtaken by mixrorlum: muX ruin ' t'umbuMioi, is accompanied with li^iht and heat Mention is attracted by l.is easy manners nnd aJ,/,-m. AmiAeprolertian is provided by our arm,/ and „rtn/ ^/»/.%,»n,/ was obtained by the carpenter, and painters. Excellent sport ia aflbrded by hanting nm] fishing The .s»vu»;)x are inhabited by toads an^] frogs. Tiie couyitry is intersected by ,-trm and streams. Our t/r2>aWMr« was prevented hyfog and nun. EX. XXXII. Wafer is formed of o.njgen and hydrogen. The .siWn6.«M; was obstructed by day and <,ravel. The /«ftr.s were filled with steam and hot ai> Little rain is received by deserts and waste ;;/«ce.s The sky was illumined by the moon and s/ru-s The jm.s.s was covered with hoarfrost and dew. Life is often destroyed by volcanoes and mW/t^u«to. The ground is frequently covered with ashes and /am The .s/.o.^. was followed by loud noises and tidal xvaves. Ihe coas< is surrounded by icebergs and (//aae/'s. EX. XXXIJI. The land is diversified with mountains and t-«Zto/., ^ome of the rocks were filled with shells and /o.s,si7s The country is covered with forests and t>ei,d«/ion. ' Distant countries are connected bye«6/.« and telegraph Zin.« Passengers are carried by r«.7ro«rf« and steamboats. The ^s/anrf was beautified by palms and tropical /r.«V.s.. The deposit was covered with ,n»rf and sand Italian sc.n.ry Is enriched by music and «oe/n/. Heavy loads are drawn by horses and »iu/«s. The to.fe Is cultivated by music- and drawbig. wld^htetunririutotSptrof^S^ -?- to the definitions, aiiouier parr, ol the book, commencing on p. 111. If 24 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. ACTIVE FORM. To be taken with the foHowing page. KX. XXXIV. The «». imparts light and heat to the earth legetat^on requires /...^ and mo/.sY.,-e. ^t> saw many Ao/-.s.s and carriages. J\ lid 6.«s/« devoured ..o„,«. and cMklren, -The i^oma... conquered G'«»/ and Britcvm. Shakespeare wrote pfaj/,. and tragedies. Sir Waller Scott composed poetrg aud JlcHon. Tbe Grecians worshipped gods and heroes. Livingstone explored African lakes and nW«. EX. XXXV. J-ne czer^6 usep^'/js andpenaVs. The c/«W saw the rf^cfe and geese. My mo, and steam. EX. XXXVL Other animals use ,,a7Aer of these We also employ .pecc/. and toriting. f 1 r;^""i;"^^^d all his dollars and ccn// t/ „ f . r^ adopted gold and ..Y.cr. ^ alt rn.tely produced light and rfa.^nm. The baby can find all the " i's " and "Vs " Our bodies contain iro>. and phosphorus ' ■^. 5- 1*WV-iJSI:»,i4;»£S/»£.,^ . ^-.. .- PRINCIPLES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 25 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding j,age. EX. XXXIV. Light and heat are imparted to the eurth by the sun. Heat nnd moiatiirc are required by vegelation. Many /ior.sr.s and carriages were seen by him. Women and children were devoured by ^^'M beasts. The Indians and Mormons were pursued by sohliers. Gaul and Britain were conquered by the Romans. Plays and tragedies were written by Shakespeare. ' Poetry and /iction were composed by ;S'tr Walter Scott. Gods and /ieroe.s- were worshipped by the Grecians. African lakes and rit-e^-s were explored by Livingstone. EX. XXXV. The papers and documents were carefully examined by him Pens and pencils are used by the clerks. The rf(fc^s and r/ees« were seen by the child. Nice pies and cate- are made by my mother. A great many crabs and to&s/ers were caught by the bous Cigars and tobacco are sold by your neighbor. Wines and liquors were once sold by my friend. Care and judgment arc shown in your conversation. Relics and antiquities are shown in every country. Fire and s/mHi are employed by man/cind alone.' EX. XXXVL iVefV/jer of these are used by other animals. Speech and writing are also employed by us. Writing and rearfij?.^ were taught by the schoolmaster. All his (fo;/a»-s and ee;;/.- were carefullv saved by hm Gold and silver have been adopted by all nations. Light and darkness were alternately produced by him. All the continents and ?;«Z«vi^.s have been visited by that ship AH " ifs " and ' ' ands " must be omitted by yuu All the "i's" and " I's" can be found by iha buby. Iron and phosphorus are contained in our bodies. oomnn/ °'""P'^.t»'« e'lch Of these Exercises, the chiss may be required to compose a sutfacient number of sin.ilar sentences, to make the^proom tSar }. ' i 26 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. f! ACTIVE FORM. . To be taken Mitli the following page EX. XXXVII. Ink and paper alone can not make a letter To-morroio or next day will bring fine toeather hxihev you or /must drive the hor.e for her Neither my father nor my mother admires him. Both the train and the pa.Heng.,; require change. The door or the windoxo will ventilate the room. Ihe /'/rnc/i and Ihmian^ fought a 6a///e Both the hens and the /(/,l>'iy.s lay egg^ My /mm/« and/..< need more comfortable covering Care and attention will insure .saa-m. EX. XXXVIIL ^FraWi and a lustrous name stimulated him Life and death puzzle profound //u/ ing j^age. KX. XL. liohbers infest the Avliole counMj jhnj plunder defenceless travelers. J heij may attack j^s. You must defend your bm/her //^ has feared the co;<.sr^„,«m Jf might cause his death His dea,. would cast a gJoo>n over the company //. will avoid the attack if possible. ^ ^' My mter accompanies tlie pnrtu She knows all the women here.' EX. XLL Oar parents gsive their eoment Io» should obtain yo,n- father's consent ^. would .vithout donbt, grant your re^^.est /can govern their (/a7«w/^ !(>» have seen these ,«.a before to-day neu once occupied your house. rte always accommodate such guests. The roiiovs took the treasure The;, would have plundered two ^me/..,-^. EX. XLIL -'^''.V-s can not always prevent rotjberu ^^'^^i(^rcl,s poszess ery can not always be prevented by kings. Great power is possessed by mouarchs. The poller of rulers is received (by them) from the people. Ihe great men of the nation are honored by it. Their money was demanded by the robt)ers. They were ordered by thnn to throw up their hands. Their hands were tied to the fence by them.. No assistance could be rendered by me. Five more men would have been required by it. in IL' Sve Fonirfln't" ir''"\"r«««.'''''^ "°t -rntial to the statement made stoo.i ' "* '''°''*'^ ^"^ S'ven to show that the lesson is under- M 29 I if hi. '1 1'^ 1 1 i ^ PRINCIPLES OP ENGUSH COMPOSITION. ACTIVE FOKM. To be taken with tho following page. •iHese ;)/rt?(^,s. derive flio,-^ ,, OK ziot neglect the cja?-dni . ;^ n . "-^'""^ '^'■"""^^ tlie garden A ^/»o«,v/« from the feuc; Ap./^eo««u arrested the //uv/'- -^ Our .9«.^«z needs some «//..//on. '^^^ -^c^lfcs ^iHneea gravel onil^era. ., EX. XLIV. io^ Should repair them immediatelv '*'"'*^^«'" *«"-«.:/«■ betee I came EX. xuv. I e m«™y„ ga^^e ,„e the key Allien UDlooked tlie 50/,. /^ will deceive all the ;;.o;,fe; Only c/uW,..H accept these /./.« My brother never believed //ic»j ITION. from the soil. »H. )ulcl he writ- til e opposite PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PASSIVE FORM. To be taken witli tlie preceding page. EX. XLIIL The noHvMu, ..I of these plants is derived from the soil invent ferhlihj is possessed by the soiY. ItH /a-nni>, is lost (by ,/) if (,7 is) neglected (by u,) Ihe fjardni. must not be negleo ed (by ?/.s). A cheerful appenmnce is imparted by qankns k fence was built around the garden (by them) Two board, were stolen from the fence (by a thief) The thief was arrest^ d by a pnliceman. Some atlentiim is needed by our garden. Gravel will be needed oa the walks. EX. XLIV. 2hey should immediately be r paired by yon. Some beautiful >!m-.s were picked by my Hitler They were scattered over the grave by her She was called aw,iy from the place by me. It was immediately abandoned (by her). The garden was bought yesterday by my father. It was purchased for another man (by him) The house will be removed from the lot (by him). Hia earliest atlenlion will be received by it The viessenger had been sent (by yon) before I came. EX. XLV. The key was given to me by the messenger. The gate was then unlocked by me. No trouble would have been given' to you by it Some valuable information has been given to me by him 1 hat ru mor was caused by his report. All the people will be deceived by it. But the teachers will not be mislea ^v it. Very few such stories are believed by them. These tales are accepted only by children. ' They were never believed by my brother. sho"d:i\iLtSfthrie!rteres*!n ilTTr' ^P'^'^'^'r E-rcise,the teacher to write the IWe! ° ^"^'''^ * "•"'"' '"^"^ ^^'^^ "^""^^ ^^ •■e. I ''^continue" i /T"^'""*' '"^^ ^'^« ''een dcL on ?.?'''" '^^°°''' ^"^^ Moo.l. Oral exert- Lo. m 'i''''' '"^^ '""'^"me ucrfo h f . P''"^'-" '^'"'^ ass may be wolV, Lf '"^;^'' '^ -j^'Hluctecl at & S S^'"''' ^?'' *'»« J I ] I A "S 1 I ii The studied The tef upon ef ing for sliould of the ] pressed but ma' '•i^.-.; PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 38 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page, EX. XLVI. My words are very slowly and carefully written (by me). All the sentences have been written (by me) already. Few words were written (by me) yesterday. All the ivords had been written (by mo) at noon. Another page will be written (by me) to-morow. // will have been written (by me) before ten o'clock. EX. XLVIL Fruit is now sold by him. All the//-ia7 has been sold (by him) already. Last suiunjer Iiursrs were sold by him. They had all b en sold (by him) previous to June. Next winter wheat will be sold by him. Before March it will all have been sold (by him). EX. XLVIII. All the money is counted by them. It has been counted three times (by them). Yesterday it was counted wrong by them. It had been counted (by them) before I came, A great quantity will be counted (by them) to-morrow. Before three o'clock it will have been counted (by them). EX. XLIX. Her loords are very distinctly read by her. All the neivs has been read by her. Yesterday a book was read by her. Two books had been read by her before that time. In the morning the paper will be read by her. It will have been read by her before ten o'clock. The Definitions on pages 111, llfi, 117, 118, and 119 should be carefully stu.hed in connection with tliis Exercise, togetlier with the notes at the foot. J he teacher sliould make use of the blackboard as much as possible, calling upon each member of the class to write a sentence for illuatration, and ask- nig for friendly criticisms on the part of the others. Appropriate sentences Should be given for the purpose of giving the most perspicuous illustrations ot the particular adaptation of each Tense to the thought required to be ex- pressed. The examples need not be confined to declarative sentences alone, but may include all other kinds, as given in Part IV £i 11 84 HilNClPLE. OP KNOLLSH CO^r^O,S^T^OX. ACTIVE FORM. To bo taken with the following page. Four mm p„mp t,,, ,^.,,^^,^. J /in/ have workfiH n,, ^ ha,;'Ser"''•"'"™^'«*■• lue chairman appoints „o ./k ■'«i>«ll have ™ade„„ti,e „!„<,„„„„„„,, Our /■,; , ™"^® "0 more /««„■», 0»/ne,.Wm have brought t„e„«. V , EX. LIU. J>m- Ivolher denies H,e/«o< ^« has broken tl,e,ter °":;'. "-'**'■» took „j.,„, ■ •f had j„,t bought „ __^""- ^'W,U have bought .Vte,„u Wore „„„„ '^Mtion,.! .o„u,„„ --'-o"ore„„o„. ;»r „,,,„,,„. Altaf,'/„',f iTl";*' '■'■»»»■. i.i tl,o „?,„"'"'. ;.°„«1"-™ simple fiituritv uifl, /, "':?:'^'\e Mood, the won? ' PRINCIPLKS OF KNGLISH COMPOSITION. 85 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. L. TliG wnler Is pumped by four mm. The pumps have been worked by Ihem all day Five other mm were exhausted by thi.s work II had been attempted by „o othor workmen. No more liaiuls will be hired (by )/,s). By night the tvork will have been completed (by Ihem). EX. LI. No officer, are appointed by the chairman All the <#..,•« have been elected by the society. /was deprived of my ri-ht.s by him. Nothing deserving censure had been done by vie Another meHinri will be called (by »,x) All the announcemeuis will have been made (by me). EX. LIT. l^ackage.. are transported by the E.rpre.s Company. That 7»au has been employed by W.S before The teller was written by the Sncrelary Two letters had previously been written (by him) No more lett, rs will be received by you The news will have been brought by our friends. EX. LIII. Ihefacl Is denied by your brother. The glass has been broken by him. My hat was taken by one of the visitors. A new one had just been bought by me. Another hat will now be required by you It will have been bought for you (by /n„;) before noon. aime'S,^ orrS?^^:f C!| ^"^'^ r*^-"^ ^ representation of the same Verb, an.l rei IS thP Prn„ l "I these instead of retaining nouns have been repE f o he /""paH 'I T'^' ''"^'' ""^''^^ *"^' i''^' This wHi bo found stfir.re,U^^^^^^^ "^ the m.oco.dins sentence., and 3.S, and shonhl be col tmd until ,rdffieiTt°vir '""^^-'-''^^V'" ^f^'' '^'^ struction of sneh sentences. N, t n v sho Id t iV ^''I'^"""^'' '•" *''« ^on- ural order, but promiscuoua Exercrcs sh'^ , ''" •^''"^'^V'" H'^'*^" '" *''« "''*■ which the TensL occur '"^^'^'^'^^^ «''""'J ^^ «'veu. changm^^ the order in 36 I'lMNvri'LKs or KN-(ir,Fsn roMi'osn'iov. I li ACTIVE OH COMMOxX FORM. 'I'o be takfn with the following page. K\. lAV. Tlio first hm/ may state the proiHmlion. llr can not recite //. Yoii must study U onoe more. Ih may have forgotten //. 'rUey can not have studied il very much. The Avliolo rV.,,s',s must have heard U. We might lose our nwncn. She oould not avoid if. ll would satisfy the most ramious. \ou should prepare il better. / might have informed tlwm. This boij could have solved it. He would have imparted the .sccvxV. They should have received it. KX. LV. Yoi, may go out in the gardoji with him. That hoy at the (lesk can do it. They must write this /r.s.sou correctly. He may have seen my brother. It can not have rained very hard. Its cou^truvlion must have consumed lime I' might contain the missing trmsure That boy could say // when / asked him Such trees would yield much /)v«7. Such dangerous dog>^ should not live The city might have paid it long a-o WV could have made a fortune. '' Your brother would have lost the trail He should have fed the horses long a-o aJ^iS ^^i^rthat'beSy^ ^1 ttKSSll'J^f "%-^" "•'^'' »" *•- H^opp. 18Sa..,l IS.) 'n.^^ni^ZZ^£:^^^:■^,^l^>■ 'JV^'^- ^*' Ll\. ami L\., It will lie nl.s,,,-,^,! ^^^ k 1, ' '".'i'" "'*" '"»« of Kxercises Very rure occurrencu where the AuiiliirJ"'''^..M'^^'^"''''' ,'^? ""' P^^'tive is of feet Potential. " .M„,t- i« Lienor nvi.wl.. f '' "T' '," *''*^ Present-J'er- this Tense. The particular stni I, .{ '"7? *<> suj.ersede the use of " c.-vn," in sertiug each in a seutence for illu'stratJor '" ^^^^ '''°"" ''^ ^'^^^'^^^ "'• rKINCIl'LEN OF KNOLIfSH (OMl'O.SITION. 87 PASSIVE FORM. Til J)o Ukcn with tlio precoiliiig page. K.\. LIV. The proposilion may be stated by tho first h,n/. ft can not be recited hy Idm. [I must be studied (by (/o«) once more. // may have been forgotten by him. It can not have been studied vory much (by them). It must have been heard by the\vhole doss. Our monnj might be lost (by us). It could not be avoided by her. The moHi fast idious would be satisfied (with it). It should be better prepared (by ijoii). Thei/ might have been informed by me. It could have been solved by this hoi/. Tho secret would have been imparted by him. It should have been received by them. EX. L\. Passive wanting. It can be done by that Ijoij at the desk. This lesmn must be correctly written (by them). My brother may have been seen by him. No passive. Time must have been consumed in its construction. The missing Ireamre might be contained in it. It could be said by tluit boy when he was asked by me. Mnchjhiil would be yielded by such trees. Passive wanting. It might have been paid by the city long ago. A fortune could have been made (by us). The trail would hava been lost by your brother. The horses should have been fed long ago (by him). The teacher should I,e careful to insist upon using that Auxiliary Verb in -"--' ..uL.o.. IK written it-asDii. tirsc rf.,-.iire t ik Auxiliary Verhs tn arrE';\u':",'.;f:|"^ onler Afterwards I lley should be"Si~ y arrangiU, and explanations should be given as to the preference of one Auxil. ary over another for the p.;esentatio„ of a particukr thought Not only AriysitSrtiv. ''"*'"''' ^' "•^"'' '^"^ ''''' ''^ *'»^ «^^'-«' »« expline^li^ ■■ r ■ lit ,„|:; ■ ■ ■ 1::.. ■ ■ ... 1 m i !■ || h i i I ill 38 PRINCIPLES OF EXGLISH COMPOSITION. COMMON FORM. To be taken with the following page. EX. LVI. My broiyr has ulwa.ys kept the books. The J/-/.. Will ,n.ol.ab]y keep the nnnutes. /shal have forgotlen U b, that tiu.e. *^ Such chftcult ..,n.;./.s. «,,atly puzzle /.;., A .../.do not build their ..s/,s in trees. Spuln-s destroy the lU-e.s of n.any flies Uur opporiinii/i,e,s have all gone Jf'.certui.d.y expected a better ;v.s»Z^. lliiit cw,/ burns with a bluish flame. EX. LVII. The horses all ran away. Th^!/ completely destroyed some of th. ne must at once repair //i(^,H Your/-,.,.../,, now reside in the country Five appkcants attended the ..•«,.,:.«/,,;. No ,H«. had ever made such an «/^,.„;., ^.experienced the most determined o.„o..-«o„ /had not expected such an answer ^^ ' Another savings hcwk has failed We have certainly lost our mone'i/. EX. LVIII. /once assisted his brofker in New York We had corresponded for a long time " lou must not cut the dog's ears. //«.?/ would bleed profusely The 6uY/ ilew away and escaped He can find // nowhere ^^V Should write another /.«.,. to him. The last /. /.. may have miscarried PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 39 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. LVI. The hooksi have always been kept by my brother. The minut>'>^ will probably be kept by the doctor. The moneii had already been collected by the ladies. By that time it will have been forgotten (by me). He is greatly puzzled over such diffi.jult example^:.' The j((,'.s/,s of all birds are not built in trees (by them). i,ers would havP ^i.A ^A.y give very little %/,/. ^ ;^always admire the beautiful s^.r. ■fhey all usually disappear ir f i • TI- moon ma/possibrg7ves :rr]r^- EX. LXI. ^always shines in the heavens ^r. should soon see ^7 in the east J feave repeatedly observed it. / often rains at night but not in the dav fi often freezes the ivaler in on,- 1 7, ^' /cf will ,.^i 1 °"^ titchen. We must positiv«lv refu-p . ' -xv reiuoe your r^f^ues/. »mm PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 41 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. LIX. Tlie luimlow was deliberately broken (by hiin). No passive. It must be mended hy us at the first opportunity. Passive wanting. The lesson could not have been carefully studied (by you) No passive. The lesson is always, studied by this diligent boy. He always succeeds in what is undertaken by 'him. The money will undoubtedly be received ^by me). The stamp is held in its place by nmcilage. ' EX. LX. Passive wanting. No 23assive. They might be killed at any time by heavy frosts. No benefit whatever could be received by you. No passive. Very little liyht is given by (hem. The beautiful stars are always admired by me. Passive wanting. Some liyht may possibly be given by the moon. No passive. EX. LXI. Passive wanting. It should soon be seen in the east (by us). It has been repeatedly observed by me. Passive wanting. The water in our kitchen is often frozen (by it). No passive. No passive. The heavy clouds are quickly dispersed by the suk. No passive. Your request must positively be refused (by us). fhJi^ teacher should require each pupil to state particularly the reasons whv those sentences that are " wanting " iA the Passive cannot be transposed ^ 42 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. COMMON FORM. To be taken witli the following page. EX. LXn. The train arrives regularly in tl,e afternoon. The Iran, carries pa.,e.ujers regularly in the afternoon. Ihe tide, rises veiy slowly. Every slemner had left tlie port. No steamer will depart to-uiorrow. All the cattle in Egypt died. Lightnwy afterwaids killed the cattle. Strange events may sometimes happen. The thunder might roar. We might have avoided the storm. EX. LXIII. He always carries an, umbrella. It has overtaken w.s at last. But we shall by no means run away You could have averted this calamity. Many wealthy v^en haVe lately failed Tliey could not protect their c, eddors Our orportunilyhsLS at length come We will embrace this opportumty. //may possibly make a fortune for us. We shall gather a few leaves. EX. LXIV. Leaves and flowers ornament your room Your brother spoke kin.lly to the little boy He smiled pleasantly and went away Uy father will relate his adventures Tliey will afford nnich amusement. The entire company may listen to U. This narrative will instruct //;,?»;. Every ;j(^,vso>^ in the room can hear him. It will certainly displease nobody. All the gadights suddenly went out. By omitting the word "passene between the Verbs arnvf."n, ,-f/"^'" "',t''e second sentence, the difference anne and "carry can be very forcibly illustrated n'-t^Hi'i»4iai»»^'a->fcaafctt«ia PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the jjrecetling page. EX. LXIL Passive wanting. FasseiKjers are regularly carried on the train in the afternoon. No passive. The port had been left by every steamer. Passive wantincr. No passive. The cattle were afterwards killed by lightning. No passive. Passive wanting. The storm riiight have been avoided (by us). EX. LXIIL An iimhrella is always carried by him. We have at last been overtaken by it. No passive. This calamity could have been averted (by you). No passive. Their creditors could not be protected (by them). Passive wanting. This opportunity shall be embraced (by i/.s). k fortune may possibly be made for us (by it). A few leaves -will be gathered by us. EX. LXIV. Your room is ornamented with leaves and floioers. The little boy was kindly spoken to by your brother. No passive. My father's adventures will be related (by him). Much amusement will be aflbrded (by them). It may be listened to by the entire company. They will be instructed by this narrative. He can be heard by every person in the room. Certuiuly itnl)od>j will be displeased by it. Passive wanting. Ill connection witli each of these Exercises, the teacher should assign a les- son consisting of the Definitions, coniniencing on p. IIL j! :i 'I i'l I ^ PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. COMMON FORM. To be taken with the following page. KX. LXV. iV..al opposed tins avbitra,, „,,,,,,. ^/*^!/ voted on each clause separately ^^ c. the. ea„e/r ;;;;;:, r^"^^^''^^"" ' ^/*«^m«n instantly acceded to his reguesl. Inis />o?/ has outdone ,.11 i,- ./ "umone all his compel tors ^^- alone wori^ed out the ...,./,/ "''• ^IF. a 1 arrived at the ,san.e couelusic. SolTZlJ''' ^^'"^^-^^"^ ^-^ -inked at." J i-rucK out the objectionable roord ^marked out the course for km to pursue The M^.,e,a,^ spoke to a lawyer. The lawyer hinted at some ^./.c^. The pn.so»o. fired at the W.v..,mn. Some i«,.s. asked for ^X ' ""^' ""'^• f; indulges in bad /.,«y,,a^,,. ^^y do not live up to the leackinos of nature Hzs/n.;./.. ,oon prevailed upon Li PRINCIPLES OF EN(JLISH COMPOSITION. 46 PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page, EX. LXV. His remarlH were objected to by the (nuUencc. This arbitrary ineasiii-t'. was opposed by all. Kis remarks were disliked by the audience. But the original molion was concurred in (by iJiem). The mpelinrj was presided over by the chairman. Each claia^c was separately voted on (by Ihem). His former dalcmeut was persistently adhered to (by him). His previous conduct was referred to by another man. A division was called for by one of them. His request was instantly acceded to by the chairman. EX. LXVI. All this boy's competitors have been outdone (by him). The result was worked out by him alone. The same conclusion was arrived at by all of us. " The times of this ignorance were "v.-inked at by God." The king was conspired against by some of the officers. He was laughed at by all the bnyn and girls. The objectionable nurrd was stricken out (by them). His character was inquired into by the commiltee. The course for hirn to pursue was marked out by me. A laivrjer was spoken to by the physician. EX. LXVII. Some defect was hinted at by the lawyer. The policeman was fired at by the prisoner. The Z(V/er was very anxiously waited for (by him). It was carefully looked over (by him). His appearance was anxiously looked for by the audience. The adjoining cou)d,i has been heard from by ih^ judge. Apples were asked for by some hoys. Bad ^a/'^THa^ft is indulged in by /tu». The teachings of nature are not lived up to by them. He was soon prevailed upon by his //-tends. The Inseparable Prepositions shonkl he pointed out by the class, and the dehnition in sec, 111, p. 135, given to explain the object of tiieir use. M I e.Jl> .III COMMON FORM To bo taken with the following page. J"-x. Lxviri. When you a.rive it may rain He always listens whiJe I explain Your brother may be nt home He may live with his sister T EX. LXIX. writes Jus exercise now. He wrote while I was there. J; iJs aJ] Jiappened while I waited V ^^- LXX. The. n>ust answe^tLTi^^^r ^■"" ''"^ "'^ '»°-^'- iue teacher examinp#l fi, She corrected them then ' " ^e drank water when I looked ,.f i • PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 47 PROGRESSIVE FORM. To be taken with tlio preceding page. EX. LXVIII. You may be paying the niDiiey when I arrive. It is raining very Imrd to-day. No profvressive. You may be playing while I am reading. AVe should be collecting tlje money while he is away. He may be telling the truth. When you arrive it may be raining. He is always listening while 1 am explaining. Progressive wanting. He may be living with his sister. EX. LXIX. I was walking with her when it struck. I was working there at the time it exploded. He wa ^ sitting in the otKce while I was looking for the book. You might be doing much good. We are using all our influence to help him. He is wr:ting his exercise now. He was writing while I was there. Tliis all happened while I was waiting. The crop is growing while the farmer is sleeping. The horse is running all over the field. EX. LXX. Your mother cries when she is thinking of him. We will be standing at the door while you are paying the moiie3\ No i^rogressive. The teacher was examining the papers. We were looking at tiiem while we remained. The scholars had besn writing exercises. She was correcting them then. No progressive. He was drinking water when I was looking at bim. No progressive. Wlien the act is an instantaneous one there can be no Progressive Form as there can be no continuance to be indicated. See sec. 13, p 114 48 il one. eek. COMMON FORM. To l.„ taken with the following page. y .> indices njoiiev. Ti.„ u "i^uca lor the liorsps ■liJey have comDletfir? ^^ ""ipieced the contract. . KX. LXXII. Onr fnends will wait for U.S. Saul hated David. 'i'hey sat near the door He never thouehf ^f n "^^'"ent. Thr. . """"gnt ot the cruelty Tlie water ran all ni..,,t '•^• He drew a picture when I was there. Mr, ilf '^'^'^ «»'! I must go % hand bleeds when I cut it His no.se bleeds now It had rained all day I could not go out. You cut tJm IV.,.- . i. H must szng, f,, I ^^,^ ,^ The gas has burned all night You read too loud You do not hold your pen properly " "' '^"e 1 regressive. VniSnVLKH (,F EX(JLrSH COMmsiTION. PIlOGllESSIVE FORM. To be take.., with tlio ^reeding ,,„ge. K-\. LXXI. Progfressive wuntiiio. They had been expecting their friends a whole week The wuul was blowing the dust about. V\ e are drawing noar the clone of the year. He is continually making money No'nr;!.?*'''""^""""'^^"^*^«^it^-l-". J>io prof^roHsive. Th!v Z' ""T ^'"" P^°^*"^ ^°^- t^vo weeks. They have been searching for the hornes. Progressive wanting. EX. LXXII. Our friends will be waiting for us iNo progressive. TJ.oy were sitting near the door Progressive wanting. The children were seeing the show. They were sitting on the seat when it broke • The child was killing flies for amusement JNo progressive. The water was running all night He was drawing a picture while I was there. EX. LXXIII. The cloolc is striking and I must be going Xo progressive. °' His nose is bleeding now. It had been raining all day. Progressive wanting. You are cutting the paper too small. He must be singing, for I can hear him. The gas has been burning all night You are reading too loud. You are not holding your pen properly. I 49 » PRINCIPLES OF KNGLLSH COMPOSITION. COMMON roR^r. To bo taken with tlio following page. KX. LXXIV. He does „u(, fold fl.o paper as I wish You must not expect hu..|. ,Meai reHults. Why do you not count tlio ni,.ney? It iH prol.nhlo tlint lie waits for us Can it rain? It did not rain wlicn I was out. He knows very well what I say Do you reside f hero at present V Our house commands a fiiie view He now commands a vey;Uneut. K\. LXXV. We shall surprise everybody I shall receive visitors this evening. Ihat man calls his dog. The do- barks at soniothinf.. He has hunted for a rabbit" He evidently could not find it He has demonstrated a proposition. I had examined his previous work You should now travel in the country Ihey may perform when we get there. KX. LXXVI. One night I got there too late It IS wrong to study so many books. Uo not worry about it. They gave him some trouble. I can not attend to everybody I sharpen my pencil. He never sharpens his pencil It never rains here in the summer Jiut the wind always blows. We expect her arrival every day. rRINCII'r.KS OF KNOLISII (OMI'OsmON. PROdltESSIVE FORM. To bo tak.li with tho pieco.UnK page. KX. LXXIV. • He Is not folding the i),i|)(>r uh I wish You must not be expecting su.h grout roHult.s. W h.y are you not counting tho money? It is probul.lG tliat he is waiting fur us. Can it be raining ? rt was not raining whon I was out. He knovvH very well what 1 am saying Are you residing there at present? No i)ro^>'ro.ssivo. He is now commanding a re<,'iment. KX. LXXV. Progressive wanting. I shall be receiving visitors this evening. rijat man is calling his dog. The (log is barking at something. He has been hunting for a rabbit. No progressive. He has been demonstrating a proposition. I had been examining his previous work. You should now be traveling in the country Ihey may be performing when we get there. KX. LXXVI. No progressive. It is wrong to be studying so many books. Do not be worrying about it. They were giving him some trouble. I can not be attending to everybody. I am sharpening my pencil. No progressive. Progressive wanting. But the v.ind is always blowing. AVe are expecting her arrival every day. JJi ^2 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. COMMON FORM. To bo taken Mitli the following page. * EX. LXXVIL I'J tbe mean time we will prepare for it ilie boy left as soon as his brother entered He^^zght study while you are absent. 1 write out nay exphmations. He may receive proposals. You can walk before us. I come after you Sl^e will sing when they arrive. We Shan not buy auy goods then. J-heir friends could not come. EX. LXXVin. They could not always assist them I corrected it wlien you saw me. " Yo! . "^^'""^^^ ^^^' ^' «ve.y,vhere. lou rum your health. He chews tobacco now. I look out of the window They require much money We should collect our money. Umt man has examined the'books He gams strength daily. EX. LXXLY. They should toll the bell Every man must kneel while they pass TheSr^'li'* "^^ P-cession p!ss ^f V has ebbed and iiowed for a^es That boy talks too loud ° J- le other boys laugh at us. They might study their le.ssons. ll'ey should not lose their time Ifc IS necessary to study all the time PRINCIPLES OF ENCiUm COMPOSITION. PROGRESSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. LXXVII. In the mean time we will be preparing for it JNo progressive. He might be studying while you are absent. I am writmg ^ut my exphmations. He may be receiving proposals. You can be walking before us. I am coming: after you. She will be Ringing when they arrive We shall not be buying any goods then. i:'rogressive wanting. EX. LXXVIir. They could not be always assisting them I was correcting it when you saw me. V\ e had been searching for it everywhere You are ruining your health. He is chewing tobacco now. I am looking out of the window. No progressive. We should be collecting our money. That man has been examining the books He IS gaming strength daily. EX. LXXIX. They should be tolling the bell Every man must be kneeling while they are passing No progressive. ^ °°"ie. The tide has been ebbing and flowing for ages That boy is talking too loud. No progressive. The other boys are laughing at us They might be studying their lessons. They should not be losing their time It 18 necessary to be studying all the time. 5.3 mmv! 54 t! li' ' Present. Pres. Per/. Past. Past Per/. Future. Put. Per/. Present. Pres. Perf. Past. Past Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. PBINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMrosiTION. COMMON FOEM. To be taken with the following page. EX. LXXX. INDICATIVE MOOD. ■^' tells the truth. He has told the truth. He told the truth. He had told the truth He will tell the truth. He Will have told the truth. POTENTIAL MOOD. He may tell the truth ^/« may have told the ^..//,. He might tell the truth He might have told the truth. INFINITIVE MOOD. (For him) to tell the truth. (For him) to have told the truth. IMPEIJATIVE MOOD. Ten the .-«../ (Addressed to the actor.) PARTICIPLES. Telling the truth surprises him. lold (or ended) /rt\^.. l.;...i> '"t It to one particiii •ir person. tor Iiim"niu8t ON. PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 55 Present, Pres. Per/. Pant. Past Per/. Future. Fut. Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Past. Past Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. PASSIVE FORM. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. LXXXL INDICATIVE MOOD. The trut]i is told by hvn. The truth has been told by him. The truth was told by him. The truth had been told by him. The truth will be told by him. The truth will have been told by him. POTENTIAL MOOD. The truth may be told by him. The truth may have been told by him. The truth might be told by him. The truth might have been told by him. INFINITIVE MOOD. (For the truth) to be told by him. (For the truth) to have been told by him. IMPERATIVE JIOOD. Truth/ Be told! (Addressed to the object.) PARTICIPLES. The truth being told, he is surprised. Been told. (Used only in forming Perfect Tenses.) The truth having been told, I am satisfied. win . f^i"°" "^*''" ^?'"'"''" '"'•' *'^°«« 0" the pages preceding pa.re 34 will assist the pupil ,n selecting the proper Auxiliary to use in the process of .;anspos,t,on fron. the Active to the Passive Form. ^ The Sul.ju.ctive Mocm has purposely been ountte.l, as it has now become almost, obsolete. See page Jo!( and preceding page. P'*S'= i/i ?'"■*''''"" .'■"'' "'■^''":^'l'i«l' i« foniHl .at the conclusion of each line 1° lVSr"'^T:' TTf'' «-"e information that is contained in the Ati VK 1<0RM. Ihe chief advantage of the 1'assivr over the Activk Form Wh!',? ih'''* 1^ with which we are able to omit all allusion to tie ac or When It s desired to call attention to the person or agency by which unv r:i\.rold tTiui^'f"""/' *'"' ""f^' ''''"' - P-'erred;1n.t^h.,i.irwe w'^ thi * i '„';',"'"*';•"• "';;•'''■'''/;" '"■ "''^'' "'"■■'^ particular attention to the grace ana elegance ot expression. t 4 ii m 56 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PROGRESSIVE FORM. To lie taken with the preceding page. EX. LXXXIL INDKJATIVE MOOD. //listening the /?•»//(. He has been telling the Irulh. He was telling tlie truth. He had been telling the truth. He will be telling the truth. He will have been telling the truth. POTENTIAL MOOD. He may be telling the truth. He may have been telling the truth. He might be telling the truth. He might have been telling the truth. INFINrnVB MOOD. (For him) to be telling the truth. (For hira) to have been telling the truth. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Be telL '^ the truth. PARTICIPLES. Being telling the truth, let him continue. Been telling. (Combination for Perfect Tenses ) Having been telling the truth, he is now believed by all. itS'C^ F^^'^^^tJ'Vu ?'"' %r-g--ive Forn., but it i« lin,- THsxi vp F ...m !?f ! u • 1' "'icativc. It IS more properly, however n liim;" "anew bh-'e was bkt" mai.k £ it " wi ^ ' ""'""J '?'""' ^'^ An.VK FOKM, these two ^Xicerb::!;,:;;: ' HoTZ.^'-^^trX^ ^ Ine cutler was mak'xo a new MiiIb f,... ■(■ " v 4., ■ V, V,."'''' '^"'' ploying the remaining Tense" ' '' Pr™ nnpo.s.b.hty of em- For example, the Present . T.wH^nifv ' « u ' '"'"^ '■' »'j^'0"s. truti;," woull become "T e f -n* '''"^'^*'^'''' ^"^ "•^'^ I'^'^^N 'Jklung the absurd. ]n fact v^ h.'vve tl n r']'' T""" T'l' ^^^ '''"'-" ^''''''•h i« i^Hcative. an f^t i:;!^:^:' %:::: ^'^T^:^ ^^fi^x::^/^ Present. Pres. Per/. ^Patit. Past Per/. Future. Ful. Per/. Present. Pres. Perf. Past. Past Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. rPJNCIPLES OF ENGLISH C;0^[['0SIT10N. 67 Present. Pres. Per/. Pai^t. Pad Per/. Falura. Fut. Per/. Present. Past Per/. Past. Past Per/. Present. Pres. Per/. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. co^iMON roinr. To be taken with the following page. EX. LXXXIII. INDICATIVE MOOD. Bu(M persuades Jlarr;/. Biuld has persuaded llarrn. Jhuld persuaded Uarri/. Jhtdd had persuaded Hurry. Jhtdd will pex.uade Harry. Budd will have persuaded Harry. POTENTIAL MOOD. Budd may persuade Harry. Budd rnay ha--« persuaded Harry. Budd might persuade Ifarry. Budd might have persuaded Harry. INFINITIVE MOOD. (For Budd) to persuade Jfarry. (For Budd) to have persuaded Harry. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Budd! Peisnside Jlarry ! PARTICIPLES. Budd, in persuading Harry, lost the train. (Budd ! Is Harry) persuaded? Budd, having persuaded Hurry, returned. As illustrated above, a much more natural ami persijicuous instance of the change of the Lnperatne Mood into the Passive Form is obtained. It seems difiicult to illustrate it.s nse witli inanimate objects or abstract principles, tor this reason we have selected the names of two persons in each illu.stra- tion 1 ho Iniperat.ve Mood presents the greatest difficulty; but with the ex- amples upon this and the two following pages, it is believed that even the youngest piij.iis will find no dilHculty in perciving the difference between tiie (ommon or Active, the r.-issive -nd the Progressive Form, even in the Im- perative Mood. "Bu,ld,"in t.ic lidinitive Mood, is maic tlio object of a I reposition for the reasons explained on page ot. In tli., *',esent Parti-. .le It IS p»t in the >,ominative Case before the Finite Verb ' lost," and in i'le I erteet Participle ''KKTriiXED." The Past Participle " peksuadei,,'- as use.l above, is only tlie Present Indicative, Passive, Inteni-ative Kii ss Present. Fres. Pt'rf. Past. Past Perf. Future. Put. Per/. Present. Pres. Per/. Past. Past Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. PKINCII'LES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PASSIVE WWSl. To Ik t,a.eii witl, t),e prcoc.l/ag page. KX. LXxxn. iKDicA'j-ivR urooj^. llo^ry is persuaded by liarld. Harry has been persuaded by Bachl Harry waa i ersuaded by limhl. Hn-ry hud been persuil can conjugate the Verb TRINCIPLES OF P^NOLISH COMPOSITIOX. 69 Present, /'res. Per/. Past. Pad Per/. Future. Fat. Per/. Present. Pres. Per/ Past. Past Per/. Present. Pres. Per/ Present. Present. Past. Per/ect. PllOGRESSIVE FORM. To be taken witli tlie preceding page. EX. LXXXV. INDICATIVE MOOD. Budd is persuading Harry. Biidd has been persuading Ilirrn. Badd was persuading Harry. Biukl had been persuading Harry. Badd will be persuading Harry. Badd will have been persuading Harry. POTENTIAL MOOD. Badd may be persuading Harry. Budd may have been persuading Harry. Badd might be persuading Harry. Badd might have been persuading Harry. INFINITIVE MOOD. (For Budd) to be persuading Harry. (For Budd) to have been persuading Harry. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Budd ! Be persuading Harry ! PAUTICIPLES. Budd, being persuading Harry, may convince him Been persuading (combination for Perfect Tenses). Having been persuading. A little care ul study of the PATiTirn.LK.s will disclose their deficiencv and weakness ,n tie powers and properties of the Verb, and will assist in ex ,la.nn.g that l.oso ;,«,■/. as they might be called, instea.l of PARTir ri'^ are chieHy used as other Parts of Speech. Pa.re »0 l,as nuniero,,.. InVfrC' t.ons of the use of the Pkksknt i'v/nnr..,.,. as^a N > ^ a It 1 e as ^1 An,JK.cm-K can be represented in the same manner. The P .r p" rirnVE as an Adjective ,s illustrated with copious examples on page 102 T lies^ can be coiitmued at ti.e discretion of the teacher until the^pupil are all toiiustlit Jam l.uiicrri.K "been persuading," is never used alone beint? only found in he Phrflxt Tkv.sks, or tiiose that contain some fo in of if an?j8.'"''' i^"*'^'"VK. as a .Voun, is illustrated on pp.^MW, n)! i 00 Preaent. J'rcs. Per/. Past. Past Per/. Future, Put. Perf. Present. Pres. Per/. Past. Past Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. PRINCIPLES OF ENOLISH COMPOSITrON. COMMON FOEM. See pages 01 ami 02. EX. Lxxxvr. INDICATIVE MOOD. -^pay the money. I have SRwed' the ivood /killed tlie cfiMvn. /had answered the letter /shall extract the e«/;eroo/. /shall have discharged the ./.i/. POTENTIAL MOOD. ^^^y procure assistance /may have said iV. ^ ^ight use a pencil. /might have lost the mon.y. INFINITIVE MOOD, (For me) to help the stranger. (For me) to have opened the safe. IMPERATIVE MOOD. (The First Person is wanting.) PARTICIPLES, Carrying. Broken. Having done. Here tlic First Persninl t>„„ simplest form. The V,.rl i^- ^'"'' 1 art'ciples are .nv, ., li ^ •^*'^"'^ ..cure ^k,,;S'c"l\lTS7 ,""■ ■'■"'»» ■>' «'m=c,I» M .T T, '''°''';! PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 61 Present. Pres. Per/. Past. Paxt Per/. Fat arc. Fat. Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Past. Past Perf. Present. Pres. Perf. Present. Present. Past. Perfect. PASSIVE FORM. See pilous 00 and 62. EX. LXXXVIL INDICATIVE AIOOD. The money is paid by me. The wood has been sawed by me. The chicken was killed by me. The letter had been answ^ered by me. The cube root will be extracted by me. The debt will have been discharged by me. POTENTIAL MOOD. Assistance may be procured by me. It may have been said by me. A pencil might be used by me. The money might have been lost by me. INFINITIVE MOOD (For the stranger) to be helped by me. (For the safe) to have beer. gned by me. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Money/ Be paid ! PARTICIPLES. Being carried. Been broken. Having been done. Now we see tliat the Imperative Mood is restored in the Passive; and the word '.'money." which before was Third Pers..n, becomes Second Person he. cause It 13 addressed as if personiKed. The .!■ f, etiv,, nature of the Partiei- pies can here be easily shown, as they can oiu.^ ue used in the capacity of modifying phrases J he pupils may be required to write sentences with Par- ticipial 1 iiivises. liie Present Participle, above given, can be embodied in i sentence as follows: " The c/.iW, bein^ frightene.f by the loud noise and bf!^ t/' ^^ fn ' 1" •'','' '■'""^ "^ '*** ^''*'"^'"' '''''■*''' '■^'o"'' '^'"l called for its mother " ! 1 I '-irticiple cannot even perform the function of a phrase, but its im- portant othcc may be pointed out in each of the Perfect Tenses. Sentences such as the following should be called for to illustrate the use of the Perfect 1 articiple in the form of a Participial Phrase: " The worL uavivg bek.x dove carelessly and improperly, had to be performed a second time " * ' .i'i Prtmenf, I '/. Pant. Past Per/. Ftilnn'.. Fat. Per/. Prenenl. Pres. Per/. Past. Past Per/. Present. Pres. Per/. Present. Present, 'ast. . ('r/ect. I'lMNCIl'LKS (»F ENCil.lSll COMl'OSITION. PROdRESSIVE FORI^r. Sec pages m ami (il. EX. LXXXVIII. INDICATIVK MOOD. /am paying tlie vionnj. I have been sawing tlie wood. 1 was killing the chicken. /had been answering the letter. I shall be extracting tlio cube root. /shall have been discharging the debt. POTKNTIAL MOOD. / may be procuring nxs^i^itance. 1 may have been saying it. I might be using a pencil. 1 might have been losing money. I.NFINr VE MOOD. (For me) to be helping the stronger. (For me) to have been opening !ie m/e. IMPERATIVK MOO J.. (The First Person is wanting' ) PAnTICIl'hES. Being paying. Been paying (combination for Perfect Tenses) Having been paying. The last Participle, being employed only oo.lln,^' jwutions of |1,. Verl,, as shown al.ove tion in .separate fori.,. It is used s..iely in ent Moods. ll,e I'rescnt Participle, r,ot;n- rence. Its ii.e can best be ilhistrated by- tl. Jieinj; 1- , .y, I cannot attend to you just i tio, al Pluase, "at w ,rk," for tliewor,] " bn i .mot attend to you just now." l;y ,naki ti. ■ 'w king"for "atw.- ■ i^hichis c" ■rvi, oRKfN'd, I can no- attend to you i> .issfui, must exercise great ingenuity in cul. of explanation. in the eoiuitruction of the pre- ', IS not capable of any conibina- the lerleet Tenses of the difl'er- sive Form, is of very rare occur- • analogy of such a sentence as "W.^ Sul)stitutiiig the Preposi' -V, we have: " Being at work, u: yet another change, snbstitu- liMrly its signi(ication), we have: I list now." The teacher, to l,e illustrating points that are diffi- riUNTII'LES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 63 COMMON, PASSIVE, PllOGllESSTVR, AND EMPHATIC. EV. LXXXIX. Com. If'- sharpens the .w?« with a file. /Vf.ss. Tho mio is sharpened witli a file (by him). J'rog. He is sharpening the naio with a file, Emph. He does sharpen the mw with a file. Com, The wbul bloAVS the dmt about. Pcm. The duHl is blown til)out by tho wind. I'rog. The ivuid is blowing the A. -S/.. dM kl„ t,.e M acciaentally. Com. fans, /'ror/. Com. J'ass. I'roy. /had already extinguished the ,a.ll.,lu. ^:C'^^^^'^'-^^^-^--"ng^i3hed(.,„., /if v.. ulreaay extinguished tl,o yaMght. Tho /rm-» arrived at iive o'clock VVaiitiug. Wantiiifj J^>nph. Ti,o /.«r.' did arrive at five o'clock. Com. This hoy works too hard, /'rts.s. Wantiuf)-. I'^'oy This 60^ is working too hard. Emph. This /.oy does work too hard. Com. J 'ass. Proy. Emph. Com. Pass. Proy. O! all nations! Adore the great Crealor! O. all .« »o»«/ Be adoring the great Creator! Olallnat^ns! Do adore the grL C,. J,-/ Itisi,.possibleform.topaythe,.on.y. B...po«.hleforthe.o.^tohepai^(hy,,.^ ^-/>/^ It is i,.possible for ,.. to pay the money. Com. His 6;-o//ur died last week. J ass. Wanting. f'l'og. Wanting. Emph. His brother did die last week. P^J4^;:!\:'^^ ^7 *>- teache. after con,p,.ti„. this a, 1 H ers that can ea« iy be cS'""''^^' '''f' "-" '"^ °^ "" °*''- E^-'-" es or . '.' here sot forth. C^i:TE:::tX^Zr'''% °' -P-tin^ t ^'j^o s ^now..,e as.in ,.„aUethep„;^^-; -^ -e.^3u^ IMUNCII'LKS OK KN'(!F,ISIl COMPOSITION. 65 TWO NOMINATIVES FOK SAME TEllSON OR THING. To he tftken with the following i)ftgc'. KX. XCI. This vast power or force was Htored up in tho coal for ages. It in now iilili/od in moving,' ii jioiulorous steam ongino. Tlieso iiatlietic words were ultcied in the nioHtelociUontnmnnev. They filled the vast audience with enthuHiaHui. The clouds and shadows leniinded us that we must return. They succeeded tho glorious sunset beyond the mountains. A perilous adventure caused the death of Sir John Franklin. It waK undertaken in the interests of science alone. The rain storm often i)roduces great destruction. It is nevertheless necessary to cause the seeds to germinate. EX. XCII. Those people are often at fault themselves. They continually persist in criticising others. None of these oranges nmy be perfectly ripe. They came by steamer from the South Sea Islands. We ought to give them the benefit of our experience. We know the danger of such an imprudent course. All the fruit must bo sold as soon as possible. It has been damaged by the rain-storm. The preceding word or phrase is called the antecedent. It is represented by the Relative Pronoun. EX. xcrrr. Those corrections were not at all necessary. They were made in the books yesterday by your brother. All the words should be carefully selected and arranged. They are used to express our thoughts to each other. I succeeded in writing all the words correctly in my book. I had comparatively little knowledge of Grammar. He will surely meet with u-ouble some time. He knows the right, but jjersists in doing wrong. Three of the political doctrines are addition, division, and silence. These appear to be very popular at the present time. In each pair of Hcntenees the same person or thing is twice represented by a Noun or Pronoun in the Nominative Case. Wliere it is possihle, the i^econd sentence of e.ach pair sliouhl be converted into a Kelative Clause, and inserted within the first. II T 66 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. SECOND NOMINATIVE AS A RELATIVE PRONOUN. To be taken with the preceding jjage. EX. XCL This vast power or force, which is now utilized in moving a ponderous steam engine, was stored up in the coal for a-^es These pathetic words, which filled the vast audience with enthusiasm, were uttered in the most eloquent manner The clouds and shadows, that succeeded the glorious sunset beyond the mountains, reminded us that we must return A perilous adventure, which was undertaken in the interests of science alone, caused the death of Sir John Franklin The rain-storm, which is nevertheless necessary to cause the seeds to germinate, often produces great destruction. EX. XCIL Those people who continually persist in criticising others are often at fault themselves. None of these oranges, which came by steamer from the South Sea Islands, may be perfectly ripe. We, who know the danger of such an imprudent course ought to give them the benefit of our experience All the fruit which has been damaged by the rain-storm must be sold as soon as possible. The preceding word or phrase that is represented by the Rel- ative Pronoun is called the antecedent. EX. XCIIL Those corrections that were made in the books yesterday by your brother were not at all necessary All the words that are used to e.xpress our thoughts to each other should be carefully selected and arranged. I, Who had comparatively little knowledge of Grammar, suc- ceeded in writing all the words correetlv in my book. He who knows the right but persists in\loing wrong will surely meet with trouble some time. Three of the political doctrines which appear to be very pop- ular at the present time aro addition, dividon, and silence. When commas are uset] to punctuate the Complex Sentence thev shonl.l tn e Clause. Sometimes, liowcver, they are entirely superHuous. il..- PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 67 TWO OBJECTIVES USED FOR THE SAME PERSON OR THING. EX. XCIV. I saw many persons at ilio theater last night. I had never seen them before. They completed the pictures a year ago. They sent them to the exhibition yesterday, He spoiled all the letters by carelessness. He wrote them on the paper during the lesson. I respect all men, whether rich or poor. Bat I muHt know them to be truly honorable. The wolves devoured all the sheep and lambs. They found them unprotected on the prairie. EX. XCV. You see that bird in a cage at the window. I caught it yesterday with a snare. He bought the wheat at very high rates last winter. We sold it all in order to realize money. We can find many words on this page. You can pronounce any of them at sight. The windows admit the light into this room. We receive it all from the sun and other sources. You shot a pigeon, last week, on the street. He valued it at more than twenty dollars. EX. XCVI. We met several travelers on the road to town. I asked every one how far it was. You drove some nails into the fence yesterday. He bought them at the hardware store. I found that address in the directory, I wanted to obtain it for a friend. They found a poor, destitute old lady on the street. They concluded to send her to the almshouse. I have composed all these sentences this evening. To-morrow 1 shall write them all iu my book. In many of these pairs of sentences it will produce a nnioli more Iiarmoni- ous eft'ect to insert tlio^n'.s^ of tiic two that are to be combined, as a Relative Clause, within the secund. 68 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION ONE OBJECTIVE AS A RELATIVE PRONOUN. EX. XCIV. , , EX. XCV. ' ■y ''^" "luei to realize money. T , , EX. XCVL "'^te ;:roi:;^t[on"-iTKfSl'!^;:,:;^«i« '-^ the principal a„.l sul.ordi- ter from tJ.o former. Tl.i« i^^ mo.'c nart. i '"m"'"^' *'' ^^l'"'^''^'*^' the hit- used. ^'^ "'""- paiticuliirly the case when "that" is PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 69 NOMINATIVE AND OBJECTIVE RELATED TOGETHER. EX. XCVII. These birds were brought from the coast of Africa. The captain of the Gem of the Ocean presented them to me. Two men called upon me yesterday afternoon. I recognized them as former associates and schoolmates. A young man caused a great disturbance. The policemen were endeavoring to arrest him. Some of our best horses have fallen victims to the disease. We had refused to sell them even at high figures. That man has an excellent reputation as a builder. They employ kI him to-day to build their house. EX. XCVIII. Those questions rarely occur in actual business. You find them so very difficult to solve. Numerous applicants made their appearance. The previous Board of Examiners had rejected them all. The storm has purified the atmosphere nicely. You disliked it so much at the time. Your pen must uovi' be placed in proper position. You hold it in such an awkward manner. Every one told rae an entirely different story. I asked several to describe the occurrence. EX. XCIX. You may oecasicnally find money in the street. All of it will not make you rich. We met many people on the road to the city. They all disagreed about the distance. You tore that paper to pieces and threw it away. It contained some of my valuable memoranda. I sent a letter by mail to the South Sea Islands. It was sealed with wax and stamped. We rescued a boy from drowning last summer. He was afterwards struck by lightning and killed. Here the same wonl tliat is used m tlio Nominative Case in one sentence <>f each pair liaa a corresjiondiiig word in the 01)jective Case in the otlier. 1 he Hentence containing the Objective is intended for the KeLative Chiiisc. ip !■ 70 PBINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. THE OBJECTIVE AS A BELATIVE PRONOUN. '''1^:T^ ^'^: cap JIl' the Ge^ of tUe Ocean pre- Two men whom T" ''""'''' ^'"'" "^^ ''''' ^' ^^-^a. lutes' T^^?r,'"''°""^^^ ^^ ^«""- -«--t- und scLool- '"«tes, called upon me yesterday afternoon. Ajoung man whom the policemen were endeavoring to ar- rest caused a great disturbance ^ That m«n , »! r ^""^ '''''^""" ^" <^'^e ^^i«ease. That man whom they employed to-day to build their bouse has an excellent reputation as a buiider. "" All ^^- ^^'^''^' PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 71 3UN. ycean pre- rica. id scLool- ng to ar- il even at ir bouse re rarely d of Ex- 'as 2)uri- 5r, must told tne eet will iagreed itained ^s was 5r was )f coin »ary to AN OBJECTIVE AND A NOMINATIVE RELATED TO EACH OTHER. EX. C. I unlocked the dra^wer with another key. It contained all my books, papers, and documents. She will derive much pleasure from her visit home. It could not be obtained in any other way. He can make an investment with a very small sum. This investment will aft'ord a handsome profit. You must buy the paint at the drug store. It is required for the front of the house. The company will soon discharge all those men. They were connected with the late " strike." EX. CL He treats those people with great indifference. They tried to injure his reputation and his business. Your friends hnve received a letter from Paris. It contains a draft for four thousand francs. We saw a meteor shooting across the sky. It exceeded a star of the first magnitude in brilliancy. He discovered this valuable mine by accident. It has already yielded a million dollars. I gave him a receipt when the money was paid. It was signed by the president and myself. EX. CIL These "words appeared upon the face of the document, I can remember them all quite distinctlj'. This coal is used in the mills and factories. They bring it from great distances by sea. 3Iuch benefit must result from an ocean voyage. You '.vill di'dve all this benefit if you go. Some merchandise remains on hand in the store. He must sell it all for cash only. His umbrella was worth seventeen dollars. He exchanged it for an inferior one while absent. That sentence, in each pair, which contains the Nominative Case of the Noun or Pronoun that is repeated, is intended t< be converted into a Rela- tive Clause and inserted after the Objective Antecedent. 41 ■ THE NOMINATIVE A« A ILLATIVE PKONOUN ■I niiloclveil the drawer that , » • . iou must buy the nainf tKo* • i».,»e„t~tU In", „f'" "'"'"■«' '- "'^ '-"' of tUe ■ rr\] *' "o "LlJtC. ^ EX. cir. i- can remember all these words whioh i-iiey hnng this coal which i« „c.^ i • .1 ^ from o,,«t distanlf ,; se, ' "' "" "^"'^ ^"'^ ^-^-- You will derive all the benefit that must resnlf f voyage if you go. ^^ ^^'*^"^ ^" o^eaii He must sell all /he merohandi'-- thaf store for cash only. '""""'' °" ^^"^^ ^^ t»^^ He exchanged his umbrella whi^i, 4;Stt^';;:'r,,!SJ,r^r;;s', f™" «- ■"•,"'■ ■•«»», th,. „„„,„„„ PKINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITIOX. 73 SIMPLE SENTENCES, PROMISCUOUSLY ARRANGED. To be taken with the following page. EX. cm. The acorns fall to the ground from the oak. Every one may produce a floiirishiug shade tree. The rain is falling upon the grass and flowers. It once existed in the depths of the ocean. That boy might have become a useful man. He was sent to the penitentiary last week. That old carpet still covers the floor of our room. It has been worn for a long time. The leaves periodically drop from the trees. They are always replaced by new ones. EX. CIV. Mother bought a book for me last night. This morning tlie baby completely destroyed it. We met that gentleman at the Sunday-school. She introduced him to your brother this morning. Yesterday he went to the bank and jjaid the money. He borrowed it there several months ago. You receive money from the company°for your salary. You might have given some of it to your sister. We visited the place on our way to the city. It is the prettiest and coolest on the whole route. EX. CV. You can see beautiful scenery on a clear day. It always lends a charm to the view. He struck the man on the head with a club. The man struck him on the arm with his cane. She liberally rewarded the poor old man. He caught her runaway horse and saved her life. My new hat has been spoiled by the rain. I bought it only two days ago. He described the oeeurrence in "■cod lano-na'^e He witnessed it at the^house of your friend. Tluit sentence, in eaeli pair, may be used for the Relative Clause which will produce the n-.ost natural and euphonious combination. Additional Ex- ercises, comprised by the class, sijould now be required, ' i ',1 74 PRINCIPLES OF ENOLISH COMPOSITION. RELATIVE PRONOUNS SUBSTITUTED. To lie taken with tlic preceding page. EX. CITI. Every acorn that falls to the ground from the oak may pro- duce a nourishing shade tree. The rain that is falliug upon the grass and flowers once existed m the depths of the ocean. That boy, who miglit have become a useful man, was sent to the penitentiary last week. That old carpet, which has been worn for a long time, still covers the floor of our room. The leaves, which periodically drop from the trees, are always replaced by new ones. EX. CIV. This morning the baby completely destroyed the book that mother bought for me last night. She introduced that gentleman whom we met at the Sunday- school to your brother this morning. Yesterday he went to the bank and paid the money which he borrowed there several months ago. You might have given some of the money that you receive from the company for your salary to your sister The place which we visited on our way to the city is the pret- tiest and coolest on the whole route. EX. CV. The beautiful scenery which you can see on a clear day always lends a charm to the view. The man whom he struck on the head with a club struck him ium on the arm with a cane. She liberally rewarded the poor old man who caught her run- away horse and saved her life. I bought my new hat, which has been spoiled by the rain only two days ago. He described in good language the occurrence that he wit- nessed at the house of your friend. ''^^o"'^'''iluc^'^l^,^^'f *^''^ '^""Vr^^- "t'^^*" '« preferable to PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 75 OBJECTIVE AFTER PREPOSITION AND NOMINATIVE. To be taken witli the following page. EX. ("VI. The little boy had just lost hif -jiother. I gave the money to him last week. That bottle was cracked in two places. You put the wine into it yesterday. The man went away on the ocean steamer. I spoke to you about him several days ago. The windows are made of glass. The light enters our dwellings through them. The Australian steamer left the pier ^t two o'clock. Our friends sailed on tluit steamer. EX. CVIL The ink was manufactured in Boston. These words were written with it. My studies consume all my time. I am obliged to give constant attention to them. I found the book in the Mechanics' Library. You obtained that information from it. She bought the needles in Calcutta, Hindostan. She sewed those shirts with them. The man lives in Minneapolis, Minnesota. I bought this horse from him. EX. CVIIL That well was dug by two Chinamen. You obtained the water from it this morning. The white men abandoned the contract. I employed the Chinamen to work with the white men That woman is a poor invalid widow. Yon gave your money to her just now. The Traders' Bank was entered and robbed. He dei3osits his money in that bank. Those men came here a long time ago. He sold his property to them to-day. I.elative Pronouii, .at never bv "that " " U'l.m., " \1\\1 1 i V '^"^ "■ Nee sec. 75, p. 128. - ^ "^'^'^ ""'^ ^"'' Persons. ll? 5 S 76 PRINCIPT.KS OF ENOLISH COM POSITION. THE OBJECTIVE AS A RELATIVE PRONOUN. To be taken with tlie preceding page. E.X. CVI. Tho littlo boy to whom I gave the money last week had just lost Ills niotlier. That bottle into -whiGh vnn ^^,,^ n ^ • , , u wmcn 3 on put tlie mue yestertlay was craclcod in two i>laoes. Tho man about whom I spoke to you several days ago went away on the ocean steamer. The windows, through which the light enters our dwell- ings, are nmdo of glass. The Australian steamer, on which our friends sailed, left the pier at two o'clock. EX. CVII. The ink with which these words wore written was manufac til red m Boston. My Studies, to which I am ol liged to give constant attention consume all iiiy time. ' I found the book from which you obtained that information in tlie lAlechanics' Library. EX. f'VIII. That well from which you obtained the water this morning was dug by two Chinamen. ^ The white men with whom I employed them to work aban- doned the contract. Thai woman to whom y„„ g„,-e yonr money just now i, a poor invalid widow. Tl,e Traders' Bank in which he deposit, hi. „.o„ey, wa. en- tered and robbed. Those men to whom he sold his property to-day came here a long time ag-o. This page shouhl he stiulierl previous to /jniplex Sentences must not be writing the Exercises, but the riuK to the correc Writing by dictation copied. After being written without refer ., , Y J ■ -^I'l-cr uuini' written w form, the l,„ok shouhl only ),e used to make i« preferable. «ee Introduction corrections. PRINCIPLES OF ENGT,ISH COMPOSITION. 77 "THAT" AND "AS" FOR "WHO" OR "WHICH." To bo taken with tho following imgo. EX. CIX. He that expected little and rea/uvr' much mmt have been agree- ably disappointed. I will admit only ?<• ersons as arc nilitled to be present. We can not atvo,.^ ,, all that is required of us lor want of time. We can not possibly understand sucli arguments as he has pre- sented. The one that wins the prize ivill be considered the best. EX. ex. It is very difficult to account /or such facts as we have wit- nessed. He that rejoices at his neighbor's misfortunes loill himself have no sympathy. They could not subsist upon such food as they were compelled to eat. Out o/all that we examined this evening only five were perfect. Such doctrines as are propagated by this man will lead to infi- delity, EX. CXI. Every one that ims rejected by our agent was accepted by them. I am astonished that such utterances as he gives forth are tol- erated. The book that you selected for me will not amwer my purpose. We can not see such small figures as Replaces upon the black- board. " I that speak unto thee am he." \Jt,}^^^^tr'^^'Tr "'''"'' ?"\y '■'" exceptional form, used with the Ad- Vo P nf fl^;^ Tn '''»*i.f;"''"V"!°^ *!' '"^"y uliomHoi the English language, ■'s oh '- fZ f"''*'*^"'*'^ Adjective Pronouns given on p. 130, sec. 89, except such, can be so used and the use af t.iis word prolmbly oriainated m «oiiie piovinciahsni that became permanent. ° •i 1 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) h /. {./ A ^.% i/.. 1.0 I.I 11:25 i 1.4 25 22 M L8 1.6 w/ Pholi^raphic Scioices orporation G 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 % sw qv N> -^. % ps m o Ua ^ 78 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. Here tlic solved into down or tal KELATIVE PRONOUNS ELIMINATED. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. CIX. He vmst have been agreeably disappointed. He expected little and realized much. Some persons are entitled to be present. I will admit only such persons. A certain result is required of us. We can not accomjMsh it all for Avant of time. He has pi-eserded certain arguments. We can not possibly understand them. One of them will ivin the prize. This one ivill he considered the best. EX. ex. We have witnessed some. wonderful facts. It is very difficult to iiccount for them. He rejoices at his neighbor's misfortunes. He will himself have no sympathy. They were compelled to eat inferior food. They could not subsist upon it. Only five out of all were perfect. We examined them this evening. Such doctrines will lead to infidelity. They are propagated by this man. EX. CXL Some of them were rejected by our agent. Every one of these was accepted by them. He gives forth such utterances. I am astonished that they are tolerated. You selected this book for me. It loill not answer my purpose. He places such small figures upon the blackboard. We can not see them. I am he. I speak unto thee. process lins been reversed Tl,e Complex Sentences I.av, Simple ones; and nistead of building up, we have beei ^n.g to pieces what had previously been construe ed in re- •ring PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 79 SIMPLE SENTENCES WITHOUT RELATIVE PRONOUNS. See the two following; iiages, alao, page 125. EX. CXIL Yoafmd many things to do each day. Do these things as? quickly as jjossible. This matter now occupies my attention. It does not concern j'ou in any way. You said sometl ing just now. I positively know it. Many things can he done to-day. Do not put them off till to-morrow. Those diffalxa possess the higlKtit importance. They do not always at'.roct the greatest attention. EX. CXIII. He had done something to tl\e ink. We discovered it without difficulty. You said something to him just now. It xoill offend him very much. Many a thing is absolutely impossible. It ought never to be undertaken. The architect has designed beautiful, plans. I intend to carry out his plans. Many important events took place last year. He very quickly /b^-gio^ them all. EX. CXIV. Many things are known to be injurious. They should be carefully avoided. They maliciously reported something about you. We ivould not paij any attention to it. That gives my friends the greatest amount of pleasure. I shall always doit. Many a thing is very difficult to perform. It deserves the greatest credit after it has been accom- He gave away all the money to others. [plished. It was given to him by his friends. After these Sentences have been written, they are to l)o taken iu pairs and converted into Complex Sentences, as on the preceding pages, with the de- sign of still fnrtlier changing them into others having Co.Mrouni) Kelative Pronouns, instead of Simple. ■f ' ; h 80 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. SIMPLE EELATIVE PRONOUNS. See preceding and following pages. EX. cxri. Do as quickly as possible those things which you find to do each day. This matter which now ocvpies my attention does not con- ceni you in any way. I know positively the thing that you said just now Do not put off till to-morrow those things which can he done to-day. Those affairs that possess the highest importance do not always attract the greatest attention. EX. CXIIL We rfiscot-er.rf without difficulty something that he had done to the ink. Something that you said to him just now will offend him very much. "^ Anything that is absolutely impossible ought not to be un- dertaken. I intend jo carry out the beautiftil plans which the architect has designed. He very quickly forgot many important events whv ok place last year. EX. CXIV. Those things that are known to be injurious should be carefully avoided. •' We would not pay any attention to that which they mali- ciously reported about you. I shall always do that which gives my friends the greatest amount of pleasure. That which is most difficult to perform deserves the greatest credit after it has been accomplished He gave away to others all that icas given to him by his friends. must disappear! '^"*'^^'=^''-'"t' -H"-' "Hulihers of the Antecedent, of course. PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 81 i find to do s not con- nn be done lot always had done him very o be un- arcbitect It'. ok carefully key mali- greatest greatest friends. the book, V rcijiiired t" for the of course, COMPOUND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. See the two preceding pages. EX. CXII. Do as quickly as possible whatever yow. find to do each day. What now occupies my attention docs not concern you in any way. I know positively "what you said just now. Do not put ojf till to-morrow (what) can be done to-day. What possesses the highest importance does not always attract the greatest attention. EX. CXIII. We discovered without difficulty "what ho had done to tue ink. What you said to him just now will offend hitn very much. Whai; is absolutely impossible ought not to be undertaken. I intend to carry out "what the architect has designed. He very quickly /orgro/ ^w^hat took place last year. EX. OXIV. What is known to be injurious should be carefully avoided. We would not pay any attention to what they maliciously re- ported about you. I shall always do "what gives my friends the greatest amount of pleasure. What is most difficult to perform deserves the greatest credit after it has been accomplished. He gave away to others what teas given to him by his friends. The principal object that we have in view in constructing Sentences in this form is brevity and compactness. A conipari.sc:i of each one with those from wliich it lias been constructed will at once render this apparent. The class may now be required to write a large number of additional Sentences, con- tinually varying the materials from which they are forp'ed, until they have acquired a suthcient degree of proliciency. The teacher may suggest sub- jects for tlie Sentences, and the Comijound Relative Pronoun should be used in all the different constructions that are possible. These are, first, two Nom- inatives ; second, two Objectives ; third, a Nominative and an Objective; and fourth, an Objective and a Nominative. Tiie Passive and Progressive Forms should be used in their construction as well as the Common or Ac- tive. Each pupil should be required to explain each of these different forms, where used, and to substitute the others where possible. The more frequent and thorough these Exercises are niade, the greater will be the progress and profit. 82 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. k COMPOUND RELATiyES,MVHOEVER,'<.WHATEVER," To he takeu with the two following pages; see page 125. EX. CXV. I 2^^ T."! ''^'"'"^^' ''"''"' '' wliatever you may say tion. "" y°'' '""^ ^''"^^ t° '^e for examina- Whatever you .^ayf.^a on the street .«« ... Zo.. by so.e one EX. CXVL ward. ^ '' "' ™'"' "'""' ""'-^iy "«ive his re- setce. '^ ■ " ^""'^^^ y»« »«2/ 'fo ia .»y ab- KX. CXVII. L™^ days I „.« ,.,•„,„„,,, ^^„3^^, ^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^ turn, '"' " '™' •"■ ™'« 'o ^==Pe-=l> "aother in «- Whichever commands the LigUes. price is the o.e to sell first. for study from Part IL " '*°"'° *'"«• ^^es.sons should be assigned I'UfNCIl'LKS OF KN(}LISH COMI'OSITION. 83 LTEVEK," mj. 'o give me. ly useless. examiua- some one isired m- ^ve sown, ve his re- trail, my ab- ince the ci from ucceed. r in ra- il first. t step is ronouns ff page, issigned SIMPLE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND ANTECEDENT. To be tiikcii witli tliu preceiliiiy and followiny iJages. KX. C.W. He will most solemnly ftivcar to anything that you may my. I shall gladly accept the one that you may bo pleased to (ju-e. me. The person that gave you that pen knew that it was perfectly useless. You mag J)ring to me for examination that result which you first obtain. Anything that you may find on the street will have been lost by some one else. EX. CXVI. Wa shall handsomely reward any one who gives us the desired information. A man ^oill most certainly reap that which he may have soivn. He that gireth you n cup of water shall surely receive his re- ward. The one which is the shortest and most direct is the best trail. I shall certainly approve of anything that you may do in my absence. KX. (XVn. After thirty days I iuill reimburse any man that ivill advance the money. You may keep for yourself the one that you may select from among them. In everything that he undertakes to do he is almost sure to succeed. Any one whom he asks for a favor is sure to expect another in return. That which commands the highest price is the one to sell first. The teacher slionld dictate from page 82, and the class write on tlieir slates or paper as on tliis page. If the Sentences that are written are correct in construction and meaning, even if not precisely similar to those given above, they sliould not be rejected, but rather accepted, as a means of encouraging original thought. M PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. RESOLVED INTO SIMPLE SENTENCES. To be taken with ti.e tuo preceding pages. EX. CXV. You mni/ say anything. He ivill most solemnly swear to it. You may be pleiised to gin; me something I shnll ghidly accept it. Some person gave you that pen. He knew that it was perfectly useless. You will obtain the first result. You maxj bring it to me for examination You mayjind something on the street It will have been lost by some one else. EX. CXVL Some one may give us the desired information. VVe shall handsomely reward him. Every one sows something. He w;i7/ most certainly rmyUhe same. Some one will give you a cup of water. He shall surely receive his reward. One of the trails is shorter and more direct It is the best. You viay do many things in my absence. I shall certainly approve (/everything. EX. CXVIL Some man will advance the money. After thirty days I loill reimburse him You may select one from among them. ' You may keep it for yourself. He undertakes to do many things. He is almost sure to succeed in them all He asfo many a person for a favor Each one is sure to expect another in return One will command a higher price than the others Ihat IS the one to sell first. ^^^^^^^^^nlrJl^^^^^ the Complex ones are capa- ones that could be UBed in tife origtallustruSn.'''' ^°^^^^'*''-' ^ «- oSy PI11NCIPLE.S OF ENGLISH COM POSITION. 85 SENTENCES TO BE CORRECTED OR CHANGED. To he taken witli tho following page. EX. CXVIII. /and you will be there. I will drown and nobody shall save lue. I .shall accept either, but you will have neither. Heaven and eiirtli ! Thai in temporary— //u'« is eternal ! An angel from heaven appeared Ihn-c. A celebrated king named Alfred lived Uwri'. Pl^ce one on one side and one on the other. As we swept along every tree seemed the center of a circle. All the trees in the orchard wan laden with fruit. There is the apple and the pear; you may have all, EX. CXIX. He is taller than me and you. She is calling you or /. Each one loves the othei- dearly. One of those boys will hurt another. Some asserted their innocence; more confessed. Neither the one or the other will do. A person cannot imagine how pleasant it is. Some prefer one thing, others another. It is often dangerous to express onr ojjinion. I know this is true, because he said it. EX. CXX. Is there any to help me ? If you are an honest man, continue one. He puts his trust in some other. He loved the little fhiiigs tenderly. All say that he is dead. You call the study of the heavens astronomy, I know the man that you spoke of. I have but two; you must take all or 7ione. Many commit suicide, many are killed, and many die natu- Every one of our breaths are numbered. [rally. The Rules of Syntax given in Part IV. will be found applicable to many of these examples In a few of these examples no actual error may exist, yet some different idea may be conveyed by a change. \ii , If f ' h ,; g i .' 1'' i. 80 IMtlNcrPLES ()!•• KN(iLlSFI CO.MI'OSITIOiV. CORIIECTIONS AND niEFERAJiLE CONSTRUCTIONS. 'I'r) bo taken witli tli !io )ireoc(linj; I'lij^t'. KX. <'X\ 111. ortv Von luul I will bo 111 I sliiill drown and nobody icill save I will me. accept oitlier, but you slioll have uoithei Heaven and eartb ! Th Ther> IS is temporary— //(r(/ is etenud! '-e appealed an aiigel from heaven. There lived a celebrated king named Alfred. Place one on each side. As we swept along each tree seemed the center of a circle. Every tree in the orchard wa>i laden with fruit. There are the apple and the pear, you may have hoth. KX. C.XIX. He is taller than you or /. ' She is calling either you or me. They love each other dearly. Those boys will hurt one another. Some asserted their innocence; others confessed. Neither the one nor the other will do. One can not imagine how pleasant it is. One perfers one thing; another, another. It is often dangerous to express one's opinion, I know this is true, because he said ho. EX. OXX, Is there none to help me? If you are an honest man, continue such. He puts his trust in anotlwr. He loved the little ones tenderly. They say that he is dead. We call the study of the heavens astronomy. I know the man of whom you spoke, I have but two; you must take Ijoth or neither Many commit suicide, more are killed, but most die natu- Our every breath is numbered, r^jjU .ingle word will convoy an onti.ol, SStlig^uL'^Sm ""' '"""'^'' °' ' IMJINCII'LIvS or KNOIJSIl ( ((.MI'OSITrOK. 87 MISCELLANEOUS SENTENCES. To he taken with the folhiwing page. EX. cxxr. Thou^'h ho slays mo, yet will I tiust in him. Evon if ho preach momlity, he does not imicti.so it. He has tho iucliimtion to, l>iit has no power of working "If 'twere done, when 'tis done, 'twere well 'twere She is a friend of his. [done quickly " "And that tongue of his, that l)a.le the Itonmns," etc. I intended to have paid it loii<^ n^o. I exiKictod last week to have seen you. It is a very annoying habit of mine. Next Christmas I shall be there u year. KX. cxxr I. I will carry an umbrella, as it might rain. That reproof is not for you or I. He done all his work without assistance. We have went all the way for nothin,' imge. KX. CXXIV. Jiid him come here. You (hin; not do it. We need have no money. Ma/cn him go iiwiiy. Did you see him Strike ine ? Do you hear it rain ? I feel it hurt me. He will not lei me go. Can you perceive it move ? "Why should we 6(7;//; us milk the cows. Have him wait for me. Did you over walcli the oat lick her paws ? I never knew him give a cent. EX. CXXV. Do not bid him stand at the door. Dar'sl thou leap in and swim? You need not fear death. He viade me tell a lie. Did you see it shoot across thf sky ? Would you /ttv are re 'cises may also be given ^presented Addition, lal Thei tlie Del languaj PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. Ilffi 93 VERB "TO BE "—ABSOLUTE. To be taken witli the following page. EX. CXXIX. God is. He always has been. Troy -was. Before Rome waSj Egypt had been, The human spirit will be when time is not. Time shall be no more. Eternity will be after time shall have lapsed. I may be when this city shall have perished. You can be true if you persist. It must be, for he said so. EX. CXXX. There may have been ancient nations here. They can not have been elsewhere. Powerful kings must have been in the past. All these things might be. So great a mine could not be. She would be silent, though he insisted. " It might have been." We could have been rich, but would not. Great cities would have been there. This should not have been. EX. cxxxi. He said it should be, and it w^as. All men are not hont)st. They were in Paris. " God said, ' Let there be light,' and there was light." It shall not be so. She weeps because they are no more. All people should be contented. We are not happy. We shall soon be no more. No such thing ever was. The nature of the Verb "l)c " is fully iliacus.sed in Part IV., where we find the definitions of Attributes and Attributive Elements, and their relation to language, according to the general principles of Analysis. 94 Man' Verb meauin PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. OTHEB VERBS SUBSTITUTED. To be taken with the preceding page. EX. CXXIX. God exists. He always has existed. Troy flourished. Before Rome began its career Egypt had existed. G l'. LTn "^'f "^"^ ^""'^^ ^^^^ *^^« «^*^" ^^^^ <^eased. lime shall endure no more. Etermty will continue after time shall have lapsed 1 may hve when this city shall have perished. You can stand true if you persist. It must have happened, for he said so. EX. CXXX. Ancient nations may have flourished here They can not have existed elsewhere Powerful Lings must have lived in the past. All these things might happen. So great a mine could not exist. She would remain silent, though he insisted. It might have happened. We could have become rich, but would not. Orreat cities would have stood there. This should not have occurred. EX. CXXXL He said it should happen, and it did. All men do not continue honest. They resided in Paris. God said, " Let light come," and it came. It shall not continue so. She weeps because they live no more All people should remain contented. We do not feel happy. We shall soon exist no more. No such thing ever transpired sui The iluctor is alwa uite as PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 9S SUPERFLUOUS PRONOUN "IT," WITH INFINITIVE. To be taken v/itli tlie following pago. EX. CXXXIL It will require too linich work to make it. It is impossible to tell I. )w he did it. It would he better to stay at home. It is wrong to come late. It is- iniproijer to say, "He done it." It gave me pleasure to listen to her. It loill aid your enterprise to do this. It is sometimes better to think without speaking. It is a good thing to water the plants. It loould have been better to ask him first. EX. CXXXIIL It seldom /aiZs to stand by the right. It never pays to do wrong. It is always advisable to try first. It loill he difficult to frame so large a picture. It is easy to perform that trick. It is sometimes hard to do right. It is always sweet to know "we have triumphed. It would serve him right to lose his place. It is never best to take things for granted. It woidd kill mother to hear of this. EX. CXXXI\'. It must he hard to part w^ith dear friends. It may serve our purj)ose to ask one question. It can be of no use to attempt it again. It is very disagreeable to be obliged to take medicine. It almost broke his heart to leave his mother. Ik gave him great pleasur j to assist me. It seems too bad to hear of such accidents. It luill he pleasant to be alone for a short time. It must have pleased him to get such news. |time. It should be arranged to have the ship sail in the day- Tlie word "it" has a characteristic function in English, as a mere intro- ductory word, similar to the use of "there." Its grammatical construction IS always that of a Pronoun, but its real signification is frequently so indefi- nite as to be lost. I if' 111 ne PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. SUPERFLUOUS PRONOUNS OMITTED. To be taken with tlie preceding page. EX. CXXXII. To make it will require too much work. To tell how he did it ?,s impossible. To stay at home ivould he better. To come late is Avroiig. To say " He done it" is improper. To listen to her gave me pleasure. To do this will aid your enterprise. To think without speaking is sometimes better. To water the plants is a good thing. To ask him first tvould have been better. EX. cxxxin. To stand by the right seldom /r«7s. To do Avrong never j^ftys. To try first is always advisable. To frame so large a picture will be difficult. To perform that trick is easy. To do right is sometimes hard. To know we have triumphed is always sweet. To lose his place ivould serve Jjim right. To take things for granted is never best. To hear this would kill mother. EX. CXXXIV. To part with dear friends must be hard. To ask one question may serve our purpose. To attempt it again can be of no use. To be obliged to take medicine is vei7 disagreeable. To leave his mother almost broke his heart. To assist me gave him great pleasure. To hear of such accidents seems too bad. To be alone for a short time ivill be pleasant. To get such news vmst have pleased him. {ranged. To have the ship sail in the daytime should be ar- o,^^}'Ji\f'^^^ ^'^"^°"'^'^«' '-^f ''ere reeonstrncted, are considered grammatically .ZrL 7 '\ ""t have tl.e euphony and elegance of those on the preceding page introduced by the idiomatic word " it." But they illustrate its use In sec the Sent for the J ■II 'III PRINCIPLES OF EXOLISH COMPOSITION. 07 INFINITIVE PHRASES IN THE OBJECTIVE. To be taken witli tlie following paye. EX. CXXXV. He lih\^ to rise early. They hnn- always tried to make money. She loves to read every evening. You do not intend to walk all the way. I must endeavor- to write to my mother. We soon forgci to write to our friends. I expect to hear from you occasionally. It soon ceases to give her pleasure. -The heat fa Us to evaporate the water. I must not neglect to pay the printer. EX. CXXXVI. He continued to make money very fast. You ought to know hotter. She re/used to allow me to accompany her. They intoided to invite us. We require to use all our money. She consented to ride in the cars. The judge agreed to pronounce sentence. I decided to perform the journey. You must remember to lock the door. They will not trg to work this example. KX. CXXX\II. He wished to leave the place. I do not desire to return to America. We shall soon loaid to eat our dinner. The dentist tried to extract my tooth. That man never tries to slight his work. She once desired to correspond with him. You never thought to introd iice him. They refused to speak to me. The children expected to see the sport. We must not attempt to iiyure him. In sec 26, p. 118 will be found the Detinitiou of the Infinitive Mood; and lie Sentences on this p^.-e are intended to illustrate its use as a substitute for the Noun in the Objective Case after a Transitive Verb su'^stitute 6 •1 \ 1 i' 98 rrilNCIl'LES OF ENOLISH COMPOSITION. i. f! I n (I (I I t I ■ r SAME PHRASES IN THE NOMINATIVE. To be tivken witli tlie i)i'ece(ling iiage. EX. CXXXV. To rise early ix conducive to lieulth. To make luouey is not always easy. To read every evening ivciuhl be monotonous. To walk all the way willfalujue you. To write to my mother is my iirst duty. To "Write to your friends xcill plenae them. To hear from you occasionally loill he agreeable. To give her pleasure is a difficult task. To evaporate water requiren heat. To pay the printer shouhJ he your greatest care. EX. CXXXVI. To make money fast is very difficult. To know better involves more experience. To allow me to accompany her ivas uni of the question To invite us would confer a favor. To use all our money is impossil)Ie. To ride in the street cars causes much delay. To pronounce sentence may cause trouble. To perform the journey requires money. .To lock the door ivill prevent their admission. To work this example is no easy matter. EX. CXXXVII. To leave the place mui) disappoint them. To return to America is his greatest desire. To eat our dinner ivill refresh us. To extract my tooth inll be a very difficult operation. To slight his work migJd lead to his discharge. To correspond with him implies line scholarship. To introduce him may displease the company. To speak to me needs no introduction. To set} the sport made them laugh. To inJL-'re him ivouhl be cruel. The Intinitive Verl> on tliis page takes the jjlace of the Noun in the Nomi- native Case. Tlie Verb used iu each sentence is the same one that is found in the corresponiling line on the preceding page. In sc perforn jective. -i-U PRINCIPLES OP ENdrjSH COMPOSITION. 90 PRESENT PARTICIPLE USED AS A NOUN. To he taken witli the following page. EX. CXXXVIII. Investigating scientific matters dclicjhts him. Speculating recklessly ruim many men. Exercising freely bcurjUii tlie muscles. Buying is easier than selling. Selling goods (jives i^cople employment. Stealing deserves severe liunishment. Walking is sometimes very wearisome. Caring for the sick occupies her attention. Believing can not .srt IV? a drowning man. • Calling occasionally will encourage her. EX. CXXXJX. Borrowing money is a very simple thing. Paying is often much more ditHcult. Transacting Inisiness makes some people rich. Returning a borrowed umbrella creates surprise. Appropriating other people's money caused this. Seeing meat refreshes a hungry man. Eating a good supply strengthens him more. Sighing pensively loill not provide beefsteak. Regretting a bad act does not mend it. Expecting great things gave him pleasure. EX. CXL. Realizing is often less agreeable than expecting. Failing in business is now quite common. Arranging his affairs gave him trouble. Collecting money is very difficult. Sailing across the ocean is often disagreeable. Making shot requires a high tower. Receiving visitors ivill demand attention. Entertaining them must he provided for. Perpetrating crimes distinguished him. Providing for the future shoivs forethought. Ill sec. 29, p. 119, will be found the Definition of Participles. Besides performing the oflice of a Noun, the Present Participle is also used as au Ad- jective. This may now be shown by similar examples. M i': KM) PRINCII'LES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITrON. NOUNS USED INSTEAD OF PARTICIPLES. To bo tiikon witli tliu jii-ccuding page. i:\. ( xxxviii. Scientific Investigation dciighls him. Keckless speculation mins many men. Free exercise hi'ni'jils the muHch's. A purchase /.s easier than a sale. The sale of goods given people employment. Theft (IcKcrirn severe ])nniHliment. A vralk ix sometimes very wearisome. The care of the sick (jccnpicn her attention. • raitl**«/( not .svnv? a drowning man. A . occasional call loia encourage her. EX. ('XX XIX. A loan is a very simple thing. Payment is often much more diflficult. The transaction of business makes some people rich. The return of a borrowed umbrella creates surprise. The appropriation of other peoi^V/s money caused this. The sight of meat refreshes a hungry man. A good meal sIrenglJiens him more. A pensive sigh ivill not provide beefsteak. Regret does not mend a bad act. Great expectations gave him pleasure. EX. (XL. Realization i.s often less agreeable than expectation. Business failures are now quite common. The arrangement of his affairs gave him trouble. The collection of money is very difficult. An ocean voyage is often disagreeable. The manufacture of shot requires a high tower. The reception of visitors ivill demand attention. Their entertainment mvsi be provided for. The perpetration of crime distinguished him. Provision for the future shoivs forethought. The Noun is here substituted for the Present Participle without chauKin.' the signihcation in any way. The style of expression in c. niposition fnav thus he varied to avoid monotony. The ter, ta propri PRINCIPLKH OF ENOLISH COMI'OSITION. 101 VEKBS TO BIO CHANGED TO PAST PARTICIPLES. To 1)0 taken with the following page. KX. ex LI. Do not break the cup. "Write a copy of tlio document. Tlicy print vast numbers of books. AVlicn (lid ho complete his work V Be careful not to lose your character. I knew he would ruin his reputation. He did not intend to injure mo. I was careful not to expect any favor. Examine the papers as rapidly as possible. Never spill milk unless it is frozen. KX. CXLII. I told him he -would shatter his constitution. Intellectual pursuits will satisfy your mind. He feared the storm would wreck the ship. Open all the windows in the room. I esteem my friend very highly. Oh, how he did love his children ! Do not tear the paper. How did you soil your book? He tried hard to accumulate a fortune. We shall manufacture more goods. EX. CXLIIl. Why do you try to ornament your writing? The recollection disturbs his conscience. So many blessings should content him. Why did they plunder the travelers ? They will recover the lost treasure. We shall preserve no fruit this year. Did they reserve any of the capital ? Try your friends before you depend on them. Tell him to shoe all the horses. Be sure not to forget the name. These Exercises may be followed by copious examples of a similar charac- ter, taking care to select only those Verbs whose Past Participles may be ap- propriately used as Adjectives. J *' ll PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH ("OM POSITION. PAST PARTH TPLE8 AS ADJECTIVES. To bo taken witli tlio ijn''«T«»ling page. KX. CXLL A broken cui) can liold no wnter. Written doinimciitH furniHh HtronjT' evidonco. Printed books Imvo superseded inanuacriptH. His completed work dfcsorves credit. Lost clinracter is not easily restored. A ruined reputation is a great misfortune. All intended injury is not easily forgotten. Expected favors lose their charm. The examined papers may bo laid aside. Spilt milk can not be recovered. KX. CXLIL A shattered constitution causes misery. A satisfied mind enjoys pleasure. The wrecked ship was abandoned. The opened windows were agaiv closed. My esteemed friend will probably die. His loved ones were all lost at sea. Torn paper is useless. Your soiled book looks bad. An accumulated fortune was his reward. Manufactured goods sell readily here. EX. CXLIIL Ornamented writing is not used in business. A disturbed conscience makes him unhappy. A contented mind will make a man happy. The plundered travelers recovered their money. Recovered treasure is clear profit. Preserved fruits are quite common. The reserved capital has been used. T.r< od friends are most reliable. Ehi. 'I- 'Ofls can travel best. A i'oi"4, '=■-'. nf.:..o may be forever lost. The Past I'a! :'v. the correspori'iiiv' - are emijloyed ja the ^ jiiunative Case. ■ ' JS '„i tliis page ■ e all used as Adjectives derived from '- -bson the pn .,diiig page; and the Nouns so modmed No I spellin in diet PRINCIPLES OF KNOUHir (OMPO.SrTION. 103 d from odiiied THE POSSESSIVE SINXiULAR. Hoo itixmiH l()4 mill 105. EX. CXLIV. Tlin seoretary's report j^'ivos tho number. They Hold tlio lady's droHS very clicap. A hunt vift^ \H not vi'i'v liirf>o. iV fisherman's bout was lost, Moses' rod performed wondorH. His Hliip has arrived. We have arrived at our journey's end. Tho ship's crow all deserted. Forgive our sius for Jesus' sake. A man's niauuers often make his fortune. EX. CXLV. The oflftcer's salary was too small. He did it for conscience's sake. You can buy a man's or boy's clothing. I saw tho fish's eyes. This ink's color possesses great brilliancy. Wo did not get the horse's shoes. Ho \v6ni a day's journey. Mr. Jones' family occupied a front seat. The king's promise can not be relied on. Did you ever incur a -woman's dis])leasure ? EX. CXLVI. A rose's leaf has a nice perfume. They are incrcisiug the city's debt. New York's viopulation is the largest. Are your friend's children going ? The room.'s dimensions are not sufficient. You can not read by the star's light. The teacher's duties are very arduous. They have been raising the house's roof. Brutus took CaBsara life. A bird's teeth rire very scarce. No more frecjueut mistakes arc made than in the imj)rnper construction, spelling, and use of ti»o Possessive Case. As these Sentences are pronounced in dictation, the Plural should be written. See sec. (J I, p. 125. 104 PllINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. THE POSSESSIVE PLUEAL. See pages 103 and 105. EX. CXLIV. The secretaries' rejwrts give the number. They sold ladies' dresses very cheap. Hens' eggs are not very large. The fishermen's boats were large. No plural. Their ships have arrived; or, their ship has arrived. They have arrived at their journeys' ends. The ships' crews all deserted. . No plural. Men's manners often make their fortunes. EX. CXLV. The officers' salaries were too small. No i^lural. You can buy men's and boys' clothing. I saw the fishes' eyes. These inks' colors possess great brilliancy, We did not get the horses' shoes. He went several days' journey. The Joneses' families occupied front seats. Kings' promises can not be relied on. Did you ever incur the women's displeasure ? EX. CXLVI. Roses' leaves have a nice perfume. (Or, rose-leaves.) They are increasing the cities' debts. No plural. Are your friends' children going ? The rooms' dimensions are not sufficient. You can not read by the stars' light. The teachers' duties are very arduous. They have been raising the houses' roofs. No plural. Birds' teeth are very scarce. While the use of the Possessive Phiral as exemplified on this page is quite correct, it is not, however, the n>ost .lesirable for.., to he used, as will appear by coi.ipanng these Sentences with those on the following page It is ture of be done PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 105 SUBSTITUTE FOR POSSESSIVE PLURAL. See pages 103 and 104. EX. CXLIV. The reports of the secretaries give the number. They sold dresses for ladies very cheap. The eggs of hens are not very large. The boats of the fishermen were lost. No i^lural. Pronouns have no other form, with a few exceptions. They have arrived at the ends of their journeys. The crews of the ships all deserted. No plural. The manners of men sometimes make their fortunes. EX. CXLV. The salaries of the officers were too small. No plural. You can buy clothing for men and boys. I saw the eyes of the fishes. The colors of these inks possess great brilliancy. We did not get the shoes for the horses. He went a journey of several days. The families of the Joneses occupied front seats. The promises of kings cannot be relied on. Did you ever incur the displeasure of vz-omen ? EX. CXLVL The leaves of roses have a nice perfume. They are increasing the debts of the cities. No plural. Are the children of your friends going ? The dimensions of the rooms are not sufficient. You can not read by the light of the stars. The duties of the teachers are very arduous. They have been raising the roofs of the houses. No plural. The teeth of birds are very scarce. It is often desirable to avoid tlic awkward and sometimes ambiguous na- ture of those expressions iu whicli the Possessive Plural appears. This may be doue by the use of the Preposition "of," as here shown. See sec. 53, p. 123. 106 PRINCIPLES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITION. POSSESSIVE SHOWING POSSESSION. To be taken witli the following page. EX. CXLVII. I borrowed my book from the library. Come into our garden and see the flowers. "What makes her h;iir grow so luxuriantly ? My pencil is not sharp enough. Its color is red by reflection. Your boots are too long for you. When will you mail your letters ? His pen has a good point. Their houses have been painted. She sold her jewelry yesterday, EX. CXLVIIL How do you like our furniture ? Why does its cover not fit ? He spends his money very foolishly. " Put off thy shoes from off thy feet." The moon transmits its light to us. Where did you lose your hat ? That man can not manage his horse. We have brought our umbrellas. She borrowed her gloves from me. Bring your chair to the table. EX. CXLIX. Is my overcoat in that room ? They are destroying their books. His gun is in the room on the table. We do not like our house. Your boat does not sail well. Her skates will not stay on her feet. Let me spin my top on the floor. He has lost all his marbles. Your kite has not half enough tail. My desk is too low. These Sentences should be dictated; but instead of writing them, those on !ould bp'wfi/rf ' "ai"'^ "*''"' *'"* ""Ply ownership as well as possession, hould be written. Always encourage original thought. The a iiotes ov are amb rillNOIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 107 ;hose on isussion, POSSESSIVE SHOWINa OWNERSHIP. To Ijo taken with the preceding paf,'e. EX. C'XLVII. This is my own book and not a borrowed one. Is it your own garden, or do you rent itV It is not her own hair. I left my own sharp i^encil at home. That is not its own color. Are they your own boots ? Are they your own letters V This is not his own pen, but mine. I believe they are their own houses. It was not her own jewelry. EX. CXLVIII. It is not our own furniture. Its own cover is lost. Do you believe it is his own money ? Are these thine own shoes ? Yea, verily. But it is not its own light. That is not your own hat. He is sorry now that he sold his own horse. These are our own umbrellas. Her own gloves are lost. Is that your own chair, Charlie ? EX. CXLIX. ' I left my own overcoat at home. Would they destroy their own books in that manner? What did he do with his own gun ? We shall soon move into our O'wn house. Why do you not use your own boat ? They are not her own skates. I would rather spin my own top. They were not his own marbles either. Where is your own kite ? I will write it at my own desk. The aaditioii of tlH3 word "own "' in the Possessive Case unerjui vocally do- notes ownership. The Sentences on the preceding page imply possession, but are ambiguous with regard to ownership. See p. 123, sec 54, and p 12G MM 5 "" l# 4: (,' ' i [ \ ^ '-•' 108 PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH COMPOSITION. PERSONAL PRONOUNS— SIMPLE OBJECTIVE. To be taken with the following page. EX. CL. He (lid not kill the other man, but hurt him. I bought a new jmir of shoes for me. You will hurt you if you climb that tree. She did not allude to me, but her. It regulates it by means of a wheel. We amused us by Avatching the game. Why dost thou hide thee from my sight ? They injured them more than us. It dift'uses it all through the water. You degrade you by keeping his company. EX. CLL I saw me in the looking-glass. He injured him by being too severe. She has deprived her of every pleasure. •' Get thee behind me, Satan ! " "Comfort ye, O my people !" They will make them mad. Hurry thee off to a place of safety. He will distinguish him among them. I have provided me with ammunition. She must keep her out of sight. EX. CLII. We shall never lend us to such a scheme. They never allowed them to be convinced. You must deny you, and follow me. " Quit you like men, and fight." He always kept him in the dark. I hurried me away from the scene. I wish that they could see them now. We consider us competent. She has invited her to be present. It will communicate it to the wires. A very common error is here exposed. Tlie Pronouns of the Third Person are very ambiguous wlien used instead of Reflexive Pronouns in the Objective Case Ihey may be construed to refer to any other person as well as to the actor ' Wl is pre sec. G i! ^ ,^; PRINCIPLES OP ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 109 REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS SUBSTITUTED. To be taken with the preceding 2)age.- EX. CL. He did not kill the other man, but hurt himself. I bought a new pair of shoes for myself. You will hurt yourself if you climb that tree. She did not allude to me, but herself. It regulates itself by means of a wheel. We amused ourselves by watching the game. Why dost thou hide thyself from my sight ? They injured themselves more than us. It diffuses itself all through the water. You degrade yourself by keeping his company. EX. CLI. I saw myself in the looking-glass. He injured himself by being too severe. She has deprived herself of every pleasure. Get thyself behind me, Satan ! Comfort yourselves, O my people ! They will make themselves mad. Hurry thyself off to a place of safety. He will disting'uish himsslf among them. I have provided myself with ammunition. She must keep herself out of sight. EX. CLIL We shall never lend ourselves to such a scheme. They never allowed themselves to be convinced. You must deny yourselves and follow me. Quit yourselves like men and fight. He always kept himself in the dark. I hurried myself away from the scene. I wish that they could see themselves now. We consider ourselves competent. Slie has invited herself to be present. It will communicate itself to the wires. i,Tpfwfl^'*^wi''''^?"°"" i' "'"'^ "' t'^e Objective Case all ambiguity sec G5, p. 126?" ''<^t <^a" only letertotlie person wlio performed it. ^ See 'i: flwl PART II. CLASSIFICATION OR rii rHE PARTS OF SPEECH. Containing Definitions and Explanations of all the Terms commonly nsccl in Grammar; M-ith Formulie for Parsing each of the Parts of Speech, and criticisms upon many words tliat have heretofore been ignored or imperfectly explained. ri'i iiJi^i CLASSIFICATION; OJ!, PARTS OF SPEKCH. Ill ily used d\, and erfectly THE VERB.— DEFINITIONS. 1. A Verb is a word or combination of words used to assert something; as, " He is not here;" " I was listening to the music;" " It would have been prepared." The assertion may be positive or neo-ative, and may indicate action, motion, condition, transition, reception of an act or simple existence. In the last example, prepared is the Prin- cipal Verb, and been, would, and have are known as Aux- iliary Verbs. The latter are so called because they assist or help to make some distinction or limitation. 2. The Principal Farts of a Verb are the Present and Past Tenses of the Indicative Mood, and the Past Participle; as expect, expected, expected; go, went, gone. Verbs that are wanting in any of their parts are called De- fective Verbs; as, ought. 3. A Regular Verb is one that takes the termination ed in the changes of the Principal Parts. Expect is a Reo-ular Verb. "^ 4. An Irregular Verb is one that does not take the endin- ed in the changes of the Principal Parts. Go is an Irregular V°erb Those Verbs that have both a Regular and an Irregular form are called Redundant; as. hang, hanged, hanged; hang hung, hung. ' 5. A Transitive Verb is one that is capable of having an Olyect when used in the Active Voice; as, "He lifted the iveighi;" " She is admired;" " The lablc has been made." Lifted has an Object, weight; " She is admired," when trans- posed, becomes "{Everybody) admires her," in which the Ob- ject is her; and " The UMe has been made " becomes " (The eaviienter) has made the table," in which table is the Object; and since each is capable of being reconstructed so as to have an Object, they are, therefore. Transitive Verbs. _ 6. An Intransitive Verb is one that can not have an Ob- ject; as, " My head aches;" " The boy still cries." By referring to the explanations in Part IV., relating to Tran- sitive and Intransitive Verbs, it will be seen that the Transitive Verb with its Object expresses no more than the Intransitive Verb alone. "T'l l\'2 CLASSIFICATION; OR, PAI5TS OF SPEECH. THE VERB.— VOICE AND FORM. 7. The Active Voice is the construction of the Verb that is used when the Sentence is constructed in the Active Form (see sec. 10, next page); it consists of the Principal Verb with or without any Auxiliary except the Verb be, which is only used iu the Passive and Progressive Forms. Grammarians often use the word Active to denote any Verb tliat implies action alone. In the sense iu which we have used it, however, it makes no difference whether it implies action or not. " The room contains aii- " has the Transitive Verb con- tains, which is ill the Active Voice, though no action of any kind is indicated. 8. The Passive Voice is that construction of the Verb which is used when the Sentence is constructed in the Passive Form (see sec. 11, next page), and consists of the Past Participle of the Priucipal Verb, preceded by that Mood and Tense of the Verb be which corresponds to the same Mood and Tense of the given Verb in the Active Form. The great facility with which an assertion can be made with- out mentioning the actor or agent, by using the Passive Form, is shown iu the Correspondence at the conclusion of Part V. 9. The Pasiiive Form of a Verb is that which some Intran- sitive Verbs are made to assume by using in connection with them some appropriate Inseparable Preposition (see sec. Ill page 135). "He was looked upon as a god," contains the Intransitive Verb look in the Passive Form, and the Insepara- ble Preposition upon. Note I. Every Verb in the Passive Voice must be Transitive; but one iu the Passive Form would not necessarily be Transitive. Note II. All Verbs iu the Passive Voice are also, of course, in the Passive Form. Note III. None but Transitive Verbs can be changed from the Active to the Passive Voice. Note IV. Some Transitive Verbs are also used as Intransitive; as, "Tho fire burns the wood," or, " The wood burns readily;'' "The horse moves the load," or, " The load moves;" " The boy has written a word," or, " The boy writes too fast." CLASSIFICATION: OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. 113 from THE VERB.-FORMS OF SENTENCES. 10. The Active Form of a Sentence is tbut in which the person or thin- perfunniny tlie act is phiced before tlio Transi- tive Verb in the Active Voice, and the person or thin- acted upon after it; as, " The boys have collected all the hooks." Ihis IS also known as the Common Form of a Sentence, and the latter title is preferred when the Veri, is Intransitive 11. The Passive Form of a Sentence is that in which the author of an act and the object upon which the act terminates are transposed, so that the thin- a<-ted upon, which is the pas- sive recii.ient of the act, occupies the position before the Tran- Hitive Verb in the Passive Voice, and the person or thing per- tormi.g the act, preceded by son.e suitable Preposition, is placed after it; as, "All the books have been collected by the boys." "^ The numerous examples of transposition from the Active to «ie Passive Form fuuzid in Part I. will n.ake the studv of these iJehnitions very attractive aud ini.resling. Only tho^e Defini- tions that are necessary to be known for the purpose of trans- posing the Sentences should be assigned for study. The chief obstacle to lu-ogress in the science of Grammar has ever been a multiplicity of Definitions, with no moans of making any prac- tical application of them in forming Sentences. 12 Sentences with Intransitive Verbs, not accompa- nied by Inseparable Prepositions, can not be transposed or re- constructed in the P assive Form. They are written in tlie _, — *"'• -^"^.j "It; vvruien in uie Common Form when not rec^uired in the Progressive or Em- phatic. Note V. When a Sentence is changed from the Active to the Passive Form, the actor or agent, instrument or cause may be entirely elided or omitted. This is the chief advantage gained by using the latter form, and enables us-to avoid the egotistical Hty^e ot the former; thus, "/have filled your order " becomes Your order has been tilled;" and "I answered the question immediately" becomes "The question was immediately an- sworud." Note VI. All modifiers of the Subject and Object are trans- posed with them. (See Part IV.) 114 CLASSIFICATION; OU, PARTS OF SPEECH. u THE VERB.— FORMS OF SENTENCES. 13. The Progressive Form of a Verb is that which rei^re- sents an act as a continuous event, and changes the Sentence into the Progressive Form. It consists of the Present Par- ticiple of the Principal Veil), i)rece{lea by that Mood and Tense of the Verb be which corresponds to the same Mood and Tense of the Common Form; thus, "I stand on the table frequently" does not intimate that I am necessarily in that position at the time it is said; but " I am standing on the table" signifies a continuous act taking place at the time the words are uttered; and as it represents the act as happening or in a state of prog- ress at that time, it derives the name of Progressive Form, The Progressive Form of a Sentence is that in which the Verb used is in the Progressive Form. The Exercises com- mencing on page iG illustrate the use of this Form, which is so universal in ordinary conversation. Sometimes it is far more e.Kpressive than the Common Form. Each pupil should be re- quired to explain the reason for its preference, and to atate the objection to its uso in any given Sentence. U. The Emphatic Form of a Verl) does not diller from the Common Form except in the Present and Past Indicative, when do or does and did are respectively employed to receive the enii)hasis, which in the other Tenses (except Present Im- perative, where do is su^jplied) is placed on the Auxiliary. This Form is used to re-assert what has been doubted, contra- dicted, or denied upon its first assertion; thus, "I went to school "is the Common Form; "I did go to school " is the Emphatic. The Emphatic Form of a Sentence is that in which the Verb used is in the Emphatic Form. Declarative, Interrogative, Exclamatory, and Imperative Sen- tences may all be changed from one into another of these four forms. (See Part IV., Definitions 4 to 7.) Note VII. The Past and Future Tenses can only be used in the Progressive to indicate an act or state actually in j^royress and condnuing at a given period, which must be specified in the Sentence or in a previous or subsequent one. C'LASSIKIILVTION; OR, l'AI{TS OF SPEECH. UC KULES.-PASSIVE, PROGRESSIVE, AND EMPHATIC. 15. Bulk you Passivi:.— To clumgo a Sentence from the Ac- tive to tlie Passive Fonu: Firsf, use the Object of the Active Verb, with its modifiers, for the Sulyect of the Passive Verb; secoiH), write the corresponding Mood and Tense of the Verb "be," followed by the Past Participle of the given Verb, with its modifiers; /I, ml, place the Subject of the Active Verb, with its modifiers, after the Passive verb, always preceding it with a suitable Preposition. IG. Rule fou PRoanEssivK.-To change a Sentence from tlie Ac-ti.c to the ProoTessive Form: Fir.^i, use the corresponding Mood and Tense of the Verb "be," followed by the Pres ent Participle of the given Verb; .rruml, keep the remain- ing parts of the Sentence unchanged. 17. Rule fob Emphatic.-To cliange a Sentence into the Em- phatic lorm: Emphasize the leading Auxiliary of the Verb, and if the Principal Verb have no AuxiUary sup- ply " do " or " did " for emphatic words. The proper method of becoming famihar with tlicse Rules is to develop them while making the given changes in Sentences that have been placed upon slips of paper that can be cut into .sections, so as to facilitate the transposition. While studying these Definitions, the class should be enn-ao-ed upon the Exercises in Part I. Indeed, the principal use oflhe Definitions will be for reference while the foregoing Exercises are being written. Almost all ordinary pupils have been drilled upon the abstract Definitions of Text-books on Grammar until they have been alienated from the study; and a pupil of aver- ago intelligence has already acquired most of the Definitions and principally lacks the application of the various Rules. Note VIII. The Verb be, on account of its being the instru- nieiit with which we change the form of a Sentence, can not itseit be changed into Passive or Progressive Form. Note IX. Neither does the Verli be require the addition of do or did in the Emphatic Form. Its Emphatic Form consists of simple repetition. im ("r,ASS[KI('ATI()N: OR, I'AIITS or SI'KKCH. ■'I' THE VERB.— TIME AND TENSE. 18. Time, in Gmmruar, sij-iiifioH tlio diirntioii of an act or state, the time of its occurreuen or oxiHlcucfs (,r tho fact, prob- ability, or possibility of its liapponiiif,^ as, "I was Hick two days;" "Ho broke my slat.; yosteiday;" " Hho will return to-morrow-" "Ho may sell all tiio fruit next week." 10. Apart from (Irammar, a.s a matter of fact, there are only two (liviaiouH c- ..ue-the Past ami tho Future. These are separated by what is called tho Present, which, however is but a moment. It is to Time what a Point, in Geometry, is to two hnito Htrai-ht lines that are contiguous at (ho extremities Hiul in the same dire(,tion. The Point has n.. .limeusions, and the Present has in reality no duration. AViien tho latter is viewed, however, as a portion of Time of limited duration (as a moment, a second, a mimito, an hour, a day. a week, a year, or a century, separatinn' the fathomless Past from the boundless Future), we create a third division of Time, of artificial char- acter, known as tho Present. NoTK X. A train of cars in motion upon a track which can be represented on the blackboard, or by a picture susi)ended be- fore the class, is a ffood illusi ration of Time. That portion of the track ui)on which the train is movino- corresponds oxactlv to the Present, which is ever changing its place. That over which the train has already moved represents the Past, and that whicli lies before it, the Future. Tiie train mav consist of twenty cars, ten, five, or one, or only the locomotive. Or we may substitute simply a grain of sand blown along the track. This explains the limitation of the Present. Now, yesterday, and to-morrow are convonieut words to use in illustrating tho three Simple Tenses; tlius, the teacher may pronounce the word " Now," and after a slight pause the class may make the statement, "The train moves;" "Yes- terday"—" the train moved; ' " To-morrow "— " the train will move;- "Now '—"it rains;' "Yesterday "-" it rained:" " To-morrow "— " it will rain." Note XI. Properly there is no aiiicrenco between an act and a state; for when an act is performed the doer is in a state of action, no matter how short its duration. Hence the term state includes what is represented by the word act. (T-ASSIKKATION: Ol!, I'AI.'Ts OK SI'KK( Jf. 117 nil act or fiiot, i)rub- i Hick two 11 return c luo only Tlieso arc jwevor, is iclry, is to xtieiiiitioH iioiiH, mill 3 latter is itioil (flH !l a your, or buuiuUess t'iiil cUiir- cli can l)c aided bc- )orti()u of Is cxiictly -'luit over 'ast, tuul ly consist tive. Or .long the words to e teacher lause the ' "Yes- tie train ir"~"it act and state of he term THE VETUi.-TIME AND TENSE. 2(1 The two natural .livisionH of Time (Past and Future) niid (]„. ait.ficial .livision (Present) are called the three Simple Tenses I hoy are the Present Tense, denoting, present time; tl.o Past Tense, de.u.tin;.. lime that has passed away; and the future Tense, denotin- the time to come; as. "He reads very well. " " Ho read aloud yesterday;" " Ho will read a-aiii to-morrow, and I shall listen lo jiim." Shall, in th(. lirst i.erson, has tlic same simplification as will 111 the second or third, and denotes simple futurity while will in the first person, has the effect of shall in the 'second and thir.l, denotin- determination as well as futurity. 21. The three Perfect Tenses denote the end or completion of an act, or the time at which it is brought to pn-fniion, either ni he past, present, or future. They are distinguished by the addition o some part of tlu. Yeib have, which, for this re^sou. IS called the " sign " of the Perfect Tenses. Thev are the Present Perfect Tense, denoting an act just now iinislied, or completed some time previous to the present, from which it is viewed; the Past Perfect Tense, denoting an net that was perfect or ccmiplote at a certain time specified in the past; and the Future Perfect Tense, denoting ai: net thai will be end. d at a given time in the future; as, " Thev have written the esson tlu-eo t^mes;" "He had paid the-money before I met lam; "I shall have completed my work at noon." Eacli Simple Tense should be illustrated with its own Per- fect Tense; nnd a considerable number of examples should bo given in one before proceeding to another, nnd the particular significance of the Simple and the Perfect Tense minutely de- scribed; thus (writing on the blackboard): Present-" He writes slowly" (act not compMed); Pres. Perf.— He has written it (act complete). SerpeT^'^Tr^'iTr''''^'' "^ "■'^^^^' ^^^^^ "°^ «'"«i^^^^)' ended) ""^^^ ^""''^ ^^^ evaporated the water (process 22 A Mood (or Mode) is a classificntion of Tenses according to their use in designating facts, possibilities, or abstract acts, without reference to the actors; as, " It has happened;" lou may die; ' " Walking;" <'To fight." A Verlf in any torm except a Participle or an Intuitive, is said to be Finite. 118 CLASSIFICATION; Ol!, I'AftTS OF SPEECH. THE VERB.— MOODS AND TENSES. 23. Tlie Indicative Mood is that class of variations of the Verb which consists of facts or certainties, either in the statement of jjast and present events, or promises, assurances, and predictions of the future. The Indicative Mood is the only one that contains all of the six Tenses, as shov/n on pages 188 and 189. 24. The Potential Mood is that class of variations of the Verb which denotes possibility, probability, necessity, or duty. As the future is altogethei- uncertain and indeterminate, the Present Tense of this Mood includes the future, and conse- quently there is no Future Tense, as in the Indicative; thus, " The horse can draw heavy loads," means now or at any fulure time. 25. The Subjunctive Mood is a modification of the Indica- tive, by the addition of if to each Tense, and a change of spelling- in the Present and Past Tenses. As if, however, may be combined with the Tenses of the Po- tential Mood, the Subjunctive has almost become obsolete. It is now limited almost entirely to the Irregular Verb he, and its distinguishing- characteristic is the similarity of spelling in all the Persons in each Tense; thus, " If I be, if thou be, if he be; if we be, if you be, if they be." Other expressions can be sub- stituted for this form, so as to avoid the use of if; as, " Shoidd I be," etc. 26. The Infinitive Mood is an impersonal form of the Verb, used to designate an act as if it were a Noun; thus, " To de- stroy a house is much easier than to construct it" becomes " The destruction of a house is much easier than its construc- tion." The actor is here entirely ignored. Note XII. The form of the Indicative Mood is retained after if when certainty is intended, and the old form of Subjunc- tive, if contingency or doubt is implied; thus, "If he be sick we need not expect him," implies contingency; but " If he is sick, as you have just asserted, I must visit him," implies cer- fninty; "If it rain cats and dogs, do ir.-t stop to pick up the pretty ones," shows contingency; but "It it rains, the hay is spoiled," indicates certainty. CLASSIFICATION; OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. 119 3113 of the ler in the ssurauces, all of the >f the Verb r duty. ill ate, the nd conse- ve; thus, my future le Indica- :hang'e of f the Po- 3lete. It i, ami its iiig ill all if he be; u be sub- " Should :he Verb, 'To de- becomes onstruc- led after ^ubjunc- be sick If he is jlies cer- i up the B hay is THE VERB.— MOODS AND TENSES. 27. The sign of the Infinitive, " to," invariably accompa- nies It, either expressed or understood, and enables us to recoo-- nize any Verb in this form at once; thus, " I love to labor-" lo have remained was impossible;" "We saw it (to) move;" "They expected it to move." To the Infinitive sign, is closely allied with the Preposition TO_^ ihis will appear from a comparison of the two Sentences- He was caused to weep," and " He was moved to tears "' ±5ut these two words should not be confounded together 28. The Imperative Mood is that form of the Verb used to express commands, requests, entreaties, exhortations, and prayers; or to grant permission to do anything; as "Ad- vance upon the enemy!" "Pass meacup;" "Save m'e from drowning!" " Think only that which is pure, speak only that which IS true, and do only that which is right;" ' ' Give us this day our daily bread ;" " Go out into the garden and pick Howers " Ln the English language the Imperative Mood has only one lense, and is confined to the Second Person alone. All the others are wanting. 29. Participles are expressions constructed from the Verb by annexing the terminations ing and ed in Regular Verbs or by an entire change of construction in those that are Irregular (see page 154), in order to transform them into Adjectives and Nouns, or substitutes therefor; as, converting, con- verted, going, gone. The Present Participle may be used as a Noun, as, " The playing was good." Or. it may take the office of an Adjective; as, " Two playing dogs appeared be- tore us But the Past Participle can only assume the func- tion of an Adjective ; as, "An interrupted conversation is unpleasant." 30^ A Verb is subject to a change of spelling, according to the Number and Person of its Nominative. Note XIII. To, the Infinitive sign, may properly be elided or omitted, in certain cases, from Infinitive Verbs, wJir^n they appear in Objective clauses following the Verbs bid, dare need, make, see, hear, feel, let, perceive, behold, observe' help, have, watch, and know. (See pages 89 and 90.) 120 CLASSIFICATION; OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. NOUNS AND PRONOUNS. 31. A Noun is a Name; as, " George called Harry." 32. A Pronoun is a word used instead of a Noun- as "He called him twice." 33. A Noun must always be mentioned at least once before it can properly be represented by a Pronoun; thus, " The boy cut the boy's foot;" " He cut the boy's foot;" " The bov cut his foot." The objection to the first is repetition of the Noun. The second implies two individuals. The third is correct. 34. Persons, and many objects, as cities, rivers, etc., have two distinct names, which may be called general, or common, and specific, to be used according to the meaning and consitruction of a Sentence; thus, it would be improper to say, " Send me a Fred," for Fred is a name only used to specify some particular boy; but " Send me a boy," would be quite correct, as boy is the general or common name. Proper Nouns are specific names. Common Nouns are general names. 35. Abstract Nouns are properly only names given to qualities or properties; as, greatness, excellence. 3G. Collective Nouns are those which signify collections, or groups; as, army, jury, multitude, flock. They are also called Nouns of Multitude. The improper use of Verbs used with Collective Nouns is a prolific source of error. By referring to the Rules of Syntax, at the end of Part IV., the proper manner of using these will be found. The same Noun is often capable of being used to express both unity and i^luralih/ of idea. In the Sentence, "The crowd gradually increased until its proportions became so great that a disturbance was feared," the idea is that of unity, for theh' could not be substituted for its without completely changing the import and meaning of the statement; but the Sentence, " The vast crowd then directed their attention to the speaker, and earnestly fixed their eyes upon him," evidently conveys plurality of idea, for it would be manifestly improper to use its for their. ■ry." foun; as, ice before ' The boy e boy cut un. The have two tnon, and istrnction lend me a iarticnlar as boy is jiven to lections, are also 3UUS is a Sj-ntax, hese will express 3, "The came so jf unity, mpletely but the ntiou to vidently mproper CLASSIPICATIOX; OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. 121 NOUNS AND PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 37. There are four general characteristics or disti.xn.i.shino- NuS;;f rcr'*' ""°°''"^' '"'"-■- «-^". ••"^^ as^ Gender i» ll,e .lisli„cl,„„ „f sex. Althoi.gh U,ero are Masculine, ,U.„ot,„g ll,e ,„„le »ex; the Feminine, represent, .ot ,„cl,e,ite „l,etl,er male ,„. t,.„,„le i» ,ue„„t; ami the Neuter :;;::;;:,?"' ^'""' '" ""''"^ "-'"■^ "° -- ^^-^ -'" '; ie>,i,eefvel,y, ,„ re,,resei,te,l by the words, brother sister r";,"';' ""'*■ "'""" "'•" '*""-■=""' ^-. ^^mU d t,' nnicn ai(i Tronouns. ' 39. Person is the distinction between the speaker the hearer and subject of conversation, whi<.h are respect iveh de^s^-..ated the First, Second, and Third Per.onsTtt JO Number is the distinction between unity or plurality or between one and more than one There are conLu! tly' o Numbers; the Singular, denoting a quantity of' .^l tude, or a smgle nulividual, or one; and the Plura repr^ : t- !..«• a quanUty of nudtitude, or n.ore than one; as shi thev- mouse, mice; house, houses. ' ^' 41 Case is the distinction of relation. A Noun or Pronoun lou C. s, winch are all explained on the three following pages. 42. lijose Pronouns which are used cliiefly to desi<.na e the d.st.nct.on of Person are called Personal Pronoun^ Thev are I, thou, he, she. it, we, you, they and'vou nv T "",^"'' ^^^-""''^^'^'^l'^^' to the speaker; thou a he r ^r'"";\^:"-"' representing the person add;essed; and he she, t, and they are Third Person, denoting the per •son or tlnng that is the subject of conversation. It and they are also used as Idioms. ^ He is used when the statement applies to either sex; as "Who- rewaid. His is the Possessive Case of he. I 1i 122 CLASSIFICATION; OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. CASES OF NOUNS AND PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 44. Case, iu the Latin and other languages, is distinguished by varying the termination of words; and as Adjectives are classified in this way as well as Nouns and Pronouns, and as Verbs are subject to a similar system of classification, such are designated Classical Languages. The English language, however, is almost destitute of any arrangement of this kind; ^vit the Cases of Personal Pronouns are, to a certain extent, capable of being recognized by their orthography; as, he, for example, is invariably in the Nominative Case, his in the Pos- sessive or Genitive, and him in the Objective or Accusative. 45. The Nominative Case is the relation that a Noun, Pro- noun, or equivalent expression bears to any Finite Verb which it precedes in construction; as, " William writes;" "We waited;" " To die is gain." 4G. The Objective Case (Accusative) is the relation that a Noun, Pronoun, or equivalent expression bears to a Transitive Verb or Preposition which it follows or succeeds in construction; as, "Cull that boy;" "Having seen him;" " With respect." 47. Personal Pronouns, with few exceptions, change their form when the Nominative and Objective Cases are transposed; thus, " He struck me " becomes " I was struck by him." " Page 10 and those following furnish copious examples of the change in the orthography of the Pronouns. 48. Nouns, under similar circumstances, undergo no change in orthography; thus, "Friends mvite friends" becomes " Friends are invited by friends." 49. The Verb be, or any equivalent Verb, is followed by the same Case that preceded it; as, "Who do men say that I am ? " (that is, " Men say that I am who?"); " Whom do you take me to be?" (otherwise, if transposed, "You take me to be whom ?"); " It is I, be not afraid;" " I took his brother to be him; ' • May is the fifth month;" "The fifth month i«May;" " He was called Peter the Great." Numerous examples of the transposition which is possible iu the two Cases before and after the Verb to be, can be found on pages 91 and 92, and these can be increased without lin'-,, at the discretion of the teacher. CLASSIFICATION; OK, PAilTS OF SPEECH. 123 CASES OF NOUNS AND PRONOUNS. 50. Siuce the Subject of a Finite Verb is invariablv in tlm Nomxnatxve Case, the only instance in which th O^ectiv^^ can in^ecede the Verb be is in its Infinitive fonT (Zl Eru h » he*'^ T;;-^T' "'' '' ""^-^^^^^ forC'to^te, i h to tk tZ ^l"" '" "V^"^^^ .™atical connection te tilth Tf :V\^1T''' ^^ ''''''^^"'^ ^'^« ^^«^'J« "to toll the truth. It IS evident that him is the object of tlie Preuo -tion for. and that the Infinitive Phrase -'to tell the tmr js really .n apposition with the superliuous Pvonou t But in the sentence, " He took me to be him " there i. Z\n^ jntiinate relation intended to be expresse.r^hat i 1^:^^ omit the words "to be him" without mutilating it.Ta^^ such constnictions an Ol^eetive follows the Verb to be to a aee with the Objective preceding it. ' " 61. The Possessive Case°is the relation of a Noim or Pro owneiship, .3 George si.,.s//-„,„.,,/« have been stolen-" "Her ^ are beautiful;" « I have lost my all;" « You have a few hat; where is your old one? " 52. The Possessive Case of Nouns in the Sin-ular Number js distinguished by an apostrophe and S; .Len^^Z fo nied by the addition of s, an apostrophe alone mai^ he Possessive; and when the Plural is formed with any t nnind tter other than s, the apostrophe and s are both u ed as that man's money; ladies' gloves; men's clothing. ' ' OWeet^ve f °7^^^-« ^ase of a Noun may be converted into O^eetiye by placing it, preceded by the Preposition of after the woi^ representing the thing possessed; thus, " The plan- et s motion becomes " The motion of the planet " oi. Possession is not always ownership The Uh.. ,-. • dieated by adding the word own to each ^of th Pron , r.^^ he PosseBs.ve Case; as, " This is my chair while I am S," in It, but it 18 not my own chair." ^-^^^u^ 55. When the word indicating the thing possessed has already been mentioned at least once, it may le elild or sun pressed when the Pronoun in the Possessive Case a his o persons and not to inanimate objects; as, « They sc^W the r coiv, but we killed ours." ^ ^^' mv 124 CLASSIFICATION; 01!, PARTS OF SPEECH. lilt ¥§ CASES OF NOUNS AND PTIONOTJNS. 50. The Independent Case is a form of Nouns ami Pro- nouns lesemblino- the Nominative, but having no intimate connection with any Verb, such as tlie Nominative has. There are two diiierent constructions: First, Independent by address; second, Independent before a Participle. Ill tlie LkUh and other h-in,^uaf>es the Independent Case by address is called the Vocative, which, however, is never used 111 the Independent Case before a Participle. There are also in the Latin language two additional Cases or relations besides the four that correspond to the four used in Enghsh. Thej are the Dative, used after the Preposition to and the Ablative, used after by or with. The former shows destmation and tlie latter instrument. 57. When a person, oi- a thing personified, is made the subject of direct address, it reqaiires the Independent Case- as, "Alexander, Frank has arrived." 58. A Participle, being incapable of having a Nominative requires the Independent Case to precede it when no con- nection with the succeeding portion of the sentence exists; as, " The moon /t« (•,■/( r/^//-<.sr/i, we resumed our journey." If, however, any direct relation exists between the word pre- ceding the Participle and the clause following it, the preceding word is in the Nominative Case before the succeeding Finite Verb; as, Caesar, having been croioned with the highest" honors of his country, fell by the hand of an assassin." 59. Apposition is the construction of two or more equivalent expressions in the same Case. That which explains, limits describes, or identifies the otlier, is said to be in apposition with it; thus, in the sentence, "The chairman, Louis H. Davies, referred the investigation of Benjamin Williams the contractor's, claim, to James Anderson, Henry Harvey' and George Coombs, the special committee," Louis H. Da- vies is in tlie Nominative Case in Apposition with chairman contractor's in the Possessive Case in Apposition with Benja' nun WiUiams, and special committee in the Objective Case in Apposition with the three preceding names. ^position in the Posses the apostrophe and s are omitted from the fir ■St. I i CLASHIFrCATIOX; OR, I'VUTS OF SPEECH. .25 Nonilimtivo. Boy, Man, Lady, Secretary, WLarf, Knife, Jesus, Boys, Men, Ladies, Secretaries, Wharves, Knives, Objective. boy. man. lady. secretary. wliarf. knife. Jesus. boys. men. ladies. secretaries. wharves. knives. DECLENSION OF NOUNS. SINGULAR. PoKscssivo. man's, lady's, secretary's, wharf's, knife's, Jesus', I'LURAL. boys', men's, ladies', secretaries', wharves', ThG I'l,„.„l p„,,„ „f Jesri',,;„fi„.> t>l. Ihe great majority of Common Nouns sl.onLi n. i used in the Possp "■' Adjective fo'whr?;". WhaL'" ""'' T "" '■"""S-«ve Pronoun H' '""' ^l^'''^". - IntarrogaHve P™" Ti p1 vxih:;:::, t; ^';";""/; "■"- ^"^°' iw r» . ""-iiuer, aiiit base; but a 1, evceiif who bocoiue Pronominal Adiectives wI.p./v ^ ' "'Hlerstood after tho.n SvTv V ^""' ''' ''^"''""^ "^" ative Pronominai Adjectrves ' '' '"""' " '"'^"°°^- these Definitions Tl'Jil , ^' "'' "'''" "* ''^' ^"'^ "^ in. all the diffi '; I f tie pupils can find the form for par.s- Ante..! T 1 . separated into a Simple one with its , in &ec. 78, it is dispowed of accordingly. r ■ ! l.iO 1'I-A«SIKI(;ATI()N; ok, I-AKTS ok SI'KKCII. N'i ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES, 84. An Adjective is ii word or combiimtion of wordH used to dt-Hcriho ,1 Noun, restrict its meaning, or limit its nuinbcr or quiintity; as.prood, more beautiful, most fortunate, many, niueli more numerous. 85. An Adjective Pronoun, or, as it is sometimes railed a Pronominal Adjective, is an Adjective thai; can be used alone, by omit tin- the Noun wliieh it modifies;, as, that (book) many (i)e.)i)le), all (the boys), one (person). m;. Adjective Pronouns are divided into four f,n-oui)s, called Demonstrative, Distributive, Indefinite, and Numeral. H7. The Demonstrative Adjective Pronouns are: This, that, these, those, former, latter,' same. HH. The Distributive Adjective Pronouns are: Each, each other, every, every other, either, neither. Hi). The Indefinite- Adjectivt, Pronouns are: All, another any, any one, any other, anything, both, few, many,' many a, no, nobody, no one, none, not a, not an, not any^ nothin-, other, one, one another, several, so-and-so, some' some other, somebody, some one, something, such, such a one, sundry, and whole. Anything is a Pronoun; Adjective form, any. Many a is an Adjective; Pronominal form, many. No is an A.ljective- Prononainal form, none. Nobody .s a Pronoun; Adjective form, no. No one is a Pronoun; Adjective form, no. Not a is an Adjective; Pronominal form, not any. Nothing is a Pro- noun: Adjective form, no. One another is a Pi .noun; Adjec- tive form, wantin-. So-aiid-so is a Pronoun; idjectiv'e form wanting. Somebody is a Pronoun; Adjective form, some.' Some one is a Pronoun; Adjective form, some. Something IS a Pronoun; Adjective form, some. Such a one is a Pro- iioun; Adjective form, such. Sundry is an Adjective; Pro- nominal form, sundries. All the others are both Adjectives and Pronouns. !»(). The Numeral Adjective Pronouns are: One, two, three four, five, etc., which are called Cardinal; and first, second! t-iird, fouiUi, iiflh, etc., which are called Ordinal. 91. One, other, and another are declined as Nouns One and other have a Plural; but another has none CLANSIKICATION, „|!, ,..Mt.,..s o|.' mm-JK. II. I.-II COMPAllTSOX ov ADJECTnilS. !»2. AlmoHl all .;,-^sorIptIve un.l u tVw Restrictive ,„• Lim tlic best hook I Imvo over wad-" " 'I'iu. . , •* numerous.,. tlK.wc.o.lH." '' Tl.ol.v...ui.l.sa.Ulder ..^ • .! 1 otcr h; Ih> N.k- is older than tho Pyran.i.ls; lunv much older ... Comparison is tho contrast of tho degree of quality n. the Ha.no object or in Hovcrul objo-ts who,, c.on.pa,...!^ n ^^ n.n four Degrees of Con.pa.ison, the Positive. Compara ^e Ultra-comparative, nn.l Superlative ^°"«Parative, pa.e with It The Positive does not bcconio a Degree „„fil „ Tlie Comparative ia „ greater or lesa degree of „n»llt„ ,.o,«es,„a „, one „, two objects „„„ ,,av„ l^Z^!. The Ultra-comparative is a de^^ree of quality greater o^ less than the Con,parative, in a third object thaH., . with only two others.- " The e.^lo U !fv f' "'^'"I^'^''^'^ the robin is st..nge. than i^ C^^'^^:^ ^^ t:' IS the eagle than the buiferM" The ex, res.mn r^,.l 1' ' oi.^,.,„ ^ • , "^ • «-^pi6'^*'ion much stroneftr »l.o« a eompanson betwoea tUe/™( and ,/,ir.l. The laltTt mg beyond U.o sec„„d, has boe„ Indicated by po^x^ Ultra to the word Comparative. i^^i-j'-Mn^ uura The Superlative is tbe highest or lowest degree of quality He ,s the most benevolent man in the citv^ " A i, T n' smallest possible space." ^ ' ^ 1'""'* ^'^ t^'^' ,,Ho to r'si"'" "'""'' " 'T'"' "" ^*^^'^^i^* '•- ^--tofore been ,n .]o to a.3iga a piaee to the additional De-nee of Con. m, ^vh,ch we have caHod the Ultra-coniparativor Its umiv^^^^^^^^ once appear to all who are familiar with the f re!,, o v f ourrence in the demonstrations of Higher M^^^s '^ '" 132 CLAS8IFICATI0X; OR, PAKT.S OF SPEECH. Positive. Aft (adverl)), Bad, Evil, Far, Fore, Comparative, after, worse, worse, fartlier, former. Forth (adverb), further, COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 94. Mo,st Adjectives are compfued bj prefi.xing more much more, and most to the Positive, to for,n the Comparative Ultra-comparative, am] Superlative Degrees, resj^ectivelv- as, beautiful, more beautiful, much more beautiful, most beautiful. ' 95. For lower Degrees, less, much less, and least are used JG. Many Adjectives, especially those of one syllable are compared by the addition of er and est to the Positive to form the Comparative and Superlative Degrees, respect- ively, uiid prefixino; much to the Comparative to form the Ultra-comparative; as, rich, richer, much richer, richest J7. The following Adjectives are compared irregularlv by a change of orthography: ' Ultra-oomparative. wanting, much worse, mueli worse, muoli farther, wantiiii,', wanting, miK'li better, wanting, much worse, wanting, much hiter, much less, much more, iimch more, much nearer, much older, mueli the ekler, wanting, wanting, wanting, Manting, wantiiiL', of than, which follows ordinary Comparatives; as, "Mine is superior to his." ' ^*^'"^ ^^^ 99 The Adjectives a or an a.id the are also called Articles define. A f "■ ': ^'^"-^ ^^^"it^ -J the former the In! definite. An loses the n I,efore consonants. Both a and an are corruptions of ane, the Anglu-Sa.xon word for one Incomparable Adjectives are those that are incapable of comparison; as, eternal. ^"P'luie ot Oood, Hind, 111, Inside, Late, Little, Many, Much, Near or nigh. Old (things), Old (persons). Out (adverb). Outside, Under, Up (adverb). Top, better, hinder, woi'se, inner, later, less or lesser, more, more, nearer, older, the elder, utter, outer, wanting, upj)er, wanting, Superlative, aftermost, worst. Worst, farthest. forenu)st or lirst. furtlKJst or furthermost, best. hindmost or hiiiderniost. worst. inmost or innermost. latest or last. least. most. most. nearest or next. oldest. eldest. utmost or uttermost. outmost or outermost. mxlermost. upmost or ujipcrmost. tojimost. CLASSiriCATION; Olf, PARTS OF SPEECH. 133 )re, much parative, 'pectively; ful, most '' are used. lable, are sitive, to , reajiect- form the jhest. igularly, I'.St. I'tliunnost. iiiik'rniost. iiinost. rjiiost. trniost. srmost. instead Mine is rtioles, the In- aiid an able of ADVERBS. atWbuta': '"""'' '' " "■°"' "■ '^"™^^'°" '-" '» «° a a O O CLASSIFirATION OF ADVERBS. 100. Adverbs may be diviclecl into seven classes: ri. Time.. jl- Point of time.... Instantly. ^ ^- -Dumtion Continually, 3. Repetition Often. 1- Kest in There. 2. Place J 2- Motion to Back. 3. Motion from Away. 4. Alternate motion . . To and fro. 3. Manner f 1 . Quality Wickedly. I 2. Degree Very. ^ 1. Measure Half. 2. Number Once. 3. 4. Limit 5. Certainty G. Cause and effect. . . -| 2 Oi'Jer First. 1. Affirmation Yes. 2. Negation No. 3. Probability Perhaps. I- 4. Assurance Indeed. f Reason Wliy. Consequence Therefore, L Accompanying cir- cumstance I 3. Necessity Of course. 1. Connective Whereby. 2. Afterthought However. 3. Force of assertion . Verily. 4. Custom Usually. The classification of Adverbs made by different authors varies so much that it is not advisable to require the scholars to com- mit them to memory in any given order. But they should be famihar with the principal classes; and to accomplish this lists should be written out containing as many Adverbs as possible belonging to each class, and specifying those that may properly be classified in more than one group; as, scarcely, in the Sen- tences " I had scarcely spoken when the clock struck." and ihe locomotive could soareely move the train;" the first re- lating to the point of time, and the second to degree CLA.SSIFICATIOiV; 01!, J'AIJTS OF St'EKCH. 135 PEEPOSITIONS. 107. A Preposition is a relation-word- or it is ^ wnv i to denote place o. position. Preposition^ a.; ^ ^ ^a callea place-words. To illustrate this, let tl e teac he\tal e 1 boo. , , , ,,, ^^^,.^^,^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^^j otlKn ot^^ )t L other. iVac. the paper on the book; then under it and on the table, or between the table and the book; n.ake the aper volve , the book, and wrap it around it. Place rppe; near he book, then over, within, next to, above bv o opposite to it. Then take it away from, frim os\lZ ^^repositions as the class can mention ^ A Preposition shows the relation of Nouns and Pronouns .o'f.s /"■ ".^ ;? other words; as, the co..r of the Z 1U8. liu 3t of a Preposition is the word followin- it to wh.ch It calls attention; as, in the preceding section box us all chickens and me are the Objects of^,he Preposmons that precede them. '^pusiuons 109. A Preposition with its Object can be used as an Ad jective or an Adverb; as, "He roe.u from the cUy in a hurry," can be made to read, "He went away hastiL " in wh.ch the Adverbs away and hastily are substLte 1 L"^^' t ^ expressions from the city and in a hurry. And a^ain ' T ! Ar ! Z ("^'^^^rah ^yere popular m.,i," in which the Adjectives French and popular are substituted for the ells sions of France and of the people ^ • '^Tr/''^l"°''''^"'^''°^'^'^°*'^"«J"d^"ff "modifying words Def'si ' ^'^P°«"*°»-l Phrase, as explained fn laTl V .' 110. An Inseparable Preposition is one that can be used in connection with a Verb without an, other grammatica Icon struction; as, '< He disliked to oe laughed at;" " tZj^Z brouglvt m;" << He may be looked for at any moment' It Prepos tion'l '"'"P"'"^;^ Prepositions. The Inseparable Preposition, being in reality a component part of the Verb should be parsed with it. '^ He uplifts the f dlen " is the s!me' ' He lifts up the falle I : it n. i;is-,nffiw 136 CLASSIFICATION; OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. accordingly^ again, ago. alike, almost, alone, always, and so forth, ajjart, as, as follows, aside, asunder, at once, away, backwards, barely, better, by, by-and-hy, by-the-bye, certainly, enough, etcetera, even, ever, evermore, exactly, exceedingly, far, far away, first, forever, forever and ever, forth, fort'iwith. LIST OF ADVERBS. forward, gladly, liai.ly, hardly, hardly ever, hence, here, hereafter, hereby, hereon, heretofore, hitlier, hitherto, how, however, howsoever, ill, immediately, in, indeed, indoors, in fact, in tine, inside, instead, last, least, less, little, low, more, much, "ay, nan'ely, near, nearly. never, nevertheless, no, not, now, now and then, nowadays, often, once, one by one, only, out, outdoors, outright, over, over and over, overboard, particularly, jjartly, peradventure, perhaps, possibly, probably, fjuite, rather, readily, scarcely, seldom, since, so, soon, sometimes, sore, sure, surely, then. thence, there, thereby, thither, thrice, to and fro, to wit, too, to-day, • to-morrow, to-night, together, twice, two-fold, usually, very, verily, viz. , yea, yes, yesterday, well, when, whenever, whence, where, whereat, whereby, where(m, wheresoever, wherever, whilst, withal, within, without, worse. mi • T 1 cut , V..V-.., worse. llus list of Adverbs coutains most of those that are in com- mon irse, and IS far more complete than the lists usually "iven Ii. addition, there are many other ^vords, such as the combina- tions adrift, afloat, awake, hereinbefore, aforetime, etc winch however, may readily be recognized, in common with ail' tt 7'' Xm'"''o'"""'" ''^''^^'' ^^''y ^""''''^ "^« questions. How "^\hen?" "Where?" " Under what circumstances?- "To what extent?" etc. As a geneml rule, all words formed from Adjectives by the addition of the final syllable ly may be classified as Adverbs- tlius, effectually, from effectual. Many words assume the functions of several parts of speech- lunctTonr";"' "^ Adjectiveor an Adverb and forrCon-' junction or a Preposition. CLASSIFICATION; OK, PaHTS OF ..PERCH. 137 abaft, .aboard, about, above, accordiDg to, across, adjacent to, after, against, alouK, amid, amidst, anioiig, amongst, around, as far as, as to, at, atliwart, away from, because of, before, beliind, Itelow, beneath, beside, besides, between, betwixt, I>eyond, by means of, by reason of, concernin<(, contrary to, divided' by (-f), LIST OF PREPOSITIONS. 1 _ d<)\vn, down amonL' down at, down |)y, down from, :ether pos- sition; as, ly instruc- orae other mean that ignify that from any he Prei^o- »Out; but ution and that they ion ir. the 3 island," i out," or ag would But when nt of de- ross the ed from returned me from ^turned to )ur point behind s inside, • ?Ze to see between r," as it ter," be- CONJUNCTIONS. tences.''°"''""'''°°' "^" '''"^' "«^^^ *« ^'onnect parts of Sen- ilar^LSr r^^'^ '"""''* 1'"'^' ^^'""^ ^'^ "^ l^a™ony, or of sim- ' Th f : rand^^^^^ "^^^^^^^^"^ Conju/otions; as. 11^ rr !; ^ "^'^""'^^ '^^''^ dispersed." 114. Ihose that connect parts that are in contrast ov nt .lit a». •• Iw,,l have two 0^"""*^^ bIZC >"'"""', "° °°'"'""' the Infl ' ^ mm^-es two and three, or five " In u :„':":,::;;i,:r' "^ '="""«^" '° ">** '»• "y ^^^^^^ -- io very d2„lf ! r "^"^ ™'"""' ^^'"""tances, tl,at it «ith .. C ?, . -^ ■"'"* "" '""«>'■ ""■" to U,e city " "HO Iha boy and his father went to the ,.itv " T. ahnost rar)os<.ihlo tn ■•„ i .^^ . ''"^- I' seems tion Bu T T '''"' »"'«■'"«« 'Imn as a Conjunc- on. But ,t .s ge„eraily eonsidered a Preposition. i" " Thej. used hay as „,"!„; ^ t'h " "f "^^P'™"""; ^ ir's'o'ltr z :?i: "-"- -^ '» '• -» -^ -ni t' "-ense ZS :/:i^-«- As genera, .uie, exem-!f ; ''''''^ *" "^°'^ profitable and pleasin- ^rXsXT:- ^^^^^ -eis™ o^ .„.: ♦,5 Ml 140 CLASSIFICATION; OR, PARTS OF SPEECH. CON JL NOTIONS. 120. Perhaps the most remarkable instance is to be found in the word that. In the Sentence, "He says that that 'thsit' that you wrote is wrong," the first one is a Coiyunotion the second an Adjective, the third a Noun, and the fourth a Pro- noun. A common error is found in the use of so. This word IS always an Adverb when it precedes an Adjective that is to be intensified by it; thus, the Sentence, "He should not use such powerful medicine," should be written, " He should not use so powerful medicine," or " medicine so powerful," because such, which IS an Adjective, cannot modify another Adjec- tive. But in cases like the last Sentence but one on the pre- ceding page, such is correctly used, as the three Adjectives, all such, and doubtful, modify the Noun words. ' ' 121. Correlative Conjunctions are those that are related together in pairs. They are more cons acuously Copulative or Disjunctive than single Conjunctions; as, Both-and. " Both the teacher and the scholars must be punctual." Either-or. " Either you or he must have done it." Neither-nor. " Neither the hens nor the turkeys are lay- ing just now." As— as. " It is about as worthless as it is cheap," So— as. " He is not so sure as to be able to swear to it," So— that. " I was so happy that I cried." Whether-or. " I do not are whether you go or stay at home." Though— yet. "Though ho was unjustly accused, yet he submitted to the sentence." 122. Copulative Conjunctions are divided into two groups • Connective; as, "Henry died and Edward succeeded him " And Continuative; as, "Edward reigned after his father died." 123. Disjunctive Coiyunctions are also divided into two groups: Distributive; as, "He will come to-morrow or at some other time." And Adversative; as, -The hot sun soon caused the seeds to germinate, but the frost soon nipped all the blossoms." )e fouiul in 'hat ' that ' iction, the rth a Pro- This word I that is to (1 not use ^lioukl not ," because er i^djec- n the pre- ^tives, all, re related ulative or ■) must be it." 's are lay- to it." )r stay at 1, yet he (groups: 9d hira." is father nto tTVO )w or at sun soon d all the CLASSIFICATION; Oil. TAKT.S OF .SPEECH. ,41 CLASSIFICATION OF CONJUNCTIONS. ' J. Connective. , . J ( I. Copulative. . , Conjunctions. *- 2. Contiiuiati fl. Distribut I II. Disjunctive I 2. Adversati\ f -Again, AIho, And, As well as, IlJesidus, Fiwtiicr, Kurtiiurniore, Likewise. f Acconliniilv, After, •* Altliougli, As, As if, Hefore, Heean.se, Consequently, Ere, Except, E.xeept that. Hence, However, If, So, ve > So that, ■ I Than, That, Thence, I Therefore, Thoui'li, Thus, I Unless, I Until, .When, AV'henever, Whence, ^Vhere, ^\'herefore, Whether, While, ^ Whilst. Either, Meanwhile, ;ive. . I ^'either, 1 Noi', Or, I Or else. But, However, Nevertheless, Notwithstanding. Ilather than. Still, I Yet. 142 CLASSIFICATION; OR, PAKTS OF SPEKCH. i INTERJECTIONS. 124. Interjections are expressions to denoto sudden out- bursts of feeling, such as admiration, fear, anger, disgust, and rage; as in the following seuteuces, in which the lirst word of each is an exami^le : Off! I shall liave no more to do with you! Alas! he is dead! Oh! I have it now! Oh! what a large flock! Mercy! what have I done ? Thanks! you are very kind! Hush! she is sleejiing! Lol the jjoor Indian! Pshaw! that is nothing! Hurrah! the ship is launched! What! at it again? ' Well! what are you going to do about it ? Why! your hair has all turned gray ' Ho! Charlie! Well done! good and faithful servant! 125. All words commonly used to intensify expressions are Interjections. This includes all the inelegant words and phrases commonly called swearing, or profane language These are all very much out of taste, and convey indescribable disgust and even pain to persons who do not use such language Indeed, the best usage is to avoid, as much as possible, the use of all such phraseology. While it may provoke laughter, and afford mirth and fun for the thou-htless, it lowers us in the esti- mation of even those who are addicted to its use. When in the presence of ladies even the most inveterate swearer does not presume to indulge in bad or profane language. This is the best evidence of its unfitness and vulgarity. It is also incon- trovertible proof that any one.no matter how much addicted to this habit, can cure himself of the degrading practice. This IS addressed in all sincerity and seriousness to those who are so unfortunate as to have become victims to the insidious en- croachments of this pernicious vice. I] CLASSIFICATION; OR. PARTS OP SFKECH. 143 THE VEKB.-EXERCISE IN PARSING. The boy would have been kiUed. I must search more dili-ently. He has found some money. We may be hero. You have an exctllent memory. They have been picking flowers. I desire to stand. She should have been playing a tuue. Haying unlocked tlie door, I went in. v^all the men tu dinner. Be attending (o me. After residing there a year Woul.1 have been kiUed. . vorb; prin. parts, kill. UiUecI. kined; rog.; fans • pasmve; poton. ; pastperf.; tlmd; sing.; same as' imiat search. . ,,„~u ^''''^' P- P-' S'^a'-cl'. searched, searched; reg.; intr ■ has found. v..^"'""""rf-; ^''''■' '^'''' ^^"'«- «-'- -^ !• " "'!^; P- P-'*'»^l- f">""l. f- -Hi; irreg. ; trans.; en..- may be '? ' ^'^'- '' ^'''^' ' *''"'* «"'«• ' «*'"-' ''« "^" ''''"': P- P-' •^"'' W'-i^. f'een; irreg.; intr.; com.; have '' ' ^'■'''- ' "''"'' P'"' '^l; same as we. ^ ^'■'': P- P- > ^"''^■e. had. had; irreg. ; trans. ; com • luve been picking. . . . ve^b ' Tni' ^"';:^"'•^ ' f"'" '' ''''■ ^ ''."'; P- P- • P'^"^' P'«ked. picked ; reg. ; trans. ; proK ■ desire '\ ' ^'^'^ ^'^'^■' ^^'"^' P^"- «''*'»<^ «« i-HV. ''*''■''■ ' P- P- ^'^sire, desired, desired; reg. ; trans • to stand ?'"• ' ""^- ' P'"'- ' "'•«*' «•"«• : «-'"ie as I. '^''™' P- P- ^t**"^'. «t""'l. stood; irr. ; intr. ; com. ; Bhouhl have been playing ve^b p'T" ',;;!!' 1 ' T"\ "''J"' "' "*^'""^- 1 yng.vcrb, p. p., pi^y, pi^yed. played; reg.; trans.; Laving unlocked J^^'' ?«*- P'^^tperf.; third; sing. ; same as .shk. ^ '^ ^f^' P- P- »"lo«k, unlocked, unlocked; reg- went T'' ' """■ ' P-'^^t'^^'Pl^'J present; not finitk. verb; p. p., go, went, gone; irr. ; intr. ; com. ; ind. : cj^ll past; first; sing.; same as I. ''"!''^' P- P- ^••*". '^'^lleJ. called; reg. ; trans. ; com • bo attending ..7 r^; ^;r!°f ' f 'f ^ P'"- ' -- ---•>. " ' i-P'''^«^'i{, altcnttcd, attended; reg,; intr • prog.; nnper.; pres.; second; sing.orplu.; Mm. KLIDED. residing vn..i.. ,, ^eib, p. p., reside, resided, resided; reg.; intr • com.; participle; pres.; obj. after AnEK. i-l I4t t'LASSFFlCATION; ()|(, PAHTS or Sl'MKCII. THE NOUN.— EXERCISE IN PAKHING. Tlio man's hat y/nn hlowu into tlio rivor. George! Sam. Iht- messenger, Ims retunifd! Tlu» dog liiiH bitten John's rij^lit leg. TIk; lights haviii ;• l)ocn oxtin^'iiiHlied, wo left. She •^uvG my sister liv<' books. Tlic martyr dies for conscience' sake. The scholars Imve a holiday ovoij Saturday. "Thy Will be done I" " Tiiy kingdom como!" " O man, (lo^^oiiemto man, ofW^ud no more!" Go Iciuii of brutes tiiy Maker to udurc! " Many people were killed by the exi)los;ou. *^''""* . ; l)y juhlrcss. '^"•"' l"'<'l'- "•; I'liw-i tliird; sing.; nom.; to ii \s kkti iinkd. mes.s..'iigor com. ii. ; iiiii.s. ; third; .si.ig.; nom.; in api). witii Sam. ''"''''•• '•"Ill- 11-; iiiiis.; third; sing.; nom.; to has iuttk.v. '^"'"'''' proii. n. ; mas.; tliird; sing.; i)o.s,s. ; with lK(I. ^^fe' wi- »•; iieii.; third; sing.; ohj.; iiftur Has iiirrKS-. ''>''''^'* CO.... II.; null.; tliird; ijlii.; indop. ; liefore u luirticiple. '*'*'tcr com. 11.; feiii.; third; sing.; obj. ; .-vfter (to). ^>^>o^» com. n.; lieu.; tiiinl; jihi. ; ohj. ; after (fAVK. "'^""ty com. n.; mas.; third; sing.; nom.; to i.iks. uonsoionce' com ii., ncu.; third; sing. ; poss. ; with sakk. ^'•^^^ com. n.; neii.; third; sing.; olij. ; after Koit. scholars com. n. ; com.; tliird; iilii.; nom.; to havk. '"-•'"''^y com. 11. ; ncu. ; tliird; sing. ; olij. ; utter ii a\ i:. Saturday prop, n.; iieu.; third; sing.; ohj.; after (on). ■"■'11 abs. 11. ; ncu. ; third; sing. ; obj. ; after (i,i:t). l^'"«'l»iii col. n. ; lieu. ; third; sing. ; nom. ; to (m.VY) co.MK. """' com. 11. ; mas. ; third; sing. ; iiidep. ; by address. '^'■"tcs com. n. ; com. ; third; i)lu. ; obj. ; after ok. ^^"■^^r prop. n. ; mas. ; third; sing. ; obj. ; after To AiiORK. l>^»l>^o c„l. n. ; com. ; third; phi. ; nom. ; to wkhk kii.i.kd. In the eio-hth and ninth exami^les the construction has been varied; both, however, may be cojiKfeniod iilike: " (Let) thy w411 (to) be done," or " (I pray that) thy will (may) be done;" and the same couatnictiou for the ninth example. (:r.A.S.SIFICATr(>N; Olt. I'AIJTS OK si'KKCll. ].,., THE I'RONOUxX.-EXKUCISE IN PARSING. " Thou uiidorHtundeHt our th()uj,dit,s nfar off." "Givo us tliis iUy our daily \no,u\." "Get thee l)olniid me, Sudu,!" I «ftvo you the „H.noy that I foiin.l." He will t,.ll you that Htory that he told me. That which lives dies nt lawt. Ohscrvo what liappotiH. We who ln„. V each othe- d.on) ) help one another It 18 I! 1)0 not iifr,d,l!" "Frank!" "What?" What has heconio of the liti: onP, ( ^^'el■e there none growing i,i u,d garden? „3 l>e.8.imm.; com.; (i.^t; ,.1,,.; ,„,«s.; with ■nm.-.„r.s o„r *'"''• '"■""•' """- "'•«'' !•'"•' "'•!; 'vfter(To). thee l>e'-8.i,ron.; con,.; lir.st; ,.l„.: pos.. ; ^-jtl, ,.„ka.,. ,„e ^'"''' ^""""•' ""'«•: «^"''""•''; «i"«.; ohj., after ForM.. you pern, pro,,.; ,na«.; thi,.,l; ,si,...; .,„„,; to u„.r, tk,.,.. ^,|;' I"o"""""aI.a(Ij.; „m,liryi„j,.sr()i!V. ,„';,' '■'■'■ I"""-' "^"•: t''i'>l; «i"«.; ol.j.; after T.,r.,.. that 'T''- '"■°"- ' '"•"• ' "'■^*' «"'«■ = "''J- ; after (to). that ";•"• '■'''• i""""- = '^'l-ivalct t,. T„AT winr.i. We ^•'■'^- i"'°"- "^"-^ *'''■•■': «i"«-; "">>'.: to ..a.mmovs each other 't ^"■""•' '"'"•' *^'"' ' l''""' ""'"•' *" «>>"^V. r "'J- ''^"'•' """•' «-*= -'fe'-' «'^J = after .s,.o,u.HK,,v J I''^'"'^- P''""-! i"ipe,>so„al; idiomatic; iior... • to is ,V,;:;, .^""■^- I"""- ' '"■•*^' ' «■•«»; sins. ; 1,0,,,. ; after rs. llr'. '"^•^••'•"y- P'-""- ; '-oplyifg to th. in voeatio,,. 0„er "r""™^- '"■""•' ""P«'-«»"'»l' ""'"• ; to HAS BE..OMK. noTe 1^' 1""""- =.'";'f •' -»'• ' *'"•-■'•= Pl". ; ol.j. ; after or. • • • V "^'J- i^''""- ' '"^I'^f- ' »«"• ; tl'i''l; pl". ; no,.,. ; to WKKK ..Kowixa • )M' 14G CLASSIFICATION; OR, PAKTS OF SPEECH. THE ADJECTIVE.-EXERCISE IN PARSING. He is a most intolerable fool. Intolerant l)igots persecuted their defenseless victims. All our rosebushes are dead. More peoi)le were tilled yesterday. Several kind old gentlemen spoke to the little boy. He is less responsible than his brother. A very great famine prevailed. Three beautiful birds died on the third day. He became a much greater man than his father. She is a woman of superior skill and ability. A very Daniel has come to judgment. You are sawing the wood too short. Some worthless old horses were killed. A adjective; article; limiting fool. most intolerable adjective; superlative; describing fool. intolerant adjective; positive; describing BKioxs. defenseless adjective; i)ositive; describing victims. ^^^ adjective; pronominal; limiting ro.skbitshf.s. ^^'^^'•^ adjective; incomparable; describing rcsebushe.s. '"°''® adjective; comparative; limiting pkoplk. ^^^'^'■'■^1 adjective: pronominal; limiting (jentlemen. ^'"^^ adjective; positive; describing GENTLEMEN'. °1'^ adjective; positive; describing oentle.mex. *'"^ adjective; article; identifying lioy. ''*^*^'' adjective; positive; describing Boy. less responsible adjective; comparative; describing (pekson). fe''''^''^* adjective; positive; limiting famine. *'"''^*^ • adjective; numeral; cardinal; limiting birds. beautiful adjective* jmsitive; describing birds. *''"''^ adjective; 'nimeial; ordinal; limiting day. much greater adjective; ultra-comparative; describing man. *'"r*^'''"*" adjective; coniijarative; limiting skill and abu.itv. ^'^'■y adjective; jjositive; identifying Daniel. "'""'* adjective; positive; describing the saireil wood. '^"'"^' adjective; pronominal; limiting horses. worthless a"°'lify"'g i«, exi.ressing , in de,j,re. to-„,orrow' ". '. ". ". J^verb' '"" r!'''"^ ''"'' "•^' «''°^"'"^' i'^"^'"- very , ' '"°^''fy'»g «ill be, indicating «wing ^/.«.. invariably ! , ""^ "'"' ! y»'g invariably, in ,/.,,'•.-.. incorrectly'. ^^ y/-"^ """"'''' «''""i"g/'--y"""n/. why i'^'f ' ™°'''fy"'g '^"^AK.s, showing ma.ne/ afraid ?' modifying ..uk, expressing ,/o«6^ no "f '^^' "'«^l'^yi"g AKK, «ho wingy«,;, indeed. '"verb of -.legation. not . , ■"?' '""' 'fy"'g AM, expressing cerMuf,,. well "^ ,'"",' "'"'''fy'»g -^^'KAID, »r£/«j >ditii«a(i,ju. FORMULA FOR PARSING PREPOSITIONS. 1 A Preposition ; 2. Relation between words or phrases. WAX. pos. FORMULA FOR PARSING CONJUNCTIONS. 1. A Conjunction 2. Class ( Copulative copul. (. Disjunctive ({[f.; 0. Connection between words, phrases, or clauses. FORMULA FOR PARSING INTERJECTIONS. 1. An Interjection iuteri Surprise, Admiration, 2. Emotion , Disgust, Fear, Rage, , Excitement, etc. When a word is capable of any other construction tl "lat given in an exercise, it should be stated at the end neec . ; auied by the reason for the * ; ',,ion expressed. PrcBent. Abide, Awake, 1!., Be, or am, Bear, ihrinijforth) Bear, (carry) Beat, ' Begin, Bend, J{., Bereave, 1{. , Beseech, Bet,R., Bid, Bind, Bite, Bleed, Blend, !{., Bless, IJ., Blow, Break, CLASSIFICATION; OR, PAiri'S OF SPEECH. LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 153 Breed, Bring, Build, R., Burn, R., Burst, Buy, Can, Cast, Catch, Chide, Choose, Cleave, (lulhere) Cleave, (split) Cling, Clothe, R., (Be)Conie, Cost, ^. Past, aliodo, awoke. Was, bore, bare, bore, bare, beat, ' began, bent, bereft, besonglit, bet, bade, bid, bound, l)it, bled, blent, blest, blew, broke, brake, bred, brought, built, burnt, burst, bonglit, could, cast, uauglit, chid, PiiBt Pur, abode, awoke, been, born, boin. borne. beaten. begnn. bent. bereft. besonglit. bet. bidden, l)iii bound. bitten, bit. bled. blent. blest. blown. bi'oken. bred. brought. built. burnt. burst. bought. chose, cleaved, clave, clove, cleft, clave, cUmg, clad, I canie, cost, cast. caught. chidilon, chid. chosen. cleaved. cloven, cleft. clung, clad, conie. cost. Present. Pa^ Past Pur (rcep, cre2)t. crept. Crow, Cut, '!•, crew, crowed.- cut. cut. J>are, 1 ^•. durst, dared. (ri'iiliir •) Deal, 1 '•, dealt. dealt. l>'g, B. Do, dug, did, dug. do;io. l>iaw. Dream, drew, drawn. H., dreamt, e, R., shapen. Leap, R. , leapt. leapt. Shave, ]{., shaven. Learn, R. learnt. learnt. Shear, R., shore. shorn. Leave, left, ■ left. Shed, shell. shed, Lend, lent. lent. Shine, R., shone. shone. Let, let, let. Shoe, shod. shod. Lie, lay, lain. Slioot, shot, shot. {n'rliiw) Siiow, R., shown. Light, it, lit. lit. Shred, shred. shred. Lose, lost. lost. Siirink, siirank. shrunk. Make, made, made. shrunk, slirunken. May, might. Shut, shut. shut. Mean, meant. meant. Sing, sang. sung. Meet, met. met. sung. Mow, R., mown. Sink, eank. sunk. Must, sunk. sunken. Ouglit, Sit, sat. sat. Pass, R., I)ast. Slay, slew. slain. Pay, paid, paid. Sleej), slept. slept. Pen, R., pent, pent. Slide, slid. slidden. Put, put. put. slid. Quit, R., quit, quit. Sling, slung. slung. Quote, R., quotli. Slink, slunk. slunk. Rap, R., rapt. rapt. Slit, R., slit. slit. Read, read, read. Smell, R., smelt. smelt. Rend, R., rent. rent. Smite, smote. smitten. Rid, rid. rid. smit. Ride, rode. ridden. Sow, sown. Ring, rang, rung, rung. Speak, spoke, spake. spoken. (A) Rise, rose. risen. Speed, sped. sped. Rive, R., riven. Spell, R., spelt. spelt. ff. vied. PiiKt Par. run. BiVWIl. said. seen. sought. sodden. sold. sent. set. shaken. shapen. sliaven. shorn. shed, shone. shod. shot. sliown. shred. shrunk. sliruuken. sliiit. sung. sunk. sunken. sat. slain. slept. slidden. slid. slung. slunk. slit. smelt. smitten. sniit. sown. spoken. sped, spelt. I'rospiit, Sjiund, Spill, H., Spin, Spit, Split, Spoil, !{., Spread, Spring, Stand, Stave, R., Stay, I!., Steal, Stick, Sting, Stink, Stride, Strike, String, Strive, Strew, H., Swear, Sweat, K., Sweej), cf-AssiFicvi'ioN; oj;, PAirrs of svmii. LIST OF IRREGULAR YEllBH-ConnnunJ. I ,-),-) Past spt'nt, spilt, spun, spit, spat, .split, spoilt, spread, sprang, sprung, stood, stove, staid, stole, stuck, stung, stunk, stank, strode, struck, strung, strove. swore, sware, sweat, swejjt. Past I'lir, •spent, spilt, spun, spit. sjdit. spoilt, spread. s.pi'ung. stood, stove, staid, stolen stuck, stung, stunk. stridden. struck. stricken. strung. striven. strown. sworn. sweat, swept. PreBcnt. Swell, It. Swim, Swing, 'I'ake] 'I'cacli, Tear, Tell, Tliink, 'J'lirive, |{. Throw, Thrust, Tread, Wake, ][., Wax,!!., Wear, ^Veave, W(!e]>, Wet, |{., Will, ^Vin, AVind, Work, 11, ^^'ot, Wring, ^Vrite, PliHt. swam, s«um, ■swung, took, taugiit, tore, tare, told, thought, throve, threw, thrust, trod, woke, wore, wove, wept, wet, would, won, wound, wrought, wist, wrung, wrote. I'uht Pur. SWojifll. •swum. swung, taken, taught, torn. told. tliought. thriven. thrown. thrust. trodden. trod. waxen, M'orn. Mdven. wept. wet. won. A\'ound. wrought. wrung, written. ha^rCutol''",/""^'"'"" "^' -»A=lj Il.e Regular fo , . of stt VeT ^l'' r""" *" '"•^"'"«^- i.. ".e Part-e.p,e. :^:;:1^^'::2^:^ •'^^"'" '°™ PART III. ¥ I PxiliSING EXERCISES. Selections have Wen made from the nu.st complicatt.i an.l difficult spr-ei- mens of construction in tlie English Language, and a sufficient nun.her of examples given t, ■.wo as models. These shouhl he followed hy nun.erous similar Exercises, seic'ted fro,,, the writings nt .uch authors as William CuUeu Bryant, Edgar A. Poe, John G. Whittier, J. (;. Holland, and other equally well known Aiu-^riean authors as well as the most notable Ei.glish writers. After liaving been sufficiently studied at 1.. ,.e, the subject-matter of the Parsing Exercise should ! ^vritt, - upon th, lackboard. and the recitation of the class given orally, witii criticisms. This is one of the most valua]>le Exercises in procuring a thorough knowledge of English Grammar. ISIlS. liflicult apnci- it mniiber of by miinerous 3 ..., tian.., con..; ,nd.; past peif.; third; sing • aaree «"« with •'steamer." "fe., agite- a'U-; art.; identifying "j,,„t " xf "i"'-?:'":^"-' *''"■■'' -g.^'-'M.: after "had left." ■ • «"J-; limiting "steamer " wnr:.,...;-- '■"": ;;2:'"'"' 'Tr'-' '-fore -win depart.- ■ " stUm:;:.. *"■' "'•' ''''■■' *'"^^'^ «'"S-^ agreeingwith : '^''J- ""lefniite; limiting "cattle " ° ; '"^"'J' = '"•*•; i'lontifying " cattle." •r '''"■ "- ^■""'•= t''ir.l; Plu.; nom.; to "died " „„;, • ; l"''-'!'- ^■"""ecting " Egypt " witii "cattle " ' .i;:r ^''•"•'.-"•'tl.ml; sing.; obj.; after ""in." •' ^'■'S-i iiitr.; com.; md.; past- tliinl- .il„ "cattle." ' I ■^'*^' tl'ird, plu.; agreeing M-iUi ^;'/''''*"''"f '^"•n- »•; ne"-; third; sing.; nom • to "kill, i " ^•' '^'-fe''! trans.; com.; nd • nnut. fi,;,.,i with "lightning." ' ' '*' *'""^' ^'"«- *«'----S Cg;;.:. : r: :r*r *';■"•' ^'••' ^'^-^ ^"- " '^'"«^-" events " -lub. -ay happen; :::;:"";::'.';::;; *""''' '""•' "°'"''*" "-y happen.- WtM ir.8 KXEUCISKS IX l'Al!SIN(;, SENTENCER ON PA(}E 7(i. T'"' adj.; iirt. ; identifying " ],„y." "t"'' adj.; 1)08.; descriljiii^' " lioy." '"■y com. n.j iiirtB.j third; sing.; iioin,; to "had i.mt." *" prep.; cunnectinf^ " wiioni " with '■giivf." ^■'""" rel. pron.; mas.; tliird; niiij,'.; ohj.; uftcr "to." I per. pron.; com.; first; sinj{.; nom.; to"gavi'," 8*^'" v.; p. p., give, gave, given; irr.; truMH.; loni.; ind.: [iiist; first; sing.; agreeing witli "I." the adj.; art.; identifying " money." "'""•-'y eom. n.; neu.; third; .sing.; ohj.; after "gavo."' last adj.; .snperl.; limiting " week." ^'^^^ eom.n.; neu.; third.; sing.; obj.| after("(m") or ("during"'). '"^'""*'* v.; p. p., lo.se, lost, lost; irr,; trans.; com,; ind.; pastporf.; third; sing.; agreeing u ith "hoy." j"«* i^'l^'-; "lo'lifyiiig " hatl lost," hy denoting point of time. ^''^ per. pron,; mas.; tliinl; sing,; poss.; witii " mother." "^i"*'**''' CO"'- "•; fem.; third; sing.; obj.; after " had lost," That adj. pron.; demon.'; limiting " bottle." 1^0**'" com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; nom.; to " was cracked." "it" pi'cp.; connecting " which " with " put." w^iich rel. pron.; neu.; third; sing.; obj,; after " into." y"" PC- pron,; com,; .second; sing.; nom.; to " put." I'"* ^•' P- P-. put. put, put; irr.; trans.; com.; ind.; past; .sec- ond; bing.; agreeing with "you." the ailj.; art.; identifying " wine." wine com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "put." yesterday com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after ("on"). was cracked v.; p. p., crack, cracked, cracked; reg. ; trans.; pass.; ind.; past; third; sing.; agreeing with "bottle." '" P>"ep- ; connecting " places " with " was cracked." two 'I'lj-; numeral; cardinal; limiting " jjlaces." places com. n.; neu.; third; plu.; obj.; after "in." Australian .adj. ; describing or identifying " steamer." steamer com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; nom,; to "left." O" • P'ep.; connecting " whicli " with ".sailed." wl'ich rel. pron.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "on." ^''"'^'^ ""'■'' ''cg-; i"tr.; com.; ind.; past; third; plu.; same a.s "friends." ^''^t v.; irr.; trans.; com.; ind.; past; third; plu,; same as " steamer." '*t prep.; connecting " two o'clock " with " left." two (hours) adj.; num.; card.; limiting (" hours "). o' (for of) prep,; connecting "o'clock " with "two (hours)." (the) clock com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after ■■o'." )8t. ; iiiil.; imstj r("(liiriiij4"), . ; iiiLst pfif. ; Oj'/illll'. iiotlior." lo«t." vcked." t," . ; pfi.st; Mt'c- pass.; ind.; ; same as . ; same as KXKRcrSKM IN I'AHSINO. jgg SENTENCES ON PAGE 80. '''"' l**-"'- P'""-! ""«■; t'lir.!; sing.; ol.j.; after '• l.i.l " *'""'" '■' '::,'. ;':f' '^•""•' "-f' P-.; "-UHanoun:o..j.,„fter 1)1(1. ''*"■'' "'l^'- : """I'fying " como," in.lioating pinre. , '" per pro.!.; com.; Bceoml; mng.; „,„„.; to'Mare" "" '■'' 'J;;^^^r' """"■' ""'•' P'--> --'"1= Hi";^.; «amoas ""*■ , '»''^- : """li^ying " .lare," oxpresHing nr,,nf;o„ after "dare. •' '* »""' I"'""- • "'-'"• : tl'ir.!; sing. ; „),j. ; after " do." ' per. pron.; com.; first; pi,,.; ,„„„.; to " need " after "need." "" a'lj; limiting " money." l"""'^ ^•"'": "- '">"•; t>'i''l: «i>'K.; ol.j., after"l,ave." " '■'' '::•' *''r- ^""P'''' ''"'•=P'«t; second; sing.; san.e as you, niterrogative. f!'" per. pron.; ...m.; second; sing.; ,„„„.; to "did see " Z.triul P'^'-'P'-""-: >"as.: tl.i.d; sing.; ol.j.; after "did see." '"^'""'^ '■-' '";■■' ^'--' -'"•= i"f-: P-.; used as a n,.„n. ol.j.; after "did see." •* r P"""- P'-""-' ^""'•: fi'Ht: sing.; ol.j.; after " strike " ^.jn V, per. pron.; ,nas.; third; sing.; nom.; to " will let." " '"^^•' '""d'fy>"g " will let," e..pre8sing ,u',,ntion ,/'•„, ^'"■■. •"■""•' '"'"•' "•■'*' ''"«•'• °^J-! "ft^'r " ^vill let." ' ^*^ "■'' '::•'. ;;';'; = ,:^°'"-= *»f-' P---^'; "«0'lasa„o,.n,obj.; after will let. s]!!!m ; i' ■." V; ■ ■ ■'"'''•' """''f>'"'« "«''°"1'1 ''«l'ol'l;" interrogative sign. ^ .nld behold . . .v.; irr.; trans.; eon,.; pot.; p.st.; fi,.t; plu.; san.ets"we " I,i„, ^^'- ^'°"' °"'"- '^'■^t; P>"-; "«'"•; to " should behold " (t„)aiV" P^'--P''"»-: "'««•; tl'^nl; sing.; „bj.; after-shonld behold." Y„„ '" "''^'■' '"*'•' '^°'"-- '"f"" l"'es.; after "should behold." may observe f'"- J""""; '=""'•' «^'-«"''= -"«•; "on^ to '■ .nay observe." ^"'' ^-^ ':*:«■•• *r«-' -■"■= P^*-; I-es.; second; .sing.; same as you. *''^ ■; '■^''J- ; «'•*•; identifying " planet." lT,l've '""• "■' "'"•' *•'''■'•• '"*' "'^J- ^ft^"- " -"ay observe." '^'""'' ""■' ''^■' ■»*'••' -"•; inf.; p.-cs.;nsedasanou„,obj.; after " may observe." 'li ^^0 EXERCISES IN PAUSING. COMPLEX SENTENCE. Those people who make the loudest professions, and most persistently criticise others, when closely scrutinized, are often found to be sadly deficient in the very qualities they pretend to possess, and sometimes inferior to those whom they denounce. '^''^"^'^ pronoiu. adj.; deni.; plural; identifyiiiy "people " J";°l'''' '^ol- "'J '-■O"'-; third; plu.; no.n.; to "are found." ''*''• P™"-; '^o'"-; third; plu.; iiom.; to "make" and "crit- icise." '"'''^'^ "•'■' P- I'-, make, made, made; irreg.; trans.; com.; ind.; P''es-; third; plu.; agreeing with "who." *"^ ^'^i-'- aJ't-; identifying "professions." '°"'''^^* a'lj-; superl.; describing "professions." professions adstr. n.; neu.; third; plu.; ol.j.; after "make." '"^"'^ ^""i- ; 'copulative; connecting "make " and "criticise " most persistently. adv. ; supcrl. ; modifying "criticise;" showing cMerminatlo». '^'■'*"^'^'^ "■'■' V- 1'-' criticise, criticised, criticised; reg.; trans.; com.; iiid.; pres.; tliird; plu.; agreein'j; %vith "who." ° , '■' '^^'J- !"■""•! ""'^f-; com.; third; plu.;^obj.; after "criticise." "y, " conjunctive adv.; modifying "scrutinized," denoting time (tliey are) scruti- v.; p. p., scrutinize, scrutinized, scrutinized; reg.; trans- "'7 !«««■ ; >'"1- ; P''cs. ; third; plu. ; agreeing with ( ' ' they") ' "^'"^^'y ''^''^'•; "'odifying "scrutinized," showing mmuH-r ^'■^ ^°""^^ v.; p. p., find, found, found; irr.; trans.; pass.; ind.; pre...; third; plu.; agreeing with "peoide." ^"^"^ ''•' P- P--'^"'- ^^as, been; irr.; intr.; com.; inf.; pres.; after "are found." ^^'^^y '■^^'^■•; mollifying " deficient," showing decree. ^^fi<=i«nt ^<■^■ ; pos. ; describing "people." "^ P^'^^P' ; comiecting " qualities " with "deficient. " *'"^ 'I'f'j-; art.; identifying "qualities." ""'^^'y adj.; identifying " qualities." •1"''''*'*-'^ ■'*^«tr. n.; neu.; third; plu.; obj.; after " in." *'"^^ P'^'"- P'"o'i-; com.; third; plu.; noni.; to "pretend." P""^*""'' ""■' P- P-. pretend, pretended, pretended; reg.; trans.; com.; ind.; jires.; third; plu.; agreeing with "they." *° l'"^"^^** '- P- P- possess, pos.ses.sed, po.ssessed; reg.; trans.; com.; inf.; pres.; after "pretend." '°""^*''"*^-^ ^*1^'-; modifying "are found," denoting flmc. I" P^'^'P' ' connecting " those " with " are found inferior. " , ■'^'^'-i- P''«n-; Jemon.; com.; third; plu.; obj.; after "to " 7'"' '■"'• P''™-' *^""'-' third; plu.; obj.; after "denounce." ' '^'"'*""'*' ^'-5 '■%'•; trans.: com.; ind.; pres.; third; plu.; like "they " EXERCISES IN PARSING. and most , are often pretend to denounce. le." I." 'and "crit- COin.; iiid.; ■iticise." 'erminafion. ans. ; com. ; 10." "uritiuise." otiiig tlmf. ■g.; trans.; iC^tliey"). iul. ; prcs. ; )res.; after • ; tran.H. ; 1 "they." IIS. ; com. ; ice." D"they." 161 COMPLEX SENTENCE lie . wlio . • per. pron.; nias.; third; •••i-'l. liroi!.; nnm.; tliird; sini '«•; iioni.; to "will feel. siii^'.; noni.; to cfus seeuiEf . his . . . : ;;;, ''■J-' '"'' ^'^^^' f ''^"' -r. ; trans. ; con.. ; part. ; pren. neighbor ^.i T''' ""^ 'T''' ''"'■' i'"^^- ^^''t'' "-ighllor." i„ """• "- ""^^•' tJ"''<'; «>-"g-J obj., after "seeing" .leep ^-^ "'"";^t'"g "'li^tress " with "neighhor." diiess'..; :;^t;.r '"":;'" ;'''^'""-" und ■= T'- ^''"''^ «"'«•; "''J-; after "in." having r."!"' 'T ' """"-''^*"'« t'''^ t^vo participial phrases. ,„„,.e,. , J-' '^'*- '''^'"tifying "power.." to relieve ! f "'' T'"' *''"''' ^■"^-^ "H; after "having." "^ I;.^--,..eWd, relieved; reg.; trans.; tm.; inf., ],;,„ l"^^'' tlt'fiiiing "power." refuses': r'^T'' T'' ''r^' '"'^■' °'*J-' '-^"e-- "to relieve." to do V I'"'- '/''";'5 «'"g-; agreeing M'ith" who." jett ot "refuses. "i>^-i-;;;;:.-; :'"; rS'nt"M;'':" '^ ^^'^"^^'"« "'^"'''^• ••v., ]M'., feel, felt, felt; m-.; tran.s.; com.; ind.; fut. • third- «!%'.; agreeing with "He." >"t.,tlmd, • • •!-• P.o„.; refle.xn-e; mas.; third; sing.; non,.; in app. with Zr ^"'""'""- ^''j-5 ^"''^'f-= li"'iting "day " „ , ' ' ■ '"^'^J-'' ai't.; identifying " hand " U,T ^^^-^ ^"''''''''' ''^•^^•'•'•"■"y "I'an.l." -'"-^;,%"rative; ne„.; third; sing, .,bj.; after "will cmd : '^'if' '^°»»^^t'"S "adversity "with "hand." advensitv 1 V ^ "''' '^''"^'^>'^^^ " adversity." ,,. ' , 7 ■^'^«t'-- "■; personified: fe„,.: third- 4,.. ■ 1 • .. ''^"^'•'^'' parfcpialadj.; describing "h;n;!;ir''" ''' ''*"""'•" less ^d?'' in""""*'';^ "^'""""' " ^^'^'' " Wendless." ''''J-' '"eon.parable; describing " him,.olf." and friei 162 KXERCISES IN PAllSIN(i. SENTENCES ON PAGE 82. ^^ per. pron. ; nuis.; tliinl; sing. ; noin.; to "will swear." will swear v.; irr.; intr. com.; iiul.; fut. ; tliinl; sing.; sanieas"He." most solemnly. . .adv.; superl.; modifying "will swear," showing manmr. *" prep.; connecting "anything " with "will swear." whatever conip. rel. pron.; equivalent to "anything that." '"'y*'''"g -I'lj- pron.; indcf.; neu.; third; sing; obj. ; after 'to." *''** rel. pron.; neu.; third; sing.; ohj.; after " may ,say." ^*"^ per. pron.; coin.; second; sing.; noni.; to "may say." may say v.; irr.; trans.; com.; pot.; pres.; second; sing.; same as "you." T •' per. pron.; com.; hrst; sing. ; nom.; to "shall accept." shall accept v.; reg.; trans.; com.; ind.; fut.; first; sing.; same as "I." ^^^'}^y ■'I'l^'-; modifying "shall accept," denoting viUimjiics.-,. whichever comp. rel. pron.; equivalent to "^tlie one that." '*'"'' ""^ adj. pron.; indef.; neu.; third: sing.; ol.j.; after "shall ac- cept." *'"** rel. pron,: neu.; third; sing.; ohj.: after "to give." y*'" per. pronoun; com.; second; sing.; nom.; to "m,ay he pleased." maybe plea.sed. . v.; reg.; trans.; pass.; pot.; pros.; second; sing.; same as "you." *"g'^'" '^'•; irr.; trans.; com.; inf.; pres.; after " may be pleased." "'f per. pron.; con;.; fust; sing.; ol)j.; after ("to"). Whoever comp. rel. pron.; equivalent to "the person that." (the) person com. n.; com.; third; .sing.; nom.; to "knew." *'^** rel. pron.; com.; third; sing.; nom.; to "gave." g*^'*^ ^■•! irr.; trans.; com.; ind.; past; third; sing. ; same as "that." y"" per. pron.; com.; second; sing.; obj.; after ("to"). t'"'"^* pronom. adj.; limiting "pen." P*"' com. n.: neu.; tiiird; sing.; obj.; after "gave." ^"^^^ ^■'' irr.; trans.; com.; ind.; pa.st; third; .sing.; same as "person." ^'^^^ eonj.; connecting " knew " with the following clause. "* per. pron. ; neu. ; third; sing. ; nom. ; to " was. " ^^^ '^'•! irr.; intr.; com.; ind.; pa.st; tliird; sing.; sameas"it." perfectly adv. ; modifying " useless," indicating (%?•*-.'. "^eless adj. ; pes.; describing " pen." Whichever comp. rel. pron.; equivalent to "that which." *''** adj. pron.; demon; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "may bring." '*''""'' ■■ rel. pron,; mn,.; third; sing.; ul,j.; after "obtain." y°" per. pron.; com.; second; smg,; nom.; to " obtain." ^'■^* 'wl^'. ; modifying " (.btain," denoting time. ['. ; siunu as ;. ; Soanie as . ; same as EXERCISES IN I'AIISINO. jgg obtain ,. • ..or, a •fy'J.T--' '''-■•' -'•' !>-.; seco„.l; sing, san,e as -ayb;i„g::::'-t'^r'trr'"'' '''°"''' '''"^- """■•' *° "'"ay bring.- •' '.'Vo*"'"-^ ^""-^ »'°*-' I-«-= ~1> -4; same as me".". IT' ''"""^'^t>"g"me"Mith "may bring." for...: il^"°"'' ^""•' '"■«*' -'g-' "'^i-; after ''to.'- exan-ination '.'.['/^i ^^'^ 'i — ""^tion • with " may bring." We , ' ''"• ' *''"'^''" «'"«• ; ol>J. ; after "for. " «IkU1 reward^'rVr^'tir''' ^'''*='''"-' "°'"- *" " «l>all reward." handsomely .. ■■.,;,; . t'o.mv r;'";,""'-' ^"'^ ^''^^^ I'l"'' ^''^'"e as "we." whoever . •,;,;' ''7'''^"'^' ^''■•^" '•^^^rd," showing ,«„„„,,. anyone T^ '"'• J'™"'' ^'i^-'^^r^t to " anyone who." -'-■■• ■::::::::^i'iC':'Z'th;H' ^'"'•' "''^■' «"-"«'->! reward." gives .... ^ . /,, ° ; '""'• ' *'""'' «'"«• ; "om. ; to " gives. " ' :/;;,,*:r-' ^-'•' -'•' p-.; tha..i; sing^ us theV. ^^'"y r"-' ^•■'*' !''"•' "''J-' after ("to"). .lesired ' l ''^ "'forn.ation, ' ' ;;:r^:''!v;°"'-V'"'?'l^'- P-^^ "-la.anadj.to information co„, >fo™at,on." A !°"- "•; "-'-^th.rd; si.g, obj.; after "gives." ,„..^„ -'''J-; art.; limiting "„,an." will real',:. r'";":' T' *'""'' "'"^'•' """'•' t° "will reap." I ••••>., leg.; ti.'ins. ; com • ItwI • f.,f .+11 • "man" ' *'""''' ^'"S- same as «i^"": : .:;:„; Tt;,; '"^'"1 " ^"" "*" ■"«'"« "•'"'■»* '■ ;:™;; '■""'"•■■■ "'"■■' """li »"*i »i*i .-.tec.,- .. „i,i '^^r:" '""•'*"^'^ ^"'^•' "--^ to "may have may have sown..v • irr ■ tm.,. -, ur.,tnvns.; com.; pot.; pres. perf.; third; sing.; same shau'appro^e of [ v' (X";; "'";; ''f ' ""«' ' ""'"' ' '' " ^^-H approve of. " \ tn in&ep. prep.); reg.; trans.; com.; ind.; fut • first- .^ j._. J sing.; same as "I" ' ^*' ^^-i' .::;■■ ";!.;•; r?'"' " ''"" '^''"^^^'^ °^'" ^'---^ -'•'"-'^. ■^"ytl.ing... d H-I ' ' -i"--'^J''»t to "anything that." '^-^^r-' "^"-^ *'"'•''= -S-^ obJ, after ".hall approve ^- •••••• ■■■■■'lilr C; ""■'' *''"'= ^'"^•= "•^•' '^fter "may do." absence .. ^''^ .fw '""'•' '''°'"'' ''"'- "°"'' *" "'"ayclo." ^ ''^'^'- "•' "«"-■ t''"-d; sing.; obj.; after "in " ^^ EXERCISES IN PARSINa. THE LORDS PRAYER. Our Father, who art in heaven ! Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come: thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread: and forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against vs. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil; for thine is the king- dom, the power, and the glory forever: Amen. J^^"" r^""' 1'™"-; ''0»i-; fii-st; pU..; poss.; witli "Fatlier." , '*"■ I*''"P- "■; mus.; second; sing.; hidop.; by address. _^ " ''el' Pron. ; mas. ; second; sing. ; noni. ; to " art." *""* ■^'•5 1'- P-' ''^'"' was, been; irr.; intr.; com.; iud.; pres.; sec- ond; sing.; same as "who." '" P''<-'P- ; connecting " lieaven " with " art." f-^'''^" c""'- »•; »<-'"•; third; sing.; obj.; after "in." f-'-'^*) V. ; (understood. ) *^^ PS""- P*"""-; >"'is.; second; sing.; poss.; with "name." "'*"''' • ^°n>- "•; »ei'-; third; sing.; obj.; after (" Let"). (to) be hallowed., v.; p. p., hallow, hallowed, hallowed; reg.; trans.; pass.; nif.; pres.; following ("Let "). (I pray that) ... .a prayer (understood before " thy"). *'.'^ ■ P^''- P''""-; "laS'; second; sing.; poss.; with " kingdom." ^'"^""'" com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; nom. ; to (may) "come." (may) come v.; p. p., come, came, come; irr.; intr.; com.; pot.; pres.; third; sing.; agreeing with "kingdom." ^*!'^*> *''y per. pron.; mas.; second; sing.; poss.; with "will." will . . . .abstr. n.; neu.; third; sing.; nom.; to (may) "be done." (may)be(so)done.v.; p. p., do, did, done; irr.; trans.; pass.; pot.; pres.; pres.; third; sing.; agreeing with " will." ^" • P''eP-; connecting " earth " with "may be done." ^'*™' com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "on." ^^ '^°"i- ' cop.; (with " so '• untlerstood before "done;") con- necting two clauses. !* •;••■; PC'"- pro"-; neu.; third; sing.; nom.; to "is (done)." "''"'"*'' ^'■' P-P. 'K tli'l, dove; irr.; trans.; pass.; ind.; pres.; third; sing.; agreeing with "it." '" P''CP-; connecting " heaven " with "is (done)." J^^'"^^'^" com. n.; neu.; tliird; sing.; obj.; after " in." ^•' V- P- give, gave, given; irr.; trans.; act.; imp.; pres.; second; sing.; agreeing with ("thou"). J*°^ ."'^ P*^""' P"-""-; com.; (ir.st; plu.; obj.; after ("to"). (during) this ....pronom. adj.; identifying "day." *^'*^' com. n.; neu. ; tliird; sing. ; obj. ; after (" during "). °"'" P*^''- pron.; com.; first; plu.; poss.; with " bread." KXKRCISES IN PAUSING. ,gg t^'^l^ '""''J- ' !'"•"• ; "lodifying ' ' bread. " an.i . : : Zi "■' '""■' *'"'"' ''"^■' '''^J-' '-^f*^^ "give." forgive r ; '"'*• '. ''"""^'^^'■"S " forgive " with "give. " ^^ !'• P- forg.ve, forgave, forgiven; irr. ; trans- con, ■ us .,,„ 3;;.P--^ ~'; -..; agreeing.v.th ('"tl.'ou' . - (for) our , ■ T ' "■'*' ^''"^ «'^J'' ''^ft'^'- "forgive." trespa«sesV."::'tir'ner;;-"f '/'"•' ^""-^ ^^^"^ " fespasses." as.. .; ' "'"•' *'"'•''= I'l"-; ol.j.; afterC'for") '"^'•! connective; modifying " formve "^,,,1 . i.- , ,.1t,,,„„ „, -^ ^ ^ loigive, and connecting two ^.g i-Jaii.?es, as a conjunction. *' forgive';.'. V\IZ''' T-' ""'' ^^^"-^ """'■' *« "Wive." tiiel : • • • •"; 'Z;^ -^I'ove; ind ; p,es.; first; plu.; tith " we." that ' d , Z ' ^'"•' °''J-' '■^'*^'- " W'ive." trespass . . .' ^I' P'«"-' -n,.; third; pl„.; „,„„.; to"trespL." • ^?' '•' ^'■'-^■^l'^''^^' trespassed, trespassed; reg.; intr • com • against . p,,""'' '"r' '''"''' ^''"•' "'^'^ """^*-" „; ^"'J'' «°>'"ectnig " us " with " trespass." -i'''::::::*'"'S •'!;' ""' ":''' ^'"'^ "'j-^ '^^^^ "^^^--t-- lead ^" ' ^ • '■ ^™"ect.ng two sentences. "'■' tf-'!'''^' '°''' '^^'' '--r-; trans.; com.; imp. pres . ,,, ««"'»''' «■•>§•; agreeing with ("thou",. ^ ' ^ '" not. . . : : ; ?7'-;.-"-; first; plu.; obj.; after "Ll." into ' ^^'''**' ''"' '"o''ifyi"g ' ' lead. " temptation ' ! ' " '^^^i: TTl. • ^""^^^'''"" " "'*'^ " l-^'' but . ... ^: "■' ."^"■' *'"'■''' «i"g.; obj.; after " into." deliver. '• i.' '^''V,'°""''*'"^"'^''^"^'^'"" ^i*'' "lead." • • I'-'^l«''ver, delivered, delivered; reg.; trans . com • P„, '"'■' ^"'"■' "'"'"'' ^'"S.; with ("thou"). ' from ....'; ;,'''!"•' ''7-' '^-t' Pl"-= obj.; after " deliver." evil ''7-™"»«'ctuig"evil"with"deliver." for . : : : !^f • "■- "'^"- *'"-'' -"«•; obj.; after " from." '-onj., cop.; contiii.; connectiiur +i,„ f ii ^,,. ^ what precedes it. ' " ^""""""^' ^'''^"^'^ ^^'"' -'''"■;;;:::;"'r'n'' '""'■' ~''' «'"«•= l-ss.; with "kingdom -etc • , V "'• ^"' ^'^™= ''••■•' '"tr.; com.; iml,; pre : the ,. *'"':'' :'"'«■' ^''^""-■•i^ "kingdom." ' ' " kiu..d'on', ' ' '''^''"if3i"y "king.lom." o'""" com. ji.. iipii . +';„] the . . . „,,; 1 ^"■' *""^1; «"'g-; nom.; to "is." power '^^'j-'-^rt.; idontify.,, . po^.,,.„ and,.: ^"7; "•'•"^■»' third; ,!„,,;„„„,, to("i«",. the ■:::;■ 'Ty^\rT'"'^ "'''"^-l-"'" "PO«-er,"and "gIo:y " .lorv ■ • ' Hleimty.ng "glorv." *^ ^• i^-^.;: x.':"r-' '"''■'•' ^""^•^^"-"•=t°('i«'T A"->..;;::''':;';T'^>'''''^^'~"='''- "'"■ °' '■^'^rmntio... co«/,.«,/«^ the prayer. *^^ EXERCISES IN PARSING. RETDBN OF KEFUGEES.-Patrick Henet. Yes, sir, fbey will see her great in arts and in arms; her golden harvests waving over fields of immeasurable extent her commerce penetrating the most distant seas, and her cannon silencing the vain boasts of those who now proudly aftect to rule the waves. >■ j . ® !'<1\'.; affirmative; connective. ^l"" ''•''"• "• : •"'■'«• ; f'i'-'l; «>i'«. ; in.lep. ; by address. "^f V""'- P™'-; ^■""'•; third; plu.; nom.; to " will see." r ^""^ ''■' "■'■• ' ^'^''^- •' ^"'"' ; '"^l. ; f»t. ; tliird; plu. ; same as "they " " ;:, l'^'"- I"'""'5 f'""- tl'ir''; «>'«■; obj.; after " will see." ^ ^ '"^''J- ; Pos. ; describing "her " (meaning America). ^^^ ''O'"- "•; uen.; third; plu.; obj.; after "in." ^""'^ «"'"• n- ; neu. ; third; plu. ; obj. ; after " in. " f," *'*"'• ^'''""- ' ^'-''"- ' *'"''^^ ' **"'«• ; P«««- ; ^vith ' ' harvests. " S°""^" .; com.; third; plu.; nom.; to "alfect." "'''^ adv. ; modifying ' ' afTect, " denoting lime. P'^^'^y "'Iv-; modifying "atteeu," indicating m,. 'LXl.^""""""^' " ^*^" '-' ' '^''^^ *'- -- verb „„. '" '"'sL.7'"*"'' "reflection" with "can see" under- r'"*"" !::•"•' "^"-^ *'-'»= -"^.^ -bj.; after the prep. - by " your ■.•;■■■• ::-J^": T'' '"'^^^ -'«•' "-•; to "wmLovi" glass : ; • ::; n ;.e M -T"' '"''■-' ^°"-' ^'*" "^'--" will discover v "'• ' "'"'"' ""^'•' "'^"'•' '" '"^PP' -*'' "L" -^-•y....:::ad;.;tj;;;;:^ :::;,; -^^^^^^ yourself:;. ^:Lr"T' "y— «" with -win discover.- that ■■■'ad • ■; ;""';7' T-' ''°*'"^'' «'»«•= °''J-' -"er"to." of '2;, 7 ' T'' *'"'■''' '•"«•' °^'J'' -^fter "will discover " yourself ^ ^. ' ^^^''^'^t-'-g "yourself" with "know." wi-h . . :::::::lT^-'"t"^ "-•; --nd; sing.; obj.; after -of.- you irCn ''^ '■"*''•' *^'^J-^ .fter"know(of)." yet .... IZ .7»Y. "'.-^^'^ ^on.l; sing.; non..; to "know" I ''^'^•; modify in« " know." ;;" : ■: : : :.a;;: ^1;;;:,^;:?:,;::^ "™- —-'^ "'^^ ■ike-....- " lusejwrable .>rep. with " know." 108 KXEItt'LSKS IN I'Alt.SINO. JULIUS CiESAR.— Act I., Scenk II. I can not tell what you and other men Think of this life; but, for my single self, I had as lief not be as live to be In awe of such a tiling as I myself. ^ per. pion.; mas.; first; sing.; iioiii.; to "can tell." •^"'^ *^^1 ^'-i "■'■•; trans.; com.; pot.; prcs.; first; sing.; like "I." "ot adv..of negation; niodifying "can tell." ^^''''^* conip. rel. pron.; eqnivalent to "that which", .that— adj. pron.; neu.; third; sing.; ol.j.; after "can tell"., which— rel. pron.; neu.; tliird; sing.; ol)].; after "think." >'"" per. pron.; mas.; second; sing.; nom.; to "think." ""'^ t;t'"j.; cop.; connecting " men " witli " you. ' other pronom. adj.; limiting "men." "1^" com. n.; mas.; third; plu.; nom.; to "think." *'""*^ "^M i'T.; trans.; com.; ind.; pres.; second; plu.; like "you" and "men." 0^ prep.; connecting "life " with " think." tl>is pronom. adj.; limiting " life." *'f^ com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; ohj.; after "of." ^"* conj.; disj.; connecting the two clauses. ^"'' l"'ep.; connecting "myself " with "speaking " understood. ^ys^^i reflex, per. pron.; mas.; first; sing.; ohj.; after " for." single adj.; limiting " self." ^ per. pion.; first; sing.; nom.; to " had." '"^^^ ^■••' irr.; trans.; com.; ind.; past; first; sing.; like "I." ^ 'i'l\"- ; modifying "lief," showing ili'i/n-e. ''"^ 'I'l^'-; modifying " liad " {eciuivalent to "willingly"). "ot adv. of negation; niodifying " (to) be." (*°) '^•5 ">'■' irr.; intr.; com.; inf.; pres.; after "had." '"•■s • • <^onj.; cop.; connecting the two clauses. (*")^*^'e v.; reg.; intr.; com.; inf.; pres.; after (" liave"). *" ''** V. ; irr. ; intr. ; torn. ; inf. ; pres. ; after " live." ^^''^ com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; ohj.; after "in." S"el> pronom. adj.; indef.; limiti.ig " thing." a adj.; art.; limiting " thing." *•'"'« «o'ii. 11.; neu.; third; sing.; ohj.; after " of." ^ conjunctive adv.; modifying "am," and connecting it with "such." ^ per- pron. ; mas. ; first; sing. ; num. ; to ( " am "). '"y^*^^^ reflex, per. pron. ; mas. ; first; sing. ; nom. ; in app. with "I." (*'") ^'•'> i"'-; intr.; com.; ind.; pres.; first; sing.; lii^^ "I." ell." like fi T n . that — adj. can tell".. obj. ; after EXKRCLSES IN PAUSING. iqq JULIUS CiESAR.-AcT. I., Sckne II. For, once, upon a mw and gusty day, The trouMe.l Tiber clmfiug with her shores Ciosar said to me, " Dar'st tliou, Cassius, nmv ■Leap in with me into this angry flood, And swim to yonder point ? " '""J-' '-■""*'"•' ^"'"lecting following clause with preceding sentence. ""^'' -'I'l^'-; li'iiitiny " sai.l," .lenctinK dmr. "P°" r''cp.; connecting " day " with " said." raw, gusty adjectives; pos.; descrihing "day." '"" ^°"J-5 cop.; connecting " raw " and " (rusty " y T'- "■' "'"•' *''''''^' **'"«•' ^''^J- '^"'^r "»Pon." : ••• • '"^h' '"'t.; identifying -Tiber." *;.""''''"' participial adj.; desciiliing " Tiber." eiL'L ^""''^■"■' ^""•' *''''■'"' ""'"•' ""^'-'''-l^'Ht before "chating." . , ^ ^ • ' '■''«• ' '"*''• ; com. ; participle; present. '' I"'*-T; connecting "shores " with " cliatin^' " XL ^'"■' ^''""•' ^"'"•' *''"'*'' "'"«•' l'"««-' ^"^"^ " «l'oreB-" ' ' '^"'"- "•; "«"•; third; ph..; obj.; after " with " l^^' 1"'»1'- »•; '"as.; third; sing.; non,.; to "said." ''"' ''•' '7;; *'■'"?■' '""'•' ""•■' 1'''^'**' ^l'"'^!' «i"«-; «'"''c as tiusar. *" 1"'^P-; connecting " me " with "said " ,j,^,,,y, ^""'- i"'""- '"'^«- fi''«t; sing.; obj.; after "to." ''■' .frV *'■'""•' "'^'^"■"fe'- i»d.; l»-cs.; second; same as thou. , '^ ^",'"^'- "• '■ '"''''•.5 ^'-'''•'""'; '^'"g- ; independent by address. 7, '" '• ' '"'"*'f>''"« " -I^ar'^t," denoting tune. 17 '"^' ''•' '*'*''•' "'*■'•' *="'"- '»f-; I"''-''*-; after " Dar'st " inseparal)le prep.; used with the verb " leap." ^* I'l'^-'P- ; connecting " me " with " leap in " Zl' *'"'■ ^''""•' "'*'- ^'^^' «»'g-; oh}.; after " with." , . l"'*^!''! com.ecting " flood " with "leap in." , '" pronom. adj.; demonstrative; limiting "flood." '"'-''''■y adj.; describing " flood." .";f *="'"• "■' "'^"•J t''i>''^"" ''■■■' "•'••' '"^■••■•. eom.; inf.; pre..; after " Dar'.st." ■; l"'''P-; connecting "point 'with "swim" y^"^'*'' a'lj.; Im.itmg" point." ^'"""^ • ■ •^- '^"'"- "- neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after '■ co." 170 KXKltCISKS IN PARSING. JULIUS CiESAH.— Act I., Scene II. ITpou the word, Aocontered as I was, I pliiiincd in, And bade him follow; ho, indeed, be did. The torrent roar'd; and wo did biitTet ifc With hiHty sinews; throwing,' it aside And stcnuuiuj,' it witli hearts of controversy. Upon prep.: conncctinj,' " wor.l " witli " pliingeil." t'le adj.; art.; identifying " word." ^"•''l t'oni. n.; neii.; third; .sin^r.; olij.; after "upon." accoutered v. ; reg. ; trans. ; com. ; participle. ; past. ; used as adj. ^^ conjunctive adv.; modifying " was (accoutered)." ' P'-'"! P'""- ; ""«• ; 'st; «ing. ; noni. ; to " was (accoutered)." was (accoutered). v.; reg.; iviim.; pass.; ind.; j)ast; first; sing. ; same as "I." ^ V^''- P''""- ; 'lias- ; first; sing. ; nom. ; to " plunged " P*""«'^'i ">'■' '■I'g-; iiiti-.; com.; ind.; past; first; sing.; same as "I." in inseparaijje ]>rep. ; witli " ])lunged." •"''^ conj.; cop.; connecting " plunged/' with " bade." '*['*^'^ -■ ■ "■'•; trans.; com.; ind.; past; first; sing.; same as "I." '''"' • ■' '■""•; nma.; third; sing.; obj.; after " l)ade." (to)follow •■; trans. ; com.; inf.; pres.; after "bade." ^° ■■ '' • 'nodifying " did," indicating manner. i"*l<-'^'l a*^'. : verifying " did," denoting cerlainly. ^"^ V^i'- Pion.; mas.; third; sing.; nom.; to "did." did (or, acted) . . .v.; irr.; intr.; com.; ind.; past; third; sing.; .same as "he." ■ torrent com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; nom.; to " roar'd." ™*''"'* "■'■' '■'^K'! '»tr.; com.; ind.; past; third; sing.; same as "torrent." •■^'"^ conj. ; cop. ; connecting two clauses. ^*;s per- Pi'on.; mas.; first; plu.; nom.; to "did bntret." did buflfct v.; reg.; trar.-f.; emi)h.; first; plu.; same as "we." ^^ ■■■■ pei-- pi'on.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after " did buffet." throwing v.; irr.; trans.; com.; part.; pres. i* pc. pron.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "throwing." ^side adv.; modifying " tlirowing," denoting /j/dce. '"^'"^ co'ij-; cop.; connecting "throwing" and "stemming." stemming v.; reg.; trans.; com.; part.; pres. J* per. pron.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "stemming." ^^'it^' prep; connecting "hearts " with "throwing" and "stem- ming." 'iearts com. n.; neu.; third; plu.; obj.; after "with." of prep.; connecting "controversy " with "hearts." controversy com. n.; neu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "of." ng.; same as KXKIiCISKS rx i'AHsiNG. JULIUS C.l«AIl.-AcT I., ScKx. II. But ero we couM arrive the i,„i„t i,,„pose.l. Caesar cnod. •< Help ,no, Ca.ssiu.s. or I sink." prtj). (.>(;o iiotu liddw.) * "m.M a;n:.e r'-.C^'""'' ''"'= '''"'= """•' *« "eo«M ■ -ive." tlK,. :V: "f ; *'7«-' — 1-..: past; H..t; ,,1 „j„t «"IJ-; art.; .lot.inng" point." ,,rop„sc;i r;;^;: Tr *■''••'•' -"«•; "I'J-: <^fter " c„„l,l arrive " ;. ' H't.a,m,la,lj.; sj-edfying '■ point." cic'l.; I-l'--;>'-.;tl,inl;«i„,.;, ,:to"cn..I." ' St"" ' "'"■' ""'•' 1""*' *''"••'' -'^^.^ 'ike",',.- I!!:"'.:: ::;;■ ;r' = '''''^-'~-'^ -«•;-.,..; to'-.Mp.'- (■as.i„. "•/'""•= '''''■■ "-t; -■■«.; ol>j.; aft.r"H.l,:" or... '• ";' :""^'' «^'''^'""'! «i"a-; 3n.lci,c,ule„t l.y a.l.lress , ^^""J- ' '"'^J- •' ^'onnecting the two clause, ••;:•■"'•''"*'•'-"•'■"<'.; fut.;lirst;si„g., , ike ^.J,. he Pvepos.tion ere has for its Object the Clause, " we could -"'■ e the point proposed." an.I is equivalent to ■ ,J Sink i., '",2 „"h z' %'"''■ ;"° '""°""'= «--• oliild fnv .1 ' . '"'"'■»• "■'"' *" AuxiliMV Shall ^vi.;:hif:o' a :s:.; /rs™;^' "- ''^•■"•«'"> '■^^■"■» able c„,..,,„.ti„., ,„„',: point ori'o'i-'iiirr ""r'"- u be shown, the preferable nno ,.„,, u„ ...•__. construe- •eason for the preference. li served, if possible. Simplicity should always be pre- IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. {./ k 1 ////j m/. fA V <^ /; ^^ 1.0 I.I 1.25 ■ 5 "'"^^ £f Hi " us ihic Sciences Corporation 2.5 2.2 2.0 M ill 1.6 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^ \ 'l.;pres.;tIn.,;sing.; same as "man." *"'''•' '""'''fyxig " IS becon.e," sl.ovving fim>'. t?a '"'"•"- "'"^•' *''"••'' ^'"-' "°nM after "is become." ' conj. ; connecting two clauses ''"""" 1-0^^; n.as.;thir.l; sing.; nom.; to " is" and "musi " "' '",:j!^l '""■' "'''■■' ^^"-^ t'-'r'^' -"«•; B--as '"''■■^'^^'""' '-t'lj-; desurihing " creature." .''■'f "'■' '""'• "•' '"''^^•: *''"•''; «"'«•; »om ; after ",s." ' ■ ; ^*'".l' ! connecting "must ben.l " with " is " "'"*'^"' "■•' '^!^: *■:--= -"-^ I'ot.; pros.; third; sing., same as Cassius." l''V. i"^'"- 1"'°"'' '»''^«-; tl'ird; sing.; poss.; with "body." r """■ "■' ""'•' *''''■''' ^'"fe- °1^J-' ^ '^' ""."St bend." "^""J- ; connecting two clauses. , •; 1""1'- "• ; "'''^«- ; tliii-d; sing. ; nom. ; to " nod " Zt'''' "';■•' ""^•^'^^-^' " -'■" expressing .nanner. ' „"j "'''■•' '"oili^yi"L' " iiod," expressing ,?.,„... ''■''^r"*';; '°'"-' '"'^J- l^'''^^- t'""-^!; «»'«•; same as j*" W^V-; connecting "him " wiHi "nod " per.pron.; mas.; third; sing.; obj.: after "on" sec 49 p. 122, must be followed by the same Case that pre- ceded It; for example, " This boy will become a man "has he same Signification as " This boy will be a man." And to Ihistrate how the .eutence may be transposed, it might be said aft r the lapse of years, "This man was once a boy." Man nd boy ref^- to the same individual, who simply undergoes be;otr''But''^''"""V'^^"^°'""^'^*' ^^^^^'^ - expressed' by become. But is equivalent to only, and is for this reason classed as an Adverb. i«»sun i'l K$ ^7* EXERCLSES IN PARSING. JULIUS CyESAll.-Acr I., Sckne II. * * * * Iditl liflurliiin oroiin; Ay, ami that tongue of Lis that bade tlio llomans Mark him, and write his speeches in their books, "Alas! " it cried, " give me some driuk, Titiuius/' As a sick girl. ^; !*''• l'»'""-; mas.; liist; sin-,'.; nom. ; to " did hear." :'."' '"'"'■ '■' •'■'••= t''»>'^': '■ini'l..;iiul.;,,ast;lir«t:si.,^r.: siunuas'T" '"" l'^"'- I'l'""-: ""i^-; thinl; sin-; .,l,j.; after 'Mid hear." **"' «"'"'"' ''■■' '•'-'«•: '"*>••• ^•<"".: inf.; pros.; after "did hear." ^y adv. ; conlinnin^; tlie statement. '"■'"^ ''"".i- ; eonnecting the two claii.ses. *''"*^ l'i'"i'- adj.: limiting "ton^'ue." *""="'•' ^'""i- »•; lieu.; tliird; sing.; nom.; to "cried." "[ l"'^'l'- ; "•'-"'' % ]>o<'f!<' Uc<'it.<,' with the i)osse.s.sivo "lii.s." J'"* I"'''- l"'""-; "i'i«-: tliird; .sing.; jioss. ; witli "tongue." J * rel. pron.; new.; tliird; .sing.; ii„ni.; to "hade," ''' '■•' '"■•; trans.; com.; ind.; past; third; sing.; same as "that." *^® ''^'li- ; art. ; identifying " Romans." ^^*""*"^ 1"'"1>- "•; I'las.; tliird; phi. ; ohj.; after "liade." J*"' ""''■'' ^'^ : ''^'o'- ; trans. ; eoin. ; ii,f. ; prcs. ; after " hade. " '""' Pt'''' P''»»-; mas.; third; sing.; ohj.; after "mark." '"'•^ '^""j-; '-"Op-; connecting "mark", -md "write." j*"' "■'''*^'' ^'^ ; ''■•••; trans. ; com. ; inf. ; pies. ; after " hade. " ■\ P*-'"'- l"'""- '"■•i«-; tliird; sing.; poss.; with " .siieecliPS. " ^V^'^'^^^i'S com. n.; neu.; third; phi.; ohj.; after " write." '"••. prep- ; connecting "hooks " with " write." 1^''"'' P''''- 1"'""-; com.; ihir.l; phi.; poss.; with "hooks." """'^** com. n.; neu.; third; phi.; obj.; after "in." Alas interjection. ** V^^- P''o»- ; i>cu. ; third; sing. ; nom. ; to "< ,ied. " ^™'^ ^'-^ I'cg.; trans.; com.; ind.; pa.st; third; sing.; same as "it." ^^'^ ''-5 "''■• ; t™"s. ; com. ; imper. ; pres. ; second; sing. ; same as ("thou"). "''' Pt"''- Prcn.; mas.; first; .sing.; ohj.; after ("to"). ^"""^ pnmom. adj.; limiting " drink." j''''"''. ^"'"- "•; "cu.; third; sing.; ohj.; after "give." -'''*"""^ P''"P- "■; "''IS.; second; sing.; indep. by address. ^^ conjunctive adv.; connecting tiie following cUuise. ''*, ■'"']■; art-; in.lef.; limiting "girl." ^^^^ adj.; pos.; descriiiing " ^irl." *'"''' """"• "•' ^^'"'•; tiiird; sing.; nom.; to "cries" understood. vc "hU." tongue." Slug.; same as lo." •lo." •• iiiU'k." If." spueclips. " e." EXERCISES IN PARSING JULIUS CiESAR.-AcT I., Scene II. Men at some tinio, are masters of their fates; The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our stars But in ourselves, tJmt we are underlin-s ' m;t:ula:l;;?""C ^^'-^^'-^''^^in that-^aosarr- 11} slioukl that name be sounded more than yours ? :)t'" '"'"• "■' ""^■^■5 t'"''''!; Plu.; non,.; to " are " „„,,;p •"■•-'l''= '•"""ecting "tin.e- with " arc " t,",'^ l"""""i.H.Ij.:lMniti.,g"tina..- are '""V''' 'T' '""''''"'«•= "''J"' '^f*'''' ''-t.'' "iters'::::::::,,;;,, ;;•: ;;;^: 7"; ";'■' ^"'"•' *''"■•'' i-'"- '"^^^ ""-•" The . ,, ; ;,; '"" •= *.'"•;''= I-'"-; ""••■•^ after "are." . ,,,, '"'J" '"'^•; Hleiitifymg -'fault." .iear 7'- "- "^"•' f'^''''^ «in«. ; uo,„.; to " i. -> ,. '^''J'! 'lescribing "Brutus." in.... ,„,„ "°""y'"« '«. exijres.sing ,..,/„^/„/^ ,j„,. I"^''!'-' '^oiniectuig "stars " -vvi!!, "is " stars'::::: j"; rv '"^;"r*' "'"•= '""•' ^^'^'^ "«^-«-" H„t ^"'"•"•;"eu.; third; plu.; ol.j.; after "i,,." '^""J'! connecting "is" ujf I, /..,•.,, , ^ , in nrp,. . . .• ' ^ ) iiiulerstood. , P*^*^!''; connecting "ourselves ' with M' ;<. -i i . , ourselves.... ner nmn . .. « * '^ ) "iHlerstood. that ^ ^ ' 'oHexive; n.as.; first; ph,.; ohj.; after " in " j^ -^o'-J- '■ c"">'ecting tuo clauses. ''■>•' '^"^ '"■ are I'^r. l-ron.; n.as.; first; ph..; non..; to "are." "n'l'^rlings::;:.:eo;.."n' '"!;:'. r^' '?''■' ^"''■' "'•«'' I''"-' like "we." " Brutus" ' '*' I''"- "°"'- '-ifter "are " "CW- ^''•'•^^''•'"-•'■t''i-l;«ing.; independent. whaT !''7''''"--'t'-.^ „.„.-, „„ , , - 1 as names merely, and not f: ^ '"en; they are, theroforo, neuter 1' ■: '"" KXRrtcrsES IN PARSINC}. JULITTS CESAR.-AcT I., Sckxk II. Write them to-etljer— yours is as fair a name; Scuid them— it doth become the mouth as well; Wei-h them— it is as heavy; conjure with them— " Brutus" will start a si)irit as soon as " Cresar." H,','l'' '■•• ''■'■■' ^''■'"'•= ^'"'"•: '"'l'^--''.; pres.; soeon.l; s.W 2";:,; ly'l"-""-; ^.u.-, tl.ml; ,.lu.; ol.j.; after " «Tite." *'«''''"' '^''^■•: i.MMlitying '. write," denoting ,,/„r, ■,"'"'' I"^^'-.l.n.n.; n.a.s.; «econ.l; sing.; poss.; with (" name "). ■ '■'• \\'-' "";:■' ^"'"•' ""'•; I"''^^-; tl,ir.l; sing.; «ameas ' name. J" '^''y-5 """lifyiiig " fair," expressing ,fnjr„'. '"' "■'li-; il<-'scril)iiig "name." "I"""', ^""'- "•: "^■"•; tliinl; sing.; non..; after "is " t|„„„ ' =•• *'■""•' """•: ""l"^'--; l"-t's.; second; sing. i '"'■• I"'""-' '"^"•' *''"••'; l''«'-; obj.; after " Sound " ' dothK-com; '"'••.'"•""•• >"-'"•' t''»''l; «i''«.; non,.; to 'Moth I.econ.e." doth Ucon.e ....v.; nr.; trans.; en.ph.; i„d.; pres.; third; sing.; same as It. r'*'' 7'-"-' T-' *'"'■''' '"'«- "''J- '^ft-^'' "'loth become." ' ", •'""■•' """•">■'"« "well," expressing ,/e,/m' ,,.' •, ■'"'"•' "'odifying " doth heeon.e," .lenoting mannn- ( thou ). *'"'" l'^'- l"-""-! "^'"•; tl'i'''!; I'll..; ohj.; after " weigh." 1^ rer.pron.; neu.; third; sing.; nom.; to "is." !' ''■; "■'■■ '• '".*'■■ = '-^"'"- : '"'•• : l-'-'^s- ; tl'i'''l; sing. ; same as "it " ,,,,;.;; -"'!'■' ■"<"l'.fy"'S " l.^avy," expres.sing ./e.rre. '-'^^^ -I'lj-; descrdjing ("name "). ZIC ''■ ' '■'^- ' '"*'■• '' '"'"•' ""i'^''- ' i^''^«- ■' ««'^«"'i ; «i"g. ' " I"'^l»- 'connecting "then," with "conjure" :.?;;;,;„■•,; ^"'■- 1"-*^"- "^"■S *''"■.".; to "will .start." ^'-^ :rf:' *'-r' ^""•' "''^•^ f-*-^ *"-'' -"«■; same as J-irutus. "":: '"^'^J-; a'"*-; indef.; limiting "spirit " ZZn\s rr "■' "";•' *''"'= ""^■' -'J-' -^^-"..ill start.- "" l^''"l'- "•; "•^"•J tl'i'--l; sing.; nom.; to " does." As soon as may be otherwise disposed of: Soon an \dverb ^'Z Will start; the preceding as, an Adverb, m^^^ soon, and the following as, a Conjunctive Adverb. JULIUS Cil^SAR.-AcT I., SCK.K II. Now, in tl.enamosof.il ,1.0 o.o,iH at once, iTou what n.eat "-^<'J-;'len,.; limiting "CiPsar." Ca.sa;': ;;::;/7"V '""*•;, "'^ = l''-^ l---; «ith ■'Ca.ar." Tl.at... ••V/"V :r''"''^'' "''"'•= ^"''''-'tl'fe^ , . '""J" '=">"iw'tiii- the tw(, clans.... ingrown:::::; •r^r-;;;''?" ""*"'; ^'"-^ ~' *""-^--.-' «" a.lv.- niodifvin,. ",■'.'""-' «'""e as " he.' • - ^:r;;J;T-' l^'''^'^-- -'■' l----; .seoo„a; sin..; san.e a.s '■^'•r. :::::;:■■• ;r;;;;;. '7- ' """•' = r- ■' --'^'i-.ient ,.y a.i.h.cs. lm«t lost ■ ■ "i , r ' """"'= ""-' ""'"•' t" " '-t lo.st." !r':: ;:;:;; "•=''^"'=*'-''^-'«-= '•^i-^afto,.-.,,ast lost." , , , '"'J-= !'"*• : ilt-'scrii.ing "l)loo,ls.- lilOdds . ° : o!.j,; after "of." rononn her, is rei.n-.,;,.«. bloods, Age, personified, is Masculine, a Masculine: gods is also Masculine used for men IS i ^"^^ KXKHCISES IN I'ARSINO. JULIUS CTESAK.-AcT I.. Sckne II. When went there hy an a-e, since the great flood 13ut It was famed with more than with one man ? ' When could they say, till now, that talked of Eomo Ihat her wide walks encompassed but one man ? ' ^^''''■" 'I'lv. ; nio.lifyinjr " went." '^^ ;V '"'■ ' "r'^' • '"'"• ' ''"'•= ^"''^'' *''''''^' ^"'«- ' «^"'« ^3 "'»«^^ •' , "-"^ ';^''^-; "lo-hfyiny " went," i.llomi/;,: ^^' iiiscparalile prep, ; with " went." "" 'i''J-; 'lit.; in.lef.; limiting " age." ''f '=°"'- "• : '"-•"• ; tl.inl; sing. ; nom. ; to " went " ,7"'" '"'^'l'- ^•""•'^■'^^tii.g "flood '• witii <• went by " *"" 'I'lj-; iV't.; iilentifying "flood." ^'''^'''* n'lj- i pos. ; tle.sciil.ing " flood." , ;;;' ^"'"- "- "^"- t'"''!; «i>'fe'.; <.l.j.; after "since." . i l"'^'l'- ; «o"'«eeting tl.Q following elau.se with " went " ;,.;;f,;,i,;,i, ^''''- l^'™'-.' "•'"- tl-. I.y address. e,i,e ' ' •' '^"""^•'•t'"^' "^-xile - with " l.rothers." I^^i.;,;, """:»■=;-••' third; si„«.;ol,j.; after '.in." '"'^ ^'^ ':;:■: ^''^''^-^ -"•' -te-,.; ind.; pres. , erf.; 'third- smg.; .sameas "eiustom." .''"'ui, Z :;;;? ;""'"■>'"« : '"^*'" "'-'^•'" ''--ting ««../;o.. fi'lj-; describing "oustcmi." custom .... £.,„„ ,, . ,,,.„ . ., • , '- ::.~;::^:^;-.,r\S;;;";^^" ■■'■»' ^'-' ;, "' '""J- «'""ecting two chiiLses. , "'^- '''■""•' ""'•' *''"••'= -"«■; "o"'.; toCMs •) ,,,;;:,„, '"'T'- '"""^^'^t'''^ "1"""P ■• «ith " that." '''""*'"' participial adj. ; descrihing " pomp " ^7 ':^"";"-"-'':t''-l;-.g.;ol.j.; after "of." ^•' "'•' '"*'■•; «•""•; interrog.; iud • \m><^ ■ fl,;..,i i like "woods." ' ^ '•' *'""'= l*'"- Jhesc" ,t''' """'i^^'",'' ""■"'" ^•'^""*'"« "•^•«'''""««- '"'° I'ronom. adj. ; limiting '• woods " woods com n • iw,„ 4.1 ■ 1 . " • n.ore free Tv ''''= '''"'' "°'"- ^o "are." ;"°'^ ^''' '"'J- ' '">"'P-; describing " woo.ls " Zn '"''^■' ''•""•"'°*'"S "P'-'nl " with "more free." *-"•"• "•' — -'.tl-inl: sing.; obj.; after "from." '^^"J- ; connecting two clauses. '^"'■'""*' adj.; describing "court " '""'"* ;• ••-""'• "•'"^"•'tl.ir.l; .sing.; nom.; to ("is",. The Adjectives more sweet nn.i »«««,. ^ been comparea by the aAWoTot er bT ., ",'«'" ''"™ tbe riivtlnn, the L.,. ,0™° ' „ Ld " Ten*" ""l '' '"""^ sweet 1,„» ae Verbto be u„d:rl, b l^; '''^ '^ ""7 more clearly „howu by ™b.lit„li„g oau^d r Lde "" 1i ■ ■I ^^^ KXKUCISKS IX I'AHSINC. AS YOU LIKE IT.-AcT II., Scknk I. Sweet (ir(> the usph of lulversity; ^Miu'li, like till, tuiul. ii<^ly and veiir.nioiis, Wears vet a precious jewel in its head; And this our life, exempt from piiblie haunts, Finds ton-.ies in trees, hooks in the rnnning'brooks, Sermons in stones, and f-'ood in evervthin". ^"■'-'•^* adj.; (lusciil.inj,' "uses." '"''' ''■' '■'''•' '"''••; ^"'".; in.l.; lav..; thin); phi.al; same as " uses." *^'"'' •i'•; tliir.l; pill.; nom.; to "are." "■•■■. I"'''l'-; cdiiiiucting " advi-rsity " witli "uses " '■* I >'''**' '^>' '^'""- "•; "ft'i.; third; sinjr.; ol)j.; after " „f " '!''"'-' '■^'' !"'""•; "^'i'-; tl.iid; .sing.; nom,; t.. "wears" '"*'' 1"'^I'' : connecting " toad " with " whieli." , '^'""- "•; "'■•*•"•: third; sing.; ohj.; after " like." "»'>' i"lj-; describing "toad." ^■^"""'""« adj.; de.scril.ing " toad." ";'"' '^""J- = '-•"^ = connecting "ugly " with " venomous." '•"'.''■■\*??,-' '-'°"''' '"^'•' l''-'''-' t'"'''l! «'%'•; same as which." y^^ adv.; modifying " wears." f''''''""^ adj.; i,o.s.; descrihing "jewel." ;''"'*-■' *^°"'- "■' ■'^•'■••= third; sing.; obj.; after "wears." , / , I'"'- 1"'""' '"="•: third; sing,; poss. ; with "head." ! '^°'"- »■: "^•"•; tl'i''l; «ing.; obj.; after " in." "** pronom. ailj.; limiting "life." P ''" ^""'- I"""-; '""«• ; ^'■''t; phi. ; 1.0.SS.; with " life " ; '"""• "•! ■"-'"•; third; sing.; nom.; to "finds." *^-'"^'"Pt adj.; descril)ing " life." ''"'". I"'cp-; connecting " haunts " with "life " ["'*'"' '"'J.; l»'s.; describing " haunts," i7,r ""'": "•' """•' '''''•''' 1''"- "'•]•; aftcr"from." '•'"l-jf^r"- ^""'•= '"'••= 1"-; t''-'; -"«.; same as t!"^' ^■•""- "•= '"-•"•: tldrd; plu.; obj,; after " finds. " ,' , '■'""• "•' "^■"•= third; plu.; obj.; after " in." ,°",L; '"":•."■' '"-'"•= ''■''•''' I''"-' "I'J- '-^fter "finds." , """^ participial adj. ; describing " brooks " !!";; 7"'- "- "-'- t'"'-'^; I'lu.; obj.; after "iu." ev" vthb "•' '""■' *'"'''' '^'"fe'-' "''J- '•'fter"fi„d.s." ^'^*'""S «"'"• »•; "cu.; third; sing.; obj.; after "iu " I « ( 1 ^\ n el J brooks, ul; same as us." ,'. ; same as .il." ; same as KXCTnsKs rx I'Ansixo. ,,s| KIN(J HENKY VIII.- A.r IV., S. in,: II. ^''''f- Noblo iiia.laiii, Meir,s ovil iimimers live in hra.ss; tlicir viidics We ^v.•ito in water. May it please ycnr lH.hne,ss lo liear me .'^peak his -oo,! now? Kniharuu: Yo.s, o,„Hl(}nmtIi ; I \veie niali(;ious else. ^'"'''« '"']•; 'U-srril,in- "ma.lam." '""':"" ^'""•>'-=f'-"-:*<'-»'-l:HinK.:in,l..,.. I,vu,i,l,vs. "'i!" 7'- "•= '"^'^•= tl.ini: i-lu.; ,,oss.: wi.l, '• manm'.x- ' '"'J- "'''«"•; t''i'''':«i"«.:o).j.; after ("of"). "^ 'I'lv.; mollifying " to hear." ^'""^^ ■'^''^'' : i^oi'tirming the .snliscpient nn.^wer ' ^'"'.' , ''*''i-' "lesml.ing "Oritlith." I'"'"*^*'' 1^''"1'- "•: »'''^«-; «'-'«""'l: «i"K.; ia.lq.. hv a.l.Ires. ^,;:,\ l"^'"' !"■""■' f'-™-; 'ir«t; siny.; mom,.;' t,; •' were "" ^'-^ >;-r-; H'tr.; con..; «uhjunctive; past; first; .i..,.; «,„„ :;:;:!'""" ^f = •'--•i^--^ C l— - -)- "-^ as an attrihute '•''^''- ' »'»'l'fyi"y " were;" „se,l for " otherwise." il a«' 18:1 HXKKrisKs IS VMismi. VIOJMJS IN DIXJLAKATIVE SJ^LXTDNCES. " Omit thci parfiitlicN,., Common ,„• AHiv. pissive ",^ ^'""''""'"I T'-nso., in I'lit it elioul.l 1,„ „„„.„ „ Y' "I'l" I'll lmf;o.s ,,4, .-,-, „|„i .-,,; shall ,,1,1,'°:''"'^ """" '"'"" '""■ '■'■ '""■'"' ;,ne,itf..st .le^aeo I„ fliil n , '"/'''•'>/'■'/ in the - ..uno : JiU r^t^W ''"'"f'-/^'-'' --'y U„ i . . '""UUlia, without (/.•iSlf/uill (In nnf ,.« hejiteiifos ill ill]]. '""", (lu not letjuiro Vnnns 1i iSf (Slic) odiilil search (f) shall l„. sjifakiiii; !;."'■.' Ill liavc lic'i'ii waitiii^ (^''>u| must coiiRi (,') «li picpnio HOMc ^ and Tenses, in esslve Forms. •"'^> *■)■">, lllld .")(;; ly, iui'i could, lji«, niid (it tlio 'JT this uiid the 10, nut only r.c lrrrsl,;t in the oncos are all which nierely t> not recjuiio lood. Tinse. Kit. ikI. lit'. ot. 1(1. 1(1. lilt. 1(1. (i. )t. (1. it. ll. past, t'litine. IHTfect. I'l'i'isunt. \y,Mt. tiiture. li.'ist. lircsfiit. lilt. ]it'if. piist Ywi. prcsfiit. |)ast j.urf. flit, pei't. I licrfect. lirt'.st'iit. ' ]ia.st. future, fiitiiif. pjist. tutiirc. ]iii.st perf. IllV.SC'Ilt. pa.st jierf. 'lit. purf. p;i.Ht. ]H'if. prus. peif. present, past perf. I';.\i:i!('I.s|.;.s IN l'.\i;,s|N(i. VEllUS IX DKCT.VK.VTIVM SKNrEN'CES. (•liiit llic paifiitlicse.s. ls:i Vkh»;ii, H('iiij,'(liiiHy) (Tlic l«puk.s),s|i,,ii|(l li;ivc Ipt'.'ii' i'c'.iin,' (It) IlilM Ipt'cll .SIHIU illj,' I VmuI woiiM 1.0 eiicmru^iii^r ,tvi,;,;i {^\^^) li.'iil liccii iidviNcil (Itl ((.111, I liav(! I.eeii written . ... , \ n.'i\ in;; l.ecii uiiriied " ' , I'l'liey) would liave for^'i.tteil it <'(.iiie (l.iiek) (V(.ii) must have I. unit (it) (I) HJi.ill have liecii workili; (Itliiiiulit h.ivc I.ecii leliii,.' HcillK tclciiiii;;, (I i.|„i iK.t go (ll IMlL'lit reply (t(. Iiirii) , (llel NiK.iild liitve Keen talkiiiiii (Tlie.sc les.s(.iiM) niu.st he studied Ml' (fully) persuaded Cl'liey) may I.e earried (away \\) will have (lit (it) (They) can i.e restored 'I"i> have lieeii lookiii;,' (It) must have heeii touud . . ilaviiiji prevailed ,\\ (I) may decide (the (luestion) 1 (It) was written (We) must I.e walkiiit; (They) tell (the truth) ( Me) can (not) have l.eeii stndviiiL' (itl T(_. iii.struet (liini) . ; ( V(iu) should destroy (it) Aeliing (He) may have heen shot (She) was .sj.eakiiii,' (Tlley) liii(,'iit he sulferiln; , (I) eaii see (trees) '7, (It) eoiild (iK.t) he printed (It) had heen raininc Heiiii; lost " (She) may have been writiiii,' (We) should he in(|uiriiiy (It) will have heen foiuu ( Vou) can he listeninc- (It) will he liiiished ." (I) Would ol.ey (orders) (Tliey) had (afready) departed. . '. (She) must .siiiir ( \Se) shouM he rcwanicd ....... (I) may he ^iviiij,' (them away (It) mu.st have heen blowing ^ou never extinguished the b\dit TidiHc. present, jiast perf. lu'es. |.erf, jiast. past perf. jia.st perf. ]ier(eet. past pert. Jiresent. pies, j.erf. flit. perf. past perf. present, past. past perf. Jireseiit. present, present, tut. perf. present, [lerfect. pres. (jerf. pert'eet. ple.'feiit. past, present, present, pres. pi'if. ]iresent. last. present, pres. perf. past, past, present, jiast. past perf. j.resi'iit. pres. perf, p;ist. I'ut. perf. ]. resent, future, past. ]iast j.eif. present. ])ast. ])resent. pres. perf. 1st. 184 JERI3S IN DECLAIIATIVE SENTENCES Vkiibh. To l;o ex-oiicTiitcl tr.),„ all Mame >* <■ :n'v iiiarviiiiicM)ii IJ.ivin- siau-hUT,.,! thcV.x- -It may .stiiij.' yon ... " ' ' I was tJicre. >Slio iiiii.st have I.ocn"iiVviir,i AJt'iiisrexpcctiiiiralcttir ■no (lid It twicf Do it aj,Miii .... The godd.s must ,,,.,,, I do not lemcmluT it Sam eonld not see the jinei Jo he e.xag-ciatiii-' it llic sun i.s dceiiniii' HeAyoul,l|,aveh,M.ncauuilt It thou -o i„,t with u.s" Jlem^irepaiiui,' for it Ao one ..vouhl have suspeet^diV i I'e hoy ^ydi have hee.i.standin.r >iir cow doe.s not give milk Jliarlie chose c" ■'" Tlii'ivinc; l>o not stay late Vou mus;t have ,..,: .y,,,^ licfi'ies iiave heeii niakin Trnse. ).erf. pi-fseiit, pi'esent. lierf.et. I'M'seiit, iDist ]>ies. j)(,. present. past. I'le.seiit. present. present. past. pi'esent. present. past jierf pre.sent. pit-'sent. past |,eif. flit. J)erf. present. past. present. present. pres. peif. VERBS IN INTERnOGATnoTsENTENCES. <»'Mit theparenthe-ses. The followino- yerb.s nrp oil ne« i • t ; I Parts. Must (she) he seuW^j^i^^TT ^! 'IKitl have heen .aid' ' ! ?'^'^'- '>o(l) write (them eoirectl'vV''' ' "'''' M..ht(it)haveheen.h:ne/.' ,;;:• Was (It) heen sno\vin<.- ' ' Can (yo„) remain'' " ^'^^■ ^'■all (we, have heen «oh,g-y l'^- Must (you) leave (us)- ° | !"• (What!) studyintrv | "''"• Class. F( j trans. ; trans. trans. ; trans. ' I intr. j ! intr. i intr. trans. I iiitr. ! com. ""11. JInod. , 1»'<«- jiass. pot. ind. emjili. ind. jiass. pot. prog, com. imi. pot. prog. eom. ind. pot. mlr intr. part. trans. i)ass. ,,„t jeniph.f ind. pro^ I past. pot. I i.ast. Teuse. present. , fnt. )ierf. {•resent, past 2ierf. pres. jierf. present, fut. jicrf. present, present, past jierf. ^CES. Mt. I 111)) art i)t. 1(1. (I. d. irt. '!>• I ri'esL'iit. ' /'IVsciit, ' I'lTf.ct. ' l'1'f.-SUllt. j paist. ; J"'i'«- Jieif. ) picsfiit. I pa.st. j pIL'.Sfllt. I ])ri'seiit. j l>IVSL'llt. j past. j present. J>resont. jiast jicif. jn-e.seiit. ]ire.sciit. liast i„Tf. •lit. iiurf. picseiit. pa.st. present, l-i'e.sent. pi-ex. i)eif. ' Sentences, tran.sposod. ■»1 into De- ii.'it the cx- I Tense. j pi'csent. I tilt, j.nrf. I pi'eseiit. I past jjerf. pres. ])eif. present. tut. J, erf. present. I'le.sent. piL-^t jieit'. Jiast. pa.st. EXKIiCISES IN rAl.SING. VERBS IN INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. Omit the parentlieses. IS') VEnns. Is (lie) crying? Could (you) assist (ine) ? .'."." ' Have (I) missed (the train) ' ^j'T-y (It) liave ))eeii mislaid '' ' ' Had (he) heeii wliistlin.' ' Shoiihl (we) l)eimposecf(iipon) Has (he) teachinL'? 'fe'^ iMight (we) arrive (too late)'' tan (she) he sidiini; ' ^Vill (it) he rehuilt ?.'..'! Wouhl (yon) he siirin-ised? Had (he) finished (it) ? ''^Iionld (I) hestarvin.f' Is (it) written ? . . . " Could (they) have heeu 'trusted '?" ' ' ^liall (It) l>esaid?.... May (I) ho assisted ? Have (you a iiroken slate) ' t an (lie) have mistaken (it) '' J^hall (I) listen ? ' Would (you) arrest (him) ?.' .' .'.■.""■ Had (lie) heen waiting' May (you not) have put (it awav) •'' Wouhl (,t) have heen caught V^^"" ^hall (I) have returned ' May (we) have heen dreaminr/v' ' ' " Were (they) killed?... °' '" CWild (she) have understood' (vou)"' Must you) he (again) .lisappointed? Should (I) repent?... Will (he) he reciting (it)' Might (it) he destroyed?..'; Can (it) have heen raininc ' Nliall (it) have heen thought ' < ouhl (he) he joking •' Must(y..i,not)liavemade'(aner"r; Miall (we) he hurrying? Can (they) ])e persuaded ' Must (he not) have heeu .snmki'ngi {;•■'"'('*«)'«'•) l>wai announced ? ' iMnst (1) have huriit (it) ' Shall (we) have discovered' ' ' ■?» (yo"" 'lave heen deceived '" ' \V oiild (a) iijivo heen tied ' U ill (they) have heen playing'' \Vouhl (I)havelost (it) ? , . "■" '■"iild (it) ho represented ' ' ^7'.V\(f'«)'''ive heen laughing?:: Has (it) heen aeeoinpli.,hed ? .... '»lay (he) accompany (me) ? . . . ror) ? . Parts. I Class. Form. Mood. ! intr. trans. trans. trans, intr. intr. intr. intr. intr. trans. trans. trans. intr. trans. trans. trans. trans. trans. trans. intr. trans. intr. trans. trans. intr. intr. trans. trans. trans. intr. I trans. trans, intr. trans. intr. trans. intr. trans. intr. trans. trans. trans. trans, trans, intr. trans. trans. intr. trans. trans. Teuso. pi'esont. past. pi'es. ])erf. pres. [lerf. past pert, past, past, past, present, future, past. past perf. p.'ist. present, past perf. future, present, present, pies. j)erf. future, past. past jierf. pres. perf. past j)eif. tut. jierf. Jires. ])erf. [last. past perf. present, past, future, past. pres. perf. tut. perf. J last. pres. perf. future, present, pres. pert, past perf. pres. perf. fut. perf. l)res. perf. past jierf. fut. perf. past perf. fast. past perf. pres. pert, present. V 1 1 1 ii '4H ; I- : ? 186 KXEItCISKS L\ PAKSINO SYNOPSIS OF THE VERB HAVE. Iiulicat ive Potential Present . I lmv( esent Perfect n^^ Past Perfect Puture . . e had. Ilmcl. ■ I liad had. Fiitii re . I shall have. ^^ , ,, I will have. !;;•'"" ^t^t I shall have had. ^ "^"^'^ 1 ''^^•^^'^t I will have had. Present ... t ,> i T3 , •••-•• may have. Present . . t , ,, J- can have. J/^'''^^'^\- I must have. Iresen Perfect I may have had. Iresen erfoct I can have had. 1 resent Perfect I must have had. . p i mio-ht have. p ^ I could have. p' ■ I would have. '^^, ■-,■■■■. I should have. p:'p::S::; J2f;', vt l^'""l^"'=°' I sl.o„M Imve l.a.l. Subjunctive Infinitive . . Imperative Present li'^T"* Iflhave. ^^'''^ If Ihad. ll'T^' To have. ^^^^•^^^'^ To have had. ■ Have! Partici^jles f Present ... rr„ • ^ rlavina-. i Past Vr., 1 I Perfect .... tt,., • i ■. -Having had. the list slate in the for on ].nge 153, to be written Lrregulur Verbs on lu given on this j^-ige. a sheet of pa])er in or a EXERCLSKS IX PAIJSIXO. SYNOPSIS OF THE VERB "KNO^\ 187 f I'l'eseiit ThouL Intlicat ive, nowest. Present Perfect. .Tliou hast I Past Icuowii. Thou knewest. Past Perfect . . . .T],ou ha.lst k r lit lire iiowu. Fiitii) /J'lioii wilt know. I '6 Thou Shalt 1 L iiture Perfect ..Thou wilth Future Perfect ..Tl lou Mhalt h knov/, ive known. ive known. '^■e«f^»t Thou inavst know, ^^'^'^^'"t Thou canst kuow ^''■^^<-^^^ Thou must know. Potential i'resent Perfect. .Tl Present Perfect. .Tl ou mayest have known. Jou canst have known. reseiit Perfect.. Thou must have! .Thou njio-htst know. Past Pa.st Past Past Past Perfect Past Perfect Past Perfect Past Perfect known. .Thou coulclst kno ,T1 w. lo 11 wouhlst know. .Thou shouhlst know. .Thou mio-htst have known. Th Th ou couhlst have known, uu wouldst have known. Subjunctive . . j Present i • Thou shouldsthave k .If thou know- no wn. Infinitive IiU2)erative Participles , All the Tenses of the Sub S(X:ond and Third P J-i'Gsent Knowiuo- ^ "''*•'• • • • Kuowii. l'e^'f««t Havino' known. t. rr.s'OH.w ,s'( responding Tenses of the Indicat juiictive, e.Kcc])t Ih,'. Prrmil, I,, iht "lliilar, are identical with the cor- tive, but also the Potential, ive; and not oulv tlie Indica- seuse. may all be used in a Subjunctive 188 EXK1JCI,SE8 IN I'AR8L\G. 'il I it Indicative . Potential Subjuuotive Iiifiuitive . . THE VERB "BE. Present . . . r, It IS. 1 resent Perfect t*. i i i> , _. „ -It was. ■I ast Perfect t<. i i i T,., , -It Imd been. •,. , -It will be. r. . ^ It sliall be. '^'■"■'« 1'"*"' It»Mh„veboe„. f Present . . t*. i I ^ It may be, It can be. Present Present n , ^ It nuist be. 1 resent Perfect t*. i Pro^oui P r r ^ ''"'y ^'""''^ '^een. Jriesent 1 erf ect ti. i P.. . r. I ^^ ^*^" 'J'^ve been. l-^resent Perfect t< l , Past It must have been. p.,'. Itmig-htbe. ■n , -^t could be. Past -r, , , , p , It would be. iCt Perfect f f-^-^^^he. Past Perfect : ^ >-«^';t W beo„. Past Perfect J '^"•■M W been. t Past Perfect : I To n f" '^ " -^t should have been. I ,^^'7"* If it be. i Past -r.. ., -ir it were. f Present ... mi Perfect r,, , . J-o have been. IrnjDerative Present . ^v ,- NVantina-. Participles . . . f Present . . t>„- Past.. . fr"' I T^ n Been. I Perfect ... tt ■ , m,„Q T ,. Having- been. Ihe Subjunctive Mood a rolcntial „o„..,,,„, „i(,, ,;7;«'°:^ J^ ''- ™y ten.o of the with the si fe 'hcation of Subjunctive. >o parsed as Potential EXEncrsKs in rAiisma. 189 CONJUGATION. Tho Conjugation of a Verb is the Classification of all its Moods aiKl Tenses, incliulino- Derivative Forms Nur^r°^^\^J" "" arrangeme- ' of the variations of one Number and Person in all tho Moods and Tenses, as shown on tne tliree iirecoding jiun-es. (X).\JL'GATIOx\ OF TffK \Hi;i5 BE. Inuicativk M(M)1). Present Tenae. (Cer/aint>/.) Sins. -^ ' 1. I am, 2. Thou ait, .*?. lie, she, it is. Pr('-nn. 3. J- I iiiiiy lie, Plu. -• Tlion inay.st be, '' ^^ '' '"■"*>' ''e, ■■*• ^''■. sl'o, it may |,e .T' "^ "" ""^y ''e. » ,„ ■ ""'y nay 1,0. I T can he, '""'""'"-■ ('W.;/,,., -• TIk.ii canst be, /' ^^'^ ''''*" '"^■. •■*• He can be. ' f" z*^'"" «'i'' l>f, „ "^- ''"'ley can be. '• r imist be, ^ '!/■} -• 'I'bf.ii inusf, ])o, ^* ^^''-" ""'«t I'o, •■*• f'L'. *^1h', it ,nu..t bo -7 '*'"" '""■''^ ''«- ,, '*• "ley must be. .,• .' "''>''^'"'.'"' must bavo bee,,, , ..- , - ' '""- -nayst, eaust, or „u,«t J.ave .>' v '"'' '""' '^'' '""«^ ''■■'ve been, 3- He'^'-.itn,ay,ea„,or,uusthave ., ,,'?"' boon. , ,'"■'■ ^', '".f:- ^•"'■-'- would. • ■"-» ;"'y''t.t, coublst, woublst, o You"? or sbouldst l,e, ' - ^"" ""«'''t, couM, wouM or H-. «l>e, it n,igbt, could, Mould , TI ' '"' or .sbould bo. '' '^- ^'"^y '"ife'l't, m.ld, „ouId or sliould be. ' ^ ';"«"t -Ud, would, or sbould , t n,l. ''■•'^ebecn, '■ ^^' ""yl't, eould. Mould or '"I'o" nnVbtst, couldst, uouldst o V '''""'•' !'"'" ''°'-'"' or sboubLst havo been, ' ~' "'! ""«''*' «'"1-I> M-ould, or "e, «bo, it might, could, would -i r,,, '''°"^^^ ''•■*^'<^ been, o<- sboubl bave been ' -" '"^ ""■fe'''t. coubl, would should have been ^UKu-scrivy, Moo,,. Present Toitp ii< ,■ I. Ifl),e, ('^'>///. '-■-■t) to 1,0. 3. (Forthon,)tol)e. (All th." Pei'SdiiK ill liotli Numbers nlik.' ) !• (For uio) to liavo lioon. i ,i.^ . i . , 2 (For fl,p,.w 1 , ^- to liavo 1.00.1, ; V"f''^^')toliavel,eett,>. 2. (For you) to havo I.oou 3- (l'-h,n,,hor,,t)tohavohoon. ;, (For thon.) to havo hoon. Imi'kuativk Mood. I'reiiciU Tfiine. 1. WantiiiL'. , 1," J• -• o. or he thou, or do thou ho. o ]5e, or ho yo ° .^. W auting. Participles. (Impersonal.) Present— ^''■mg. Paa<— Been. .,,, Perfect — Having been. nnf;ifi^"^"'"''f'''' ^^•''«"3- impersonal. B„t .ve have i.uli- NuleiT' "" ■ "" ""'^'"'"^ "^^"^ "' ^'^^''^ 1^^^-" - ^^"^ CONJUCiATIOX OF THE VKI!B GIVE. Lndkativi; Mooi.. Prtjfenl. Pin. 1. AVo^Hvo, . 2. You givo, 3. Tlioy givo. Prewiit Perfnt. 1. A\'o have given, 2. You have given. fing. 1. I give, 2. 'riu)u give.st, 3. He, ,sho, it gives. 1. I have given, 2. 'J'hou ha.st given, 3. Ho, sho, it has given. 1. I gave, 2. Thou gavest, 3. Ho, she, it gavo. Past. 1. I had Pa.it Pdfn-t. ,'ivcn. Tl lou hadst given. 3. He, si le, it had given 3. Thoy liavo given 1. Wo gavo, 2. 'N'ou gavo, 3. Thoy gave. 1. Wo had given, 2. ^'ou had givon 3. They had givoi ifir m i i 192 EXERCISES IN PARSING. I. ]. sing. ^•'"'i,n: (l>re,lktio„ or D. IsImlloiMviU give 'fflTMl'lill/illll.) Tl II '"" «ilt or .slialt t'. Mile, it will give, 1. W IMii. e si I, •ill or will give, r sliall or will I 'n Of shall give. 'lire. l\rjW(. (/',•„/, .'J. Til I "11 will or sliiil ''•//((/, "II wilt or shalt 1 t-'.s'io, it will, I'ave givei uive given, 1- We shall it'y will or shall g rminatiini.) give. ;ive. • iMf •>!' will hav given, '1- shall have given. ;{. Tl Vou will or shall have gi 1 OTK.VTIAI, M()„u, liey will or shall have gi veil, iven. 1. ni '""'"'• i''>-r;i<— To give. iNFixmvE Mood. should ha or or ve given. ImpeHATIVE jVIooj Per/ect—To h ave given. i. Wanti ng- Present. '-Jive, or give tl Wanting. Preaenl-~G lou, • do thou gi 1. Wanti ve. Give, living. 3. W Partk'iplks, ing. or give ye. anting. Per/cct~na.\' Pmt~0'\yQQ. iiig given. Ill ^r,ve, Iiiiii give. OH.) II have yivcii, ill liiivu givuM, mil have given. '/■) Jr must Kive, or must give. 01' must give. '■s'.v//y, ) must have given, or must Jiavo I or must liave '1<1, would, or iilJ, would, or ••111, would, or I J, would, or ^•eii, 1<1, would, or •eii, 111, would, or en. PART IV. ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. ^ho».,„g,„e.tn,c.„r.„f Sentence. .n,I t„ei, component p„t, incln.lin« JO. ...n. or »U .in,,,, M.,„„„, E.cn.en.., «»,„.„„ P,le ^ t^ -". the n,„st „„„„unt «„,e, „, s,n.„, m„„„.ed by n„n,.,.„. i«ip,e en. !ft 104 ANALYSIS AND SVNTFfKSIS. SIMPLE SENTENCES, sand the gold has miner in the found The miner has found gold in the sand. Has the miner found gold in the sand? What bright gold the miner has found! Find some gold in the sand for me. Wri/r thei>ter hat hnd Did money all where george Imp. letter your follow to The Instructions D''cl and the Darkness clouds the dispels sun Ir^ter how many you feel The Do Pain in places Lxrl. a beautiful Been has what this Day i"'p. for Exertion upon Success Own your Rely Me, . friends have what you in Living Cities M opportunities have many how we lost Ii»p. room the Morning in the daily Sweep Deri can a Minute twenty i Words receive I>>tev one will chance Me give you More L^^cl. we lesson a Short what had Yesterday Imp. all away let his Books put Him Ded. never shall country my Native return to i Inter so did the Result quickly obtain how She E^^. view It from how our Rapidly disappeared Imp. morning at Me o clock in The call five l^ed. all Parts of they from the Came world Inter. Joseph Read the ever story of You Did Imp. thirty of us flannel pieces send ^'■d. gone friends Have our Intimate all W. ,t can Definition of Give you a good me L.n I. sensation has what it a great Created Imp. former us Privileges to all our restore necl. the Naked sun looking The dazzles at Eye /"/e/-. black Warm are Tna nl.H ^ ,, -^ ^-ni. gre.it of The godliness Mystery is how Imp. more behalf in His least Effort at one make I 200 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. WORDS TO BE RE-ARRANGED AS SIMPLE SENTENCES i?6'c/. warning the Fair boys gave all A he Jnler. cliildren Did where they lost The find B^cL end the Faithfully unio he how Endured Imp. all field the drive into the Chickens necl. his fortune sometimes Manners a Man's make ^er. open the Leave why you do the Room of vour door Eu^l. many Concealed ocean Are in depths ho; trea ur s I»>P. country Lito the Journey on a short go M. Health takes the Sake of his Exercise for he I^^'r. and how in The next exist am I where to world J^^rl. hat severe Was what earthquake of a shock IW. bread Us daily this give Our day ^«/. gem the Diamond Most the brilliant is L^ier. not writing Rapid Good writing ahvays is ^. noble the theme Of a science Is what astronomy Jmp. trust not money Alone in Your put I^jl. lasting any People is sin to a Disgrace fu' ; T. ;:^ '"^'''' '^"^ ^ ^"""^^'^"1 ^Vhite old man Imp. not For the weep that Have before Gone friends Jn/u an What ,s Composed Of the gases I^-d. neglect a disaster By what was a terrible caused Imp. one burdens Another's Bear ye Ded. six gas at the Light we always o clock Infer some will week next Call us"On you Evenino- ^^cl. rain carries a Umbrella in the large He wha't Imp. and All wide windows the open Doors Decl unworthy Is charity of our Utterly he Infer that there swearing of what Man's need is Ard. inevitable death is the how of Approach Imp. stairs come down this minute 4 J E SENTENCES.' 't'der.i, (iiiil a>i(i/i/z)'(/, ANALYSIS AND .SYNTHESIS. I ad am were a 201 WOBDS TO BE BE-ARBA.OEB AS SIMPLE SENTENCES EM Ih-rl, Inter, Rrri Tiii/t. lrrl. hilrr. lirrl Im/i. iM'd. Inter E-rrl. Imp. !)<■<■/. In/rr. Krrl. Jnip. Deri. Inter, Ercl. Imi). ■ '^ l:»-8e J.sfc ],as cauo.ht ,vhat Eish he point your S].,,^ j,,,^, „„ ^ ^^^^^^.^ ami Pure Terrors has cloath for the „ogo^ "any Sky can count in the hou- von stats b-Sl)t that flash of a Li<,.htnin.. what s a -nee your remember your a;rin,f;;::as .youLeenKinahaveanahowiood J^yl^ts put the do out Not at all Once part n.ust Last and at truest the Best friends ," ca» Stone you throw a how ■ f"T' ^'^'^ ' ^''' ^"^'S-'^t ^vhat we last of R.i,, garden .some Fresh in the nice pick iiolf" three stamps No Cent here have i ■ ^'""y f!^^ ^y^^'^t 1''"^ That Pen for you Gold and h.s cheerless Cohl how was Ileply' our messenger Letters for a send shouIdt'""^"''°'""^^"^^'3'^Ji"^ siiouhl lo-norance encoura-od IdlenP^« nn i i prodigious had a torn head wl,at "' ''^ tl^e pity Old Man of a poor Sorrows each Meals eat Day usually we Three •straps your Boot lift you Can bv Yourself --wshe(lladlynoodhowto^li.stened • to-day flowers My Boom to wild son^e brin. i?^.. ill. ^ for other be it can No Q.i . _ ■I'odce's father of the Chil von Beason lion who was display the ^rand children what lifade Eisk more just questions me now no w 202 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. WORDS TO BE RE-ARRANGED AS SDIPLE SENTENCES ^'W. n-du i to speak you never will ^''/'r. the buttle of Disappear will Ever s.noke A*r/. It often told hi.u about Low i have l^ni>. care prepare witli all your great lessons D<.'vL has No Aoes existed The Earth for doubt E^rd. flock a Large Birds of what i see hnp. the call for your home on the way children Bed i to like Pictures do not Ugly at the look 1"<'rl. a Hundred Horse bought Three Dollnvl f .^.wai^.ortuponti;;Ag.t:r(?:::^^^^^^ Lul a Long Wait obliged to time what we were I'xp. that question Merits upon Its Own Decide D<'cl. the Early should not worm out too Venture ^'/-. .est he Little where its build did biM fd. be a Vast Will what that assemblage I>np- address his Friends for the stranger ask ^-/. own evex.y Brings its day duties succeeding. Into . J garden your Come into this May Mornino- M. been .t cold and Late has of Stonny boT" ■ ^>np. sentences all compare of tlie Both Words M. many honey collect Flowers from bees /W.r. mail the Send we shall Bv money J^ocrl. you strange a Question what have asked Imp. studies out a Programme of our make l)ed. much were also Days then the Longer l^Uer. retn-e your From will ]^ver business father An7. must such a Dreadful Be h ///, ow death p. pencil the use of Instead the to-d ly Pen LE SENTENCES. / /(-AV/w, aitd analii'jil^ ANALVSLS AND SYNTJIE.SIS. WOBDSTOBEBE-ABKANaEDAS SniPLE SENTENCES ■"l'>'np. grass the Children all the play upon let j^<'cl. birds a large Collected Nun.ber of has she /^'^-. you last your letter when did receive &:-l. mve the EIeg„„Uy <,e„„™tea ,,„„ y, , ,„„„, /».p. to.n.„„.„„ All tte B.e.,.i«e., befo,. E^ul " Pr,.i • ', ""^^ inteiiupted been motion Of the lias '»./'. the Whole 8uii,™e of the imagiae party f ;;:': ';'"t "''"■' "'"' ^'"" »"ffl'=i<^"' improve ^'W. wind the Direction straws of the Sliow ' Ji'trr. many cow's wrinkles the hornq on l. . n ^'o: ihe miir: 't ""'"? "■"' '^ "' -'"^-"'"-1 too ■iiKi I . lue White surface on the wnfov ^f n i f^-l. whale a .a..e Se= saw at tC. I't:^: '""' /»... pasture the little Co™ Plant be.o.ufthe;::^ I„ -:;■ To^ :LlT;:htTo:;:t;t?tr "°"r ^ °'^- ^>.-. the last Count., ,.aijnu:rr::;;^'"''' /"7'. bank .n ,„n. Morning Mone, in the deposit The :"r 20* ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. COMPOUND SUBJECTS AND PREDICATES. The horse | ran away. To attain greatness | should be our constant aim. Making money ] occupied all his attention. Gold and silver | are found in California. The teacher | assigned a lesson and dismissed the class We I use both gold and silver for money. Wri/e /he above sentences on Ih- blnckhoctrd. The first Sentence has but one Noun in the Subject and one Verb m the Predicate. The Subject and Predicate are, there- fore, both said to be Simple. In the second Sentence the Infinitive Phrase is equivalent to The attainment of ;p-entness," and therefore constitutes a Simple Subject. The Predicate contains but one Verb, and is thus a Simple Predicate. The Participial Phrase, " Making money," in the third Sen- tence, means "The accumulation of iveaUh," and for this rea son forms a Simple Subject. The Predicate, having but one Verb, is likewise Simple. AVe find in the Subject of the fourth Sentence two Nouns It IS for this reason called a Compound Subject. The Predi- cate, having but one Verb, is Simple. The Subject of the fifth Sentence, containing but one Noun is Simple; but the Predicate, having two Verbs, is for this rea- son said to be Compound. Both Subject and Predicate of the sixth Sentence are Sim- ple. But the Verb, having two Objectives, is said, for this rea- son, to have a Compound Object. Def. XL A Simple Subject is one that contains only one Noun or Noun-Phrase. ^ Dep. XII. A Compound Subject is one that contains more than one Noun or Noun-Phrase. ^Z- ^",^; t ^^"^^^^ Predicate is one that contains only one Finite Verb. "^ Def XIV. A Compound Predicate is one that contains more than one Finite Verb. PrPdTn«^J" /"f'^^f^^ ^^^^'^^"^'^ 1^^« ^ut one Subject and one Sample ' ""' ^'"' °^ ^^''' '^''^^ ^' Compound or ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 205 3d the clasa. PROPOSITIONS AND CLAUSES Words are tlie signs of ideas Write the word Snow on the l.hackbonrd. The Idea of snow ,s .suogosted externally. The mmd nnmediatolj acts u{,ou thi.s /dea Think of the color of the snow Express jour thought by wvi(i„o. it ThLlTr°n" °f 'l"' thought" fonns a Sentence. yo^t.:^,!!: '''"' "^ ''''^'^^ ^-^^ ^" ^'- «"-v. and express on the blackboard: ^i i" lUlics. A\ rite these Snow I is white ^^°Z T""' ' """" ' '""°'"°^^' "•'"" -' ' '» »PP«ea wilt ;: ;tK!"XoJlt.'''■^■1'' "^ '"^"'^'^- " f-- 11.0 h.-sl Senteuco above «.„tai., but „„,. Pro„o,iti„„ The secoiul Sentence has llm;- distiuet V.J u melts i» the m-Ht p,„„„,i,„„, j;t7s p :crr; t,'"""^ OU.I, an,l heat is applied the third P™''"''^* is the sec- cwS:"';t:™fn:i::r f" "'■^' -"'' ^'™""' -« "- The three P.-opo"t : 7 "i IlT";'""'" """ '"^ '""■"• Clauses. The ronneetim ^ Sentence are also called a«»i.ned; or it n.;:':': 'e , ': "Z i^T,"""" """""" '^ for any other ,,nrnose And „. ? u '" °' "^^^^' "«ed Dk/ XVI. A Propositon . ?" "" °' ''" ''''''''' «^--^- Predicate. ^"°P°«^t^on ^« a Subject combined with its ^^^,M^:J^r ''"'-'' ^^ ^ ^^"^^-« "-t in- Clauses must not be confounded with Phrases. •2m ANA[>VSIS AND SVNTKKSIS. COMPOUND AND COMPLEX SENTENCES. (Time I is short, but [eternity I is long. [The bird I flew away when [the boy] opened tne window. Pay [thou] the money during my absence if [the collector | comes How many fish did | he | catch while | he | was in the country? [The man (that) discovered the minej died poor. [I J gave the money to a poor woman (who) was destitute. In the first four Sentences, two Inclependent Cluuse.s, eithe- of whieh would make good sense if detached, are connected by the words but, when, if, and while. These words are called Connectives. The Subject of each Proposition is inclosed in brackets. Such Sentences are said to be Compound, each Clause having,' almost as independent an existence as if standin<' alone. *' ^ The fifth Sentence may be easily separated into two parts. The first is " The man that discovered the mine." This is properly the Subject of the Sentence. The second part, " died poor," is the Predicate. The Subject, however, contains a Clause, " who discovered the mine," used to identify "the man " who died poor. Its existence depends upon the circumstance that we wish to indicate which man died jjoor. The Subject of this Clause is in parenthesis marks. Such a Sentence as this is called Complex. The word in this Sentence that performs the function of a Connective is that, the Subject of the llelative Clause. The Subject of the sixth Sentence is "I." The Predicate proper contains a Clause, which could not exist independently. The Subject of the Sentence is in brackets; that of the Clause is in parenthesis marks. This Sentence is also Complex. Compound Sentences are Simple Sentences combined. Def. XVIII. A Compound Sentence is one that contains two or more Independent Clauses, which are generally united by some Connective word. Def. XIX. A Complex Sentence is one whose Subject or Predicate contains Dependent modifying Clauses that cannot be detached. DiiF. XX. Clauses that are independent :)f each other are called Co-ordinate, while those that are dependent upon oth- ers are said to be Subordinate. INCES. indow. )llector I comes, country? ititute. Jliiuses, eithe- connectetl by rds are called is inclosed in ipound, each as if standing 'o parts. The lis is proi^erly died poor," is Clause, " who n " who died fiuce that we ibject of this ce as this is perforins the the llelative he Predicate dependently. )f the Clauae mplex. jined, hat contains erally united e Subject or that cannot ih other are it upon oth- AXAIASIS AND .SVXTIIKSIS. ^^ HETKROGENKOUS SEXTEXCES lu this Sentence the principal assertions are: J., mat the man made a i)rolit 'fl^^ three parts that contain these statements arnr-n r . but the iirst part contains also a Subo L n ! -' would n>ake it a Con.plex Sentence if de .^ d ,' 1 Z^' Ion; the second part contains two Subo'^^w! r ""T" aiuate Clauses ,vs ,„o,lilier, .l''"^' '.""""« """o Subor- » f».. a, wo are awa-o; a,K, I tt'auL t ^V^e" L^::;,':;-- sliall hereafter, when referrinn- t(; sur-l. q ^ ' '""^ the term Heterogeneous, o^ Mixed """ "^ ''''' "^« The pnncipal, or Co-ordinate Complex Chiuses as ,nn«- tho Co-ordinate Clauses\irst, cc^::!^ ^ the S:b: S^Sl'""^ as simple modifying words. »ulJ<->idniate ones Dkf. XXr. Heterogeneous or MixpH y^.,<^ .>ou,u, Seu.euees, an/or a„ of „wtc,e .e S Ti"""- llie Relative Clause, " who sold liis wl,»of " i a special connective word to u tlTt ' n P •"' ''^""'^ ((fiM , ""*" Lo unue It to tlie Prniciiijil rioiic^ llie man made a large profit,- for the Subject of f 1 f ' 208 ANALYSIS AM) s^■^Tll^:s^s. MODIFIKKS, Oil ELEMENTS. People speculate. Men use money. Many men regularly deposit their money. By examining. Ex. XXIT., ,,aoo ].;, if, is cvi.lont that a great .l.rt.'ronce ox.sts between the VerL.s in the seventh an.l e£hth hnc^s. (Introduction, page vii.) The same dillerenge i.s found ni the fust two Ve.L.s on thi.s page. " spec.late " and " use " S,,ecu ate " is Intransitive, and l.as n coniplete siRnincation tne Vcrl.iads to express a con.plete thought without some other word follow.ng. If. however, the word " money " i added, tiie two words taken together, "use money," have no gi-eater power of expression than tiie Intransitive Vm-b •' speeu- iato possesses alone. J^Hierefore .«,> n.ay infer that it requires both the Transitive Verb and Its Object to express as n.uch as the Intrans:ule Verb IS c'apal)]e of expressing ah)ne alt its . iT \T ^''''' '^'^ '^'^" "^ ''''■ "-'^t ^-nnniani of all Its modihers, and hence worthy of the first mention In the thiz.l Sentence, ' ' Many men " is the Subject, and " reg- ularly deposit their monev " is tlie Predicate th^^ll2:;;^b"^ Sul^eet-Nominative, and ^.deposit" The wor,l " Many,"an Adjective, limits the number of "men " and IS called an Adjective Element ' The word " regularly," an Adverb, modifies "deposit," by indicating method, and is called an Adverbial Element ^ve'Ei::;:^nr^' '' '^ -'''' -'''^'- '- '--- - - «^- The word " their," a Pronoun, limits the Noun "money" and IS also an A^ective Element. ^ ' Dei. XXII. The Sulyeet-Nomi native is the prinoinal word in the Subject, when taken without its modifierf "^ Pin. 1 '^"'' '"' f^^"^"tly some Infinitive or Participial PInasej no one word can then be selected as the Subject-xXomi- ANALVsis AM. SVXTHKsrs. ^„,, imtivo, but the whole 1»I. •■..«« i Verb. ^'""'" '^^"""^•'^ tho Nominative of tho Def. XXVI. A Phraa*» . '•onu a Proposition hutl^^!^ T? ■'' -onls that -l.,es not '^ modifier, a Nomina >^ J i^'^^^';""'-"- -'-" '-.I a. Transitive Verb. an^I is,' Z T"""' " *'''" Object of a i^-. xxvni. An^inde^^s^Ei::^ :;^;:^"^^'-^^-^^- Plirase used ivitlioiit nm- „„,.. . ■^'®'"®'" '•' nii.v «(„■, ,„. itiers. "''' '''"^ ^^' ^^itlnnit adverbial niod- Elemct '°'""""''"' ■' ""V >"' ■'<' A,ljec.iv„ „,• ,.„ Adverbial One Prepositioiml Plimso unv l,„„ tbe „dditi„„ of „t„e,,s „s" oZ „ tT p''!' ™'"1''-''"'-' I'l tl'e Object o, tl.e ii..t Prep^ u:;';„i''° ,^""?P^». ^O'^ i„ " »Hv«j-s modified by tl,o ami ^H "'' ^ '"'"'PanVord l'.i„ci,,al Word ,„ay aga u bo lodifi .'•""'.,""" '"""''"■ "'''"^ so on indefi„itely. ^'"' '" """ ""'"o ■""""or, and sition. -^ °'^ '^ ^^^« Object of the Prepo- M(( ANALYSIS AM) SVNTIIKSI.S. ANALYSIS OF A SIMl'LH SENTENCE. I'AHSIVK FOKM. Many works of great excellence have recently been produced In this country, by popular author, of acknowledged ability to supplv the increasing demand for general knowledge. ^^^ Sulyeet, "Many works of ^^..-oat oxcclleneo " Predicate, •« hav .e„tly been produced in this count, v. ly popular authors of a.-knowJcMl^oa ability, to supply the ii : creas.n- .len.an.l for ^.cneral k.iowlo,l-o." Subject-Nominative, " works. "" Predicate-Verb, " have been produced " Modifiers of Sul.j(!C't-Noniinative: 1. A.lj. .■I..|.u.nt, won], " Many," c..>cpre«.sinK 7,,,,/,/;^/. '■ i;.i '"'"""'""' '■'"""• ""^ «'''"^ oxcolienco" („). exproHHing Modifiers of riedicuto-Verb: 1. A.lv. el., word " recently, " expressing time. 2. Adv. el., p,vp. i,l„,.se " in this c.mntry," (I.), expressing p/,„;, J. A.lv el., prep. ph,,se "l.y popular author, of aeknowle.lge.l ubility"(.) expressing rt;/^;«v/. ^ '"im-y [< ), Kno« ledge ('/), exiire-ssing ^(f/rsv * ('0 Connective ,, rep. ^ of;' principal wonl, " excellence." .uocli.icd hy a.lj. cl. , word great, " expre.s.sing ,f,'!jn',. ^ ^ ''"'Za'^ll^- "'"'■.l"''r'j"' --•."-•»try,"n,odified hy adj. el., ^oia this, exiircs.siiig /;w,y. •* '''^ ''"■;di1l^n^'''''^ ^'::''"''"' "'"•'■ "-'*'">-." n.odi,ied. tirst,i,v T" '''••.,""'"', I'"P"'-'*'''«M"'cs,sing^vW,- second, hy a.lj. el pre,; phrase .'of acknoulclgcl ahility," expressing ...^ an. e .', s o co„nect.ve, prep, "of,- an.l principal wor.l, " ability," .no.lifi d hy a.lj. el., wor.l " aeknowle.lge.l," exprcs.sing ,/,,„;., ^ :rtmp"l;'''*'^"T';'*"'' l"--- -'< '•-l.l.ly,-n.o.lified hy ohj- eh, ^^ord deman.l,' whose n.o.liHers are, tirst. a.lj. el, word " the-" «econ.l, a J el. wor.l " increasing;" third, prep. ,hra e " for gel ra know e.lge," having the c.nnectivc, prep. " for, " and prin. wo . ^^ knowlclge, -nioddicl hy adj. el., wor.l "general," expressing clu'. mo!liLrT''"? r^^'.l-l'"^'^^- -thovB/' is not the complete mo.l:hei; it must be giveu as modified by « of acknowledged AN.\I,VMs uVI) NVNTUKSIM. 811 u " ('(), exiiressiiig (") ANALYSIS OF A SIMI'IJ.: SKNTKNCE ACTIVE ou (■o^rMoN Koinr animal, of suitable -tructure to be'r tSe "' ^"'"^''"'^^ted cert;iu accumulating burden,. '° oppressive weight of their cl^y}? Declarative Sentence i^onnectlve, "Evftn •• thought. ^"' «""»-tn.^^ with .so,„o preocling ^^i^J^^-^^'-inative.^ savages.-' Predicate-Verb. -had domesticated.' Modifiers of Subjec-t-Nonuinttive: '• -'^'•j'-'titive element, word "H,„ •• ''■ ^^'u...i..prepo.iti.;: L•ae^^;;^"T^"^'^• Modifiers of Predicate- Verb: '• ^^''^I'l-I'mld., word "alr(..i,lv ",i . *■ • -•^••v. 01., prep, phrase "without tic^ul of ,,'''"' '"'"""■ ing w.aM.. ""' "* """'''^'■', .deuce " (.), .^press- • ^>'',iw;tive el., nhr.-mn ",.„..♦„• *-oiiiieetive. ureii "nf.- , • , "tl-o.-' ''iu.Lst;^;JV:;:- •:;j-'''''.-'-''li.ied ..-.,, .„e.„e„t. Connective, prep " „••• .^'"-""Y'"^' '-•■M-'v^sinj^ //,,,/,. ^ '•-.,: ^.;Li:^.::;; ""'•''' ••-^'■"'"^•i'i^.n,,.d,e^ cnce •' of which the connectiv^ r..cf^-?V '""' ""^ """'-' -i" ..re, ,/....;,,;,, of whiJh inn c ^ 4 ^1 ,/''::;n " "^ -it^'-l-truc- t..re,"nK.difie,l I.yadj el word - •. , , ,' ^"'"'- '*'"•'' " «truc- *^1-. "tl.o; ' second, adj:"el., ''^.l^s^i^r' /'" "■"'"'"'' ""'' '^>' -'*• I-P. phrase '^>f ti.cir Lcn^ada ^^ I ^iLn'^^^"' *"""'' ^''^^ ^'•' H-1 pnn. word '• hnrdcns." n.odi.ied b •' t Id ' "'fr'"^'*'^-^' "^'f'" ' "y liita and "accumulating." 212 ANAl.VSiS AND .SVXTHKSIS. VERB " BE "-ATTRIBUTES, OR QUALITIES. God is poweiiuj. Gold is very heavy. Snow is always cold. Harry has been a diligent student Alexander was a great conqueror. Wri/r /I,r,je ts i n 1 1 e mnverse about him also exist. It is, therefore, a i rin e nece «ity to be able to say, "I am here," "He {^ s ck ' < 'Tf t stoimy The omss is o.,een," or <' The sun is bri-ht " The /..//. esse, the Fm.-k etre, and the ^,v...rsein are to those lano.„ages what be is to the E,u,U,h. And th.t wh H, ! asserted by the use of this Verb . called an AUrlbutt "' " UKv. AXXII. An Attribute is a property a aualitv n.. o distinguishing characteristic expr^sc' b.^^ui ^ he ll lowed by the words defining the Attribute', ^vhich alway^ de notes existence „. son>e forn. (See sec. 101, pa,, 133.? Ihe Progressive Form represents the agent in a state of ac- tion or exis ence, and the Passive shows what is subn itted to by the Subject; as, "He is residing in Virginia;" .'Lincoln was assassinated by Booth." The Verb be^i.s .hen the C^: uia (see next page), and the remainder of the Predicate stand, in the relation of an Attribute. "•^' AXALVSIS AM> SVXTriRsIS. COPULA AND ATIMBDTIVE ELEMENTS. LM,'{ Compare, with preceding page. God is powerful Alexander was a great conqueror -I" order to niiike tlip fiv<.f « . " Being " are i.U.,,!;,,', ' °" '" . ff'""' '" «1"^1. " Cio.l " and Subject-Nominative "God •'„!•, • Predicate-Verb " iJ" , I ^^''"^'^^ i« im,„oaifie,l. n^ent,t].eword"i;owc''fu]'"" fr^'' '''' Attributive Ele- Copula "is"fi. n ' " Mective. i'^^a, IS, the Predicate-Verb Subject-Nominative "AlL^„^^ ,■ Predicate-Verb -w««^ f ""' ""modilied. nient, tlie plu-ase '' a ^1 '"" ''^ ^^' "^'^ Attributive Ele- ^"^^ "^reat," both AdjeltJves ^ ^J''"'' ^^^"^^"^s "a"' tl>atisus;d":-^d^^[|^^-ntisa.ord or phrase '-^f«, to express a„ Attribut^ol he s' ,"' '"7 "' ^'^ "^"^^•'^- ^■onsist.o! o"e or more AdiePtL "^' ^"''J^'^t, and .Generally «^- any equivalent^ vl When ',/''V?'''' ^'''"*° ^'^^^^^'^ ^e. ^-""eetino. ,,, Attributive memjL ■^i'^T' ^^^^^^^^e, by WJien the Verb be o. 7 ■^^^"'^"* ^^'^^h the Subject. come, seem, a;pea;; ,'' o;:! V' '''''''''''''' «"«'^ - ^- Jeot-Nominative : t'h s r "' ' ^^^'^^^'-^-^^-b, th, ^Sub- --^^-tood,.hiehf 1^:^:;:: :^"^! "- ^oun, expressed become a man;" -HewScTlle; I'-."';''''" ^"^^' ^*" ■'^^"'> and died a believer ' ""^' " ^'^ ^^^^^ a good 214 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. i i ANALYSIS OF A COMPOUND SENTENCE rol^-forTZ7aTo::l' "°r'^ ^ '''^' advantage to the rail- would at once greatly increase the quantity of freight for makh wo „r^""'""'' ^^""^'^^^^ ^>' "^« Conjunction tln?;.ulf.'^''p'V"'."" '"' I'-Position is ''The adoption of roTd. ' '^'""*'' " """^^^ ^^ •'' ^--t -^vantage to the rail- Sulyect-Nominative, " adoption " Predicate- Verb, "would be " Modifiers of Subject-Nominative : 1. Adjective el., wonl "the," an Adjective, expressing ,knf,. - Adj. el., prep, pl.rase "of this rule " (a), defining "^ Modifiers of Predicate- Verb: 1- Attn el., phrase "a great advantage » (h). ^- Adv. el., prep, phrase "to the railroad "(,•). The Subject of the second Proposition is " it;" Predicate wouk] at once greatly increase the quantity of reight ' Subject-Nominative, " it " "t^'fcuc. Predicate- Verb, " would increase " Subject-Nominative unmodified. We may consider would be iho Prtr»„io adoptJ,n aad advantage witLtoL^l^r- " " "°-""" Modifiers of Predicate-Verb: 1. Adv. el., prep, phrase "at once," denoting time. 3. Obj. el., phrase "the quantity of freight" (,/) ^ ''' 'ttwi;::'™""^^'""-^^^"-' ^^ ^^'^^- ^'^--t^. "'^"-^ ".reat.- ANALVSIS AND SYNTHKsiS. i it connects 215 titude of mind. ^ ""® °' integrity, possesses true for- Subject " Tiinf ,., 1 tegiily." "»""<» 'o deviate from the line of in- Modifiers of Subject-Nominative: 1- Adj. el., word " thaf- " ^ ,... • . -'• Adj. el., ,.el. clause ''\.).tir""""" "'^^''^''''^ Modifier of P.edicate-Ve.b.. ' ' '" ''''"''""- Objective elemeTif "*•..., r .■ Tl,,. ^"^'»eiit, tine fortitut e of miii.l " / a i J'o com.ect.ve a..d subject of the r, 1 ^.^• "'"Jified; Predicate- Verb.s ' ', ; IT" ^ " ^•''"''" '^ rel. pro..., „„. >« .nclified by tbe adv el th. /"'^' "'^ ''^'J^'^*-'''" * 'e fon. er '•^ *'- -'V- el., the p.; ih : '::)V :"^- "'y — .' the latJI connected by the correlative CO.. h,n '''T'^"!"*"""*'" '^"'I >-tl. are ('') C'ounective, " whose " a .-el 1 '°"J""^'t'""s " neither -nor." --; -dilied ,.; a;,j.:,.f:r':;;;::;f:^*;;-'-tive. <.eond..et,"a Pred.cate-Ve.-1,, " i, i„fl„e„eed " , ,' ', ''"''• ^'^^'^ «f " "ho-" -.1 "not,'an adv.; se^ ty r^' '7' "^ "'^ ^'^'^'- ^'' *''« c.rcu„.sta..ces," of which the c J., ectiv 'T' " '^ '"^"^ '^''-'«'^ "^ '•^'""'fe'o/'.nodified by the .m', ' ''y." ami the prin. word t''ir'U.y the adv. el , h i .h i . T" " "' "'-"-tanL- a.. "f -teg..ity,",f wh.jh ;; s i^i'iirr'v'-^'''^*^ ^^«'" ^'-''- a.lv. e! the p,,p. phrase " f..r^ ^ W, ? ^'r't " """''«^'^ ''^ *'- eonnect.ve is "fro..,,'- and the .r .Z' . "'^T '^■'' "^ -'-1. the f'e adj. el., the word "the " J, " , '"'"' "'"^l'"'''''. «'-«t, by phrase '.',f integrity.- ' ' ''"""^'' ''^ *''« «<1J- el., the pep 1. .'l(i AXAfA'SIS AND .SYNTHESIS. fV ANALYSIS OP A HETEKOGENEOUS SENTENCE to «p«.k unto the people," „. the o'bject of -"e eek " Pre Lt?"' °' ''= "'■^' ^°-°''""»'^ l-'oi'"^'^ i» "I" rrealcate, am a man who am a Jen- of Ta,«„« „ •. ■' C'l. .... a citUe., of „o mean city " '' " ""^ '" Subjeet-Nominative, "I," „,„m,liMl Predicate-Verb, " am. • Modifiers of Predicate-Verb- prea.;!tJ:cr,::;!,i:r"'' ^""'"-"^ ^«'" - ■-■■ Subject-Nominative, "I," u>unndijh'd Predicate- Verb, " beseech " Modifiers of Predicate- Verb: i;a!;;,;r;,::r^ ^•"^'■"'^*" ^^'^"'^ -"- ti. people "(.,. co„.ti- (") "^ya„," the prin, ,,or,l, is n.odirtod, fi,..st, ].y the adj el "a '"an •. l' lie adj. el., tiie word phrase "of mind, "of "iiiind,"ujiinoditied. SENTENCE. Jilicia, a citizen of eak unto the peo- 3, partly Declar- )-ortliiiate Prop- Proposition or aud termiuates s, consisting- of ainiug the Sub- following and, ise, "suffer me ieech." sition is " Ij" irsus, a city in ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. ty ill Cilieia " {a). >.sition is "I-" alion, pie " (d), consti- . "fi,"an adjec- Jew," of whicli (lilied; and tlif iiiic'iit, the word , tlie word "a;" amUWd by the adj. el., the prep, phrase "of T ca, of which the connective L the ,1? •. ""' '' '^'^-V "' <'''i- ^^'''^"•^"«•''•■^"""",mo,lifi , ;jr""*'°" "of,"and the prin. "- Pl'rase "a city in Cilieia '!ft, 'Tr'*"" ^'j^'^^'^ '''--"*- "«»", modified I>y the adj el '< ' - , ' *''"^ I"'"'- ^^'•^^'' *« "city,".- :^^'-" the conietive i 't^, i/.r^ :! "i '" ^T ^""^'^ "'" '''■^^'^.'' ,/» .,, . ^*^'^'''^' ""'"o'lified. ^ ^- '"' '^»'^"'« prin. word the no„„ ('') <-itizen,"the i.rfn ,.. . • connective is the prep, "of " elid,.,I , T. "" P""- ^™''"J- pronoun, nnn.odided. ' '"•' '""'^ *''^' P"n. Mord, "thee,"a ''')i'l.e subject of the clause is "thou "Pin , ^^:^> "«««..•," Which "::;ii 't ;-rr;r^"i •^";^ ^"^ '■'•'^'"■ me, a pronoun, an.i second bv iC T' f *''^ "''J- ^^■' the word ;* to speak unto the people, "'f,^,. f;'; ''■' ''^^ '"""itne phrase "fin.tive "to speak," which is , ' r '""""'''P-"' "'^pression is the t.....al phrase 'M.nto t^ pZ, ,""'''^ ^1,, the prepo.si ;; ""*"-" -I the prin. wi ^ ^ „ J .'f ''^ .-""-ti^-e is tlle .Irep. ti-e adj. el., the word "the," an ad^ctive. ' ' '"'' " """''««'' ''^ mj . . ^* " ^^'^'^ to part. ■'a' Lett... „„„ e.H,'i„„„ :'!:; ZT'' ''«""°"'-" "'"' " ^"1.- Subject, "It." Predicate, -'is hard to i,art " Subject-Nominative - it » Predicate- Verb "is '' Modifier of Subject-Nominative • ^''J. el., infinitive "to part,"..,,z«,,^,,/..j^„ Modifier of Predicate-Ver])- ■^■P m i 218 ANALYSIS .AM) SVNTHKsrs. EXAMPLE OF SYNTHETICAL CONSTRUCTION ' ost:!:r:!^z f "r " n '^'"^ ^^'^•"^"^^ -^'--^ ^^ ^las o Wo 1 ^ :'":' "' "" ^^lowin.pn.e. and the analysis me CO nplete sentonce, number 13, ,.„ pu.ve »■)() si.nil.,.. exerces ,n S,nt„osis .honle, f.e,ucnt],.e wX^rCthel';: 1. Fi.sljGs swim. 2. The fi.slios .swim. •5. The fishes swim noiselessly. 4. The little llsiies swim noiselessly I' The h^t'T 'i-'r' "!^"" ""'-l-^b- near the surface. sur;lce "•' "^ '" ^^""^•" •^^^•"" -^-^'^-^>' -- tlK. "'tr^t^lt!!;^^"^^'^-^'" --'--'- the 8. The little fishes in the stream, seeking their prey swhn 9 T, ""llTi^^,^'/"''-^^' *'- -^-f-o of the water. ^ '' 9. The Mtle fishes i„ the stream., seeking their prey swin. no,^.le.ssly near the surface of the water to ca't'ch the 10. The little fishes in the stream, seeking their prey and xnv -us to avoid their enemies, swim noisel^^' ^^'^ surface of the water to catc-h the flies ^ 1 us to ajo d their enemies, swim noiselessly near the r ace of the water to catch the flies that 'venture in such dangerous places. ^t-ntuie in 12. Tl,e Ifltle fl,:,es U„.l live i,. lUe .Ueam. sc<.ki„g thoir ...-ey e .,*„., of „,,„,„. ,„ ^.„^^,, ^^^^.^^ u.at : r, such diingercus places 1^1. Tl,e imic. fi,h™ that liveiu tl,e Mrcam. seeli,,,. tl,ei,. „„,. a.,da„x,„„3 to avoid euunio, of tl,.h- own'ldj « t „' «a,y fl.es that carelessly ve„t„re in such "^^ "^"'^e <^ther more v yilant if not more voracious enemies, the birds. STKUCTION. ^^^ALVsis AND SVXTHKsrs. 210 1. 2. 4. ■snrtace. ■ ^elessly near tlic 1 ~) olesslj ijcar tJie 1 (5 leir prey, swim 1 7. leir prey, swim 1 8. er to catch the 1 !). • prey, and anx- 1 lessly near tl;e 1 ]0. prey, and anx- 1 11. . lessly near the I hat venture in B 12. „„ •■'*1«<3 to the .S„l,j„.t ""=■ »" A.ljeolive, i» l.e.c ^ ^Lcoiul adiectu'e clenif.i.f i .•."o.l.c,. a,Iverbi,U de„.e„t ' , 'p ■""'■''"''■■" »'«^'it"te, I'oi-o as ll,e tl,i„l „,|fertivo ei,.,„„ , , "'■"»"'." is uscl ."odif, the ,„.i„c.ip„'l . , ';:.'„^. '^« «-'. so a. to Tlie iiil,„ui»e i,l„a.se, "to <,,,,^, '""J^- the «„-,,, „.,,e,.w„ oleJnt't »"■';'■'■ "'^-''^^^mes A"infi.iiivep,,..„,e.i,,e,,rt;;. „'^rj'--f' to avo„I tl,eir euemies." is tl e Mn? "^ '.''»;''™. " ""xious tl,e Subject. e„„„ectoc W t e c! ','"'"<' '''™'='" "' Here ll,e ,„i„,,i,,„i „.„,.,, ' ™ Co,y, „„,,„„ .. „„j „ f-.c,ic„te, .. flics," .LL;,""""""'^ "'"-" »' t^e tl.o relative „1„ ,„ " 'j' ' " ■■"'^""™ "«-"'. p'ac-." >vi.ioh it.cif coat::" s': ':„;-■' "-^--s Predicate. ^uoject and a modified Instead of the prepositional i,hra,se -in f1.. . "^"•^^ -^jective element modi L/ ,1\ f ''^''^"^'''''^^ ^^^e S:t:r'^^^^^--"-''--;;-;:t"t::^:^r les.sly is Hlso used as an ad wii kind. the Verb " vent combijied with th ve uie word •' ure," and '•l)ial element to e original on( ill! fidditional m care- lodify L'liiiise has been 220 ANALYSTS AXD SYNTHESIS. ANALYSIS OF SENTENCE No. 13, PAGE 218. ' one sf T ^ " with two Subordinate Relative Clauses and with a Capital Letter and ends with a Vovin.l Ti * • The Subject of tl,o Complex Proposilio, i., •■ The I e fl,l,e„ euemesof their ow„ kind;" „„a the Predicate ■•»wim„Z £>ul)jeot-Noimnative, " Fishes " Predicate-Verb, " swim " Modifiers of Subject-Nominative: 1. A.lj. el won! " tl.e," an a.ljeobivo, expressing Ide.M, - A. J. e ., wonl "little," an a,ljective, Lnyl,, " '^- A, J. e ., rel. clause "ti.at live in tl.e stream " (.), re.frirthr onnecteaby an.l, a eonjunct.on, and expressing ^;.r/,o.s.. Modifiers of Predicate- Verb: 1. Mv. el., word "noiselessly," an ad erb, denoting ma>n>.r. ;.,:;•' ''''■ '''^'^ ""^'- *- ^-'^-^ ^^ *.. water- (.), denoting Subject-Nominative, " they," unmodified. Predicate-Verbs, "leap " and " become," connected by the Conjunction " and." ^'miAieci 03 tlie Modifiers of Predicate-Verb "leap:" 1'^*' (y), both (len()tini{i;/,«ce find "into tlie I n f carelessly veiituro and "into tli ANAI.VSfs AND SVNTHKsis. I. Modifier of P,o.iieato-Vc.b.< become:'' .\ttl' i>l •.! _ ,, ., 221 (") "ea.lj el., the ,...„.„.. .,,„,'.','' I'""- --' '.'^ '" I-ey," mo.li.ie.l by ""'*'--■ "to avoid - is n,odifLl Ctiu I '/"""''^' ''" ^^'''^'J' ''- '"- ;;""i". the -nneetue'-o -.,: ^:';; ?-' '^''r''" *" '"'Hlify it. ^.n - '^'Uoetive el., the wo.ls "" • l"^ '!; :'"'' ':'^""V' .nodi.ied by they." ««", possessu-eof the pronoun ('') < onnective, jirei) " „■.•>..." • '^''j- ^'- --'I '-theer^ei:;;;- r?;- "-''^-.""XHiified, ^rst. lv ti. «-ter," of whieh "^f " ^ : l,^^ " "'j' ;'- *'- I'-l'- M-rase 4 : -7' i« "-lies," .„.,ai,i.d, S i^X"n-' r^"'" "^ ^^•''''^'' *''^-" '";:'- '-^ *'- -fJ. el., the ;vord .'1 :,;'> ^•'•' /.'"^ --' "the;'> «ec- ••';lj- ^■'■, the rel. clanse "that eir f' '"' ' '■' '■""' t''''-^. 1^7 the -.1 I>.'edieate.verb " ..uC^Z^:^:-^ 7-'''"^ -'• l-'""" f'e w.nl "carelessly," an adv ' . '"'' "'"•'*' ^'^ ^'^ •'^•Iv. el 'epnn. word, n.odi.ied by the adi elo^ rT"'"''' ■^"'' "l'^'^'^^'^ " , . ^, "''••"•fe'ero«s,"adjeetives. ^^ '^""•^"*^' *^"^ ^^'-•'•'^ "sueh " and iirt, )e(:liiriiti\ > and Tho Exelama- ns. The Soii- lIs with an Ex- in " the boy;" J ol tlie words flying," "(is) (is) making, " ail .iilv. ; .second, f wliioli tliu con- ' iiiodiliod l>y tin; nlv. el., tlie 2)i't'l). lOUll. \N.\I-VS1.S A.M) SV.NTiiKsls. ._,._,;, S yU) l„.a,,i„,." ,., Uk. adv. el.. ,Hv,.. phrase "al,„„t hi. rathe," („). '^''^ • '■'•. ^'I'""t th.ngH of wliieh he i« entirely ij-„onnt " ,-•). SnhWr"';;^ ^-""''^"^ P-poHilio,. in th.. nrst i.,.rf, has for its Subjec .< he;- ,u.d „s Predicate, '< is .stHl n.orely ,uur bare^ t«'«>to.l, tan.ihar, o-orv day companion." Subject-Nominative, "he." mnnodilicd Predicate-Verb, "is." Modifiers .,f Prodicate-Vfrb: I. Adv. ,d., wi.nl " still," ;,n a.lv. -• Adv. el., wuvd "iiieiely,"an adv '■ ^''L-V,.*'" """" "'""'■ '''''""''' ' -•• -->-"=^y -.i,an. jec^ dea h; and .ts Predicate, .^ comes;" hoth .nunodi.ied. Predicate, ',s how ternble to think," and all tho renminder of tlie ooiitence. Subject Nominative, "it," Predicate Verb, "is." Modifier of Sn I. jeet-Noniinative : '■ ^"ofts:;;:"'^^"^"^"""- '^-'^ '-.s, that,- .., t. ... Modifier of Predifftte-A^erb: I. Attr. el., the phrase "]i.,wterrililu"(/) Conneetive, 1-1; "about;" „nn. word, ■' fatlier," modified l.y the adi el., the word "Ins," a pronoun. ^ ^' IVin. word is theohjeet "legends," who.e li.vt, «ee 1. and third modi hers are the words " those," " «ha.lowy," and " „u(iy," a.Ije t h-l l.y the adj. el. the rel. clause " of which he is entirely ignorant " attu , tn e adjec ive ,.s " ignorant," and is modified l.y the adv. el the word ' en n.ely,- an adverb, ami by the adv. el., the^.rep. ph at'' ' f winch," whose connective is the prep, "of,' an.l .he^.i-LU'd tl rel. pron. •' wlueli. ' ' ' '' ''''■'Vr-M" r? "r^T"'""'" """""•^'' '•>• *•- f-' -IJ-tives, jour, baretooted,"" familiar, "and "everyday." (/') ('•) I'-.'t ANAi.VsP.S AND SVNTHKSIS. ».,,„„...,,,„. .. i,„..„ „,„„„.„„ „„.„ ,„„, > » . , " '•■'■;■"" '" >'■"■ ' »"■■ "1 k ,t -,iii, .,„. ,.,".,',! m::; K^;;;:: r,:;,:;'^ """ ""'™ ' •■" "■■• .-.■".■ '■'' '''"••"";;!■";:'::;''"""■ ■• ■■"■""■'-■■ <"'^ '■>■ ^ ,., ■„., .o„, Th,. OI,j,„.li,„ (;|,.„„„ |„„ f„, ii. Subject, •• f !,„„„ ,„,,wn.u„ " "',"""r'' "'"• «™'" "» l'"""'"'! "- «i,u,l.to,„ a,,'^ .^;:t,r:; t;::\",-,r:,7:^.:::!.^;r • ■ -"■— -u. pi'era^rrv'i^e;'"''"" '"— "•■•^•-i'" Modifiers of Subject-Nominativo: '• -^''J- ••■•. word •'these,", I pronuminiila.lj •-'• A.lj. el., w..nl "«r..wn.«p,"a ,.artici,.i,il .a,lj. ». '^''i^^:-:'-!-- ...ho «,eak and act with ..eh eonhdenl' .... ... Modifiers of rre.licuto-Verb: '• Att.'. ,1., "Ho.itteily heli.lesH"(;) c :;;;:;:;":^.:;:^,■;rf ;- ■■."■'■•■■"•■■ -■• - -.la..., . tl,c |,rc.,,. 1,,™. "wil,, .,,.1, ,,„„,,,,,„„ ,„„, / ■«;^1^^- the eoiiiieet.vc is "iiitl, " .,,,,1 +1 , ""Vi "' "ineii tho.itv " whiel ,r '^'*'' ,'" ^\*''^- I""'- «"rcls "conli.lenco " an.l " ^nu i-iioiiiy, Mlucli are iiio( ihed l)v the n.li r.I fi,,. . i << , ., ■■■•■"".nl .,lj.. and „„„„„eU..l 1,/.!|;;„1 '' ' """' "■"="• " "~- •■■J. •i,di,i.,„."„„id, i, i,„„ ,„„,ii,i„, , „,„ J. „, "'';''■• "'^ wind, „ ,„„.I,B„,I Uy „,„ .,,v. „l., l,„. „.„r,l ..„,- ,„, ,.,7 """"■■ •■a,,,.r.«,.,..i.,,,„„^„,,,,,,i„;;2:j t,!r'S°' r :r;'', T ""■ i'- "'■ "•- '-■■• •"■'- ••»' th:K,/'T :;'■.; 0' . Hi»' |irc|). |ilir,iNt. iitu.l |,y ••that," a ) HVUIII UM poWl^lflll •onlidtwuc uiiil iiii- It tin' (llllUdllull of 'nlv. 1 1., tho word itH to you, und oriiy;" and its Hs to avert the ," Conii)ouiicl. ilulfiicu and ati- if Turrora " (_;'). n., uiiinodifioil; . el., the word rase "to you," in, unmoditied; led hy tlie adv. ™ity," of which iicc "and "au- "siich," a pro- he adj. el., the j1., "utterly," V. "to avert tho the infinitive, the, " an adj. ; rif Terrors." nents, "the" ANALYSIS ANH SVNTIIKSIs. .,.,,- ^nS("IOL],ANI:()ITS SKXTEiNCKS. Always pel form what you proiniso. Tliis is H ro,npl,.x iM.i.omtivo Sont,.,..^., l^cause it oontains a Suhonluuao Clunso .s a nuHlitier of ll.o Predicate, and i. di- 'Hio Subject is not cxpresHed. The Predicate is all that l...rtioii which IS e.xpressed. L"]'iin«t!'r*r"'''' " ''°" " ("-l--t-'l;. unn.odilled. Predicate-Verb, "perform." Modifiers of I'ledicate-Verl): !■ .'Iv. »■!., thf wonl ••always," an advirh. ul.at h... sul,,....t.n ,nat,v.., •.y,,,,;- the predieate-verb, " pron.- .HO. wh..., .snu,d„i..dl,yth.ol.j. el., th.. word" what," wi,.hnts ^•nnip.,1111,1 >tni, tiirc contains the ..l.ject. Oh ! there is a humming-bird beside the rose! This is a Sin.ph. Exchx.natory Senteneo, l.rcause it gives ex- press.o.Uo a sin,.le thought in the f.„ i ,„ exehtruation. in- In.dueed l)y tho Interjection Oh ! Ti.e Subject is"a humnnno..bi.,| •' ti,. Predicate, "is there I '('Side tho rose. Subject-Nominative, " humming-bird. Predicate-Verb, " is.'' Modifier of Subjtot-Noininative: I. Adj. cl,, the word "a,". mi adjective. Modifiers of Predicate-Verb: I. Adv. el., tli(i word •'tlicr.',"' an advcrh. ■:. Adv. el., the prep. ph,a... ■.beside the 'rose," of which the connective is ),es..le a prepos.t,,,,,, and the prin. word, "ro.sc," a noun, nu.d.licd l.y tlie adj. el,, the word "the," an adjective It has been said that "a wise sou maketh a glad father." This is a Complex Declarative Sentence, because it asserts Hometliino:, and contains au explanatory clause in the Subject The Subject is, " It. that ' a wise son maketh a f^lad father;'" and tne ireaioate, " has been said." Subject-Nominative, " It." Predicate-Verb, " has been said," unmodified. 22(i ANALYSIS AND SYNTH KSIS. (/') Modifier of Subject-Nominative: 1. Ti.o explanatory clause, eonnecte,! l.y the coimecti.o " tl,.,f " ' ton wiHi "If" .< • J 1^ '<- (-oiintLtuo tliat, ni apnosi- (") llie «iil)ject-noniinativo of the danse i^ "s,,,, - i .. ,- Subject, and another in the Predicate TJ|e Subject is " To neglect what we tnow to be our dutv" and he Predicate, '' is to deliberately ^vaste the niter l,f ^ ^ ' which the web of happiness is woven '' ^"^ ^'""^ Subject-Nominative, the Infinitive, "To neglect " Predicate-Verb, "is." " "cgiect. Modifier of Subject-Nominative: '• O'-J- el., the rel. clause "what ue know to he our .luty -(.) Modifier of Predicate-Verb; ''' r:;:::i;!:;r:^::'t:^-^^^^ ,„....., "'--V." which : ::ii : "^.:rtt' rTt-'^'''' *"^ -"••' ^vl.^1. in it. eo.,,.una sf^d::^ ^^ t'ihS ^'l^V ^"'"'" well as of " ueglect;" «ecoii,l, hy the attr el th , '" '" "-• 'l"ty,"of which the connective i the i",;, ""'""' " ''^ ''^ ;i ve-olOective the ..o.l " .luty:"'la;i:;r ' ^ ^^ ''T"'''; '■:•"••. =^ per. i.ron, i„ the possessive case ^' ' *''" ^'"^''^ I lie n.Hnitive, "to waste," is nio.lilje.l first l,v fi i , ".leliheratelv -an ■ulv.rl,. •„, 1 , 7 '"''• '■'- t''"'^ Wor.l material fJ^ZCu^^tC^^^""'' ''' ''" "''^- ^'- *''^ ^^'-^ "t>.o word is the oln-ec " n tei TT " '""'"'" "'" "'"■^•'' t'^" l"'i". ol., the wor.l -;; :. aJ She" ; " 'TI""'' ""*■ ''^ "'" -U- clause "fron, w li l', th w " '''""''' ^^ ^''"^ "^^'J- "'■' ^''^ '- • «nicn tlie wejj of happiness s wven "in «■!,; i n iiective is tiic preii " from " mI,; .l ... . ' , "' '" Which the con- ' tlijit," ill ii()[Mi.Hi. ' l»i"edie;vto-vuil> is tivu is jiiodilied, <1 scuoiid, by tliu ;ate-ver)) is modi- oi-,"()f whicl, tlie i iiiodifiud by the ;ti\es. berately waste eu. use it asserts l^Iause in the Je our duty;" material from 9et." iiKitoria! from t:t-ll()iiiill;itivi', 'jD), tho word ^vord " wliat," if " kiiou'' as I'lirasu "to bu '1 the attribii- L'l-, tho Word L'l., the Word e chill, s(! "tlio lich the jiriii. , l>y tlie adj. • «1., tlie rel. liich tho coii- I'el. pronoun ;iite-verb "is ANAL^'SIS AND SVNTUKSls •SI I "hapiiiness." ' '""' tlu^ i.rin. word, '■"Waiting for somethiuK to tri-n „„ " Micawber, one of the coif<,n?. ? ^^^ "'^ 'occupation " of CopperfieJd." conspicuous characters in Dickens' ..David Subjeet-Nommative, " Waiting " Predicate- Verb, ' ' was " Modifier of Lubject-Nominative: !• -■^''J-'^l-'l''''l'-l'ln'a«e" for soinething to turn lip •■(,,,. Modifier of Predicate-Verb: 1- ^■^"'■- «!•. "tlie 'occupation' of Micawber on,, f .1 aeters in „ie,.ens' ' David ( ■opp.;;:;;::. ^^ ^^ ^""^"^"""^ ^^"'^'- (") Coiineetive, juen. "for-" T.iin „■ 1 . , .-.li.ied by ilea ;, ' ;;„• """'r-'""' ''"'^■^- '"'j- i--. ""i.'itive "to turn " ■;„o^,i ^""""^ '" *'"'" "I''" "^ ^*'''^'' tlH= by the adj. el., the word "the ■ an i ', "',"•; ''"^■•'' "'■^^• tl.o prep, phrase " of Mi.awbe . i ^'tiie ' "" *'"' '''' ''' Dickens- 'David ('onuerlield "' ",.*''" '-■°"«I"^'"""s characters in 'iwu voppeuielil, which is eiiiiivili.iif- i^ ^} -sect "AHcawberr the prin. word of tl. p W" V ^'7"" modihcd by the appositive phra.se "one of I A-'^awber, ,s in Dickens' ' Davi.l' t'oi.i.er iel.l ' " ' , , ? '^""^P'^nous characters • ->'l^HedbytheadJ.'dX;i, .^^'^I^J'^f'- te. in Dickens''Davi., ro;pel.,il,-:^.W 1 ';rr^^^^^^ te.., IS .nodi.ied by the adj. elements, the wo I '• t " '11, . "'"' si.icuous," adjectives, and also by the adi el "'"" Dickens-DavidCoppertidd "'in wIM I ' '"'''• I''"''^«^"i" vi.l Copperhcld," is molu S ,; ,:' ''^ T '""'' ''^ '*'" " "'^■ tlie possessive case. ^ '• '" *''^ """" " '>i^'k'^'««V i- The word was may also be considered as the Connl« connecting, word of the two ideas cont.i LT" !, ^ ' "' tl-"ght. Also refer to Def. XXX "2^ T T"^'^^^ of {/,). ^v.v.vi., page 209, for exphmation 228 ANALYSIS AND SVN'i'HKSIS. SENTENCE EROM PAGE GG a.^:"2— :rrrprr "rr:r''"- -■ TLis IS a Complex Declarative Sentence bec-uKP if ,v,„i The Subject is •• Tins vast power or force, wliicU is now ulil ed ,u „,ov,ng a ponderous stean.-engine;" and tl Pred^a 'e was stored up m the coal for a-es." ^ui^dte, Subject-Nominative, "power, " Predicate-Verb, " was stored '' Modifiers of Subject-Nominative : L A.lj. d., the word " this,- a pronominal adjective. -• Adj. el., the word '• va«t," an adjortive. 4' trf ':r'i *'" r"'.?--^^'' ~'. -""-ted ly ..or.- Modifiers of Predicate- Verb: _-• Adv. el., the prep, phrase "in the coal •' (/.) •<• Adv. el., the prep, phrase " for ages " (,-) ('0 Connective and sul.ject-non.inative, "which ■'•.,■..1 , verb, "is utilized," which is n.oditiJ^l!^ '"^^^"1 ^T'"''" "now," an adverb, and .second, by '^t' f '' ^''•' /''^' ^^-■•' moving a ponderous steani.en,d.e''oVhLhi'' ^"'"" ^''"'''" "'" prep., and the prin. word "nt 1^ '' . r"""''*'^'' ''^ "■"'"'' ;^., the phrase^"a V^na^.:::::^.:^'^^;^^' 'y t"e obj. 'stean, engine," is n.o.HHed by the Idi 'el . ^ .< v-^l" ""''' ilerous, ' adjectives. ^'^-mcnts, a and "pen. ('') Connective, the prep, "in;" prin word " p,..,I - adj. el., the wor.l " the," an adjl'iv'e ' '" ""'"' '""^'"^^^ '^^ *'- ('•) Connective, the Dion " fn..." . • 1-p. fo.; pnn. word, the noun "ages," unn.odified. SENTENCE EROM PAGE 81 DO asquiCIy as possible whatever you find to do each day lais IS a Complex Imperative Sentence because it « ...enjrea.,, and its Predicate contains i^^Z^Z^ a.-a^:^::::cin::;s:r:r^""'^"''— • 11 moving a poli- ces. ise it makes an 3ut modifying ch is now util- he Predicate •or." underoiis steain- I'liii; predicivto- ■'■ t-'l., tlic woi'd ep. pliraso "in :tive is "in," a iud by the obj. lie prin. word, a" and "jjou- lodiHod by the ' iiiiinodified. ich day. t ex2)ressGs nt niodify- Predioate, ANALYSIS AXI> ,SVNTJ,E,s,s. .,.„, Subject-Nominative " von " / i . Predieate-Verb,"Io" (""^^^»«tood). Modifiers of Pre'dicate-Vorb : '") Connective, the ti^^". .J^'"'":'''' ^'^" "'"' *" ''" -^^'L 'lay - (/>). -"I t'- Vnn. word "po s r''u; :! ' r'' *'"' '^""'^^^'- - "-." understood. ' '' '"' ''"'•• ^■'•' '""difying the verb "is " "^ ^'"""-five and objeet, the word " whatever " , , 'fi'^^'l I>y the elanso "you fin.l w . ' ' '"''•"" ^*'"'^'' ''« "'"J- -";J-t - "you," unUi ; X r'r T" ''''" '' ^^'^'^'' t'- hed, first, by rhe obj. eh,"wh t " I"'-l'-te-verb, "find," n.o.Ii. "t-lo;" and third, v. :„; , i™ ' H " '■"" '''■' ^'"^ '»""• I-'--o '%." of which thee : ...,4 :. ' ^'^'''''••^''''•'^•^'-■''(''"rin.)e. h tl- prin. M-ord, the . ..,.. •• ,'. ' ■' " l":;'.!'- ";'>"•'•"« " understood, and "-''•'■>" a prononunai adjective' "'' ''^ ""' "'j" ^■'•' ^'^ ^vord diaut splendor, but retains his maSu^de "''*= '^^ ^"""*« "^^ ^-■ This is a Mixed Declarative Seuteiu.p .. ■ .- c'lpal Clauses; the first ,\ P ^^^^"^^ «ons,stiiin. of two Pri„- I'-position in the Subject; t^'e^o^f t"^, "" S^'^ordiuate pound Predicate. ""'^'^ '" ^^^'"i'J«> with a Com- titd^^Hl^;L:rt^-^-f ^ f -- ^« "^ -" o^ cui- «uce;" and the Predicate' 'it li etr ""' ''^''^^^' ''^ ''^ P-- Subject-Nominative '- mail ' ""' ''^"'"8" "^ "^^ '''^^■" Predicate- Verb, " is ' Modifiers of Su'bject-Nominative- !; t'|^-f>--» "'Van adjective. - ;^'J-«- prep, phrase "of culture." -^n:::s':,rr^:-rt::;!-''— "^ <■ Modifif^r PI, ,. "'"'H'l>> I'y his presence." iviodiher of Predicate-Vorb- iJitude." Subject-Nominative, "he ■admnt splendor, but retains his mao-- unmodified. -■^^ ANAL^-SIS Ax\l) SYNTHESIS. Predicate- Verbs, ' ' remits " and " retains " Modifier of Prei! •utc-Yeib " remits:' I- Ol'J. el., "liis iMli.uit spluiidi.r." FORMULAS FOR ANALYSIS. SIMPLE ^SKNTENCEH. 1. Whether Dcdamtive, luterro-ative, Exdaniatoiv, or luiperiitive. Sul)ject,. Frt'dicate. Subject-No'>iiuative. Predicate-Verb. Moditiery of Subjtct-Xomiaative. Modifier,s of Predicate-Verb. Description of Modifiers, by references. COMPOUND SENTENCES. Type of Sentence, as in Simple ones. Specification of the Co-ordinate Chiuses. Analysis of first Proposition, as in Simple. Analysis oi' second Proposition, as in Simple. Description of Modifiers, by references. COMPLEX SENTENCES. . Type of Sentence, as in Simple ones. . Specification of Subject as modiHed, Specification of Predicate as modified. Subject-Nominative and Predicate-Verb. IModifying Clauses of Subject. Modifying Clauses of Predicate. Description of Modifiers by references. HETKROGEXEOUS OU MIXKD SENTENCES. Type of Princip;il Clauses. Specification of Subject of first Clause. Sjjecification of Predicate of first Clause. Same for all the Princi[)al Clauses. AVith each Principal Clause give Modifiers of Subject and Predicate. Description of Modifiers by references. ;5 4 5 G, 7. 8. 1. 2. ;j. 4. o. J. 2. .•J 4 (i, 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. f). Exclainatoiy, or ANALV.sis A.NIJ SYXTllKsls. PUNCTUATION. Punctuation, as we have seen Cn.ic.oin-N • ., to the art of partieuhtrizin.- t o 1 T f ^' " "" "'^"^' ^^^'^^ Modem autlior^ nvi. '^ ""^ expression. .■'"K«t «:,:; t ;;;;;,;;:;: "'"'"^ '"■''''-^- '"-"■" "- -.iter,, the ]cs» we „t ,'"''■ ,''°™"''"*'' '" "«•' "«' ".e n,o,.e c-o.^piei^ri,: . ^ " ^ j";;^ » f » -- ""-"i™ to IS desirable. I« additi,n> M i™"'' ■1"^^'""»« Punctuation 1-. ;vhic, „,„, ..e'^-ti:;:™*;;;:;^:: "•:, :- «-■- <- .««» "■"l^las m-e give,, fot- Exe°.o tD t ; "'• r'"'"'' "'"'"I' l'"" -J -W.lie.I >vith Capital L^te, "'I,'';!:",;,:';; '" ''° '■"-'""'-> te "of'^e;, elTbot?:":;*;;: f '""^r ;'; " ''^"""-"'- «-'- "««■■« i..=.-ea,i„,. „„,„„,„ ,, ;; '-Pl'J-. -ul by tin, •i. Never g„.„ expressio,, to a tho.H " .;, , , Kuage; it is better to recous ! , V '""' ""°°""' '""- ti.au to utter it i,. a care,:::!;::,':-"""""" "™'"' ""- '- -mit. bi. ,p,e„d„„; .bii^b ;::•;,::;""« '" '"^ ^^--''^ ■)■ (bee seutejico, page ■>±2.) Kmi^XII. Wbe„ a scries of Nonu, , f ■ -, ^- Peter tbe Great, Peter tl,. H ! '"°""- '-de themselves im,ro,t" ' """ ''^'" "'^ J'-'-'™".. 232 ANALYSIS AND SVNTflKsfS. ^. ILe cn,u,son clouaiots of sunset, the .or^oous hues of the birds and flouer.s, tlie gentle sumn^er breezes, and the npphng streruns flowing over sands of gold made it u perfect j^aradise. 4. His death resulted from exposure to the cold, want of food use of improper remedies, and neglect. Kile XII Phrases transposed from the natural order ex- planatory Modifiers in apposition oi connected by " o '" L equivalent, independent words, such as Interjections and term of address, a Participle having Modifiers when used as an A that leads to its use. a direct quotation forming part of a Sen- eace when not />.„.,//, introduced, an Attributive Element Umt axe not directly restrictive, the members of a Compound Piedicate when long and of .Merent constru 'ion and .1 words, Phrases, or Clauses that would be a.nbiguou^ v L; punctuation, require the Comma. ^Mtiiout 3. Before you begin, allow me to make one or two remorks ^. ihis man, an uneducated mechanic, became one of the most- eminent statesmen in the countiy. 3. Chloride of sodium, or common salt, is obtained in lar^^e ^^ quantities from the waters of the ocean. 4. "O man, degenerate man, oflend no more'" o. Crafty demagogues, deceiving the peo,>le, are the most dan- gerous men m the arena of politics -™«; - It may re,i„ire hard sludj- and 002!°; ,. ■nanj- sacrifices maj be Leslrv Lf ..T''"""'™- ""d accom„li„hed; but'it wM become a °" "'"'" •""" '"'™ a"e. a genera^I '^^^^Z ^J^^T', "™ -"•«>"™* thus, namely, viz., i i St !»'•'' "' "">-'' '»"'«^- as, other words, the s;micolo?sh uUbt" ".Tr^'^- - "■7 expressions, and a Comma aftoie ''"'" ""'' °' "^.T' ?; '"',™ "'««'«! ''.V a consonant j^ ,,. , . . the Plural; as, st»ry, stories ""^"^ '" ' » ■ ^''"^ "'« ""ixiion of one or more lett.r > • apostrophe; thus, resp'y arepVoo " """'""« "" * '* L>;i4 ANALYSIS AND SVNTIIKsis. «li ill gne tw„ exc-options to tho rule for cLumin- f into v VIZ , proofs, gulfs "" ° "^^" ^' a.,.,.0. ,..„„„„„.e., hiccough .■... >i:2^ ^J^ see xt in others: there is no such thing in e is nt ' ^. Oh.keep n.v soul and deliver n.e: let .°e not h X,,ea- foi I put mv trust iu theel-PsA^rs, XXV 20 Eiu.K XVII. U.e u Colon after the expressions' as foil nx fol owing, and to wit. «-M'ifcssions, as follows, tioi. whe„ f„,.,„all.v i„hod„ced. '"""'""'' "'"' '^'=f<"-^ » q-o'"- '■ ''\r',™ '° ;' r'"",'"' ''''^■'"°''"'' -ai-Pli'-l »"»!. .-..^..lie. as we™ at k,uuV. we Iriec, to excite tbe ci.culatiu,, ly ANALYSIS AM, SVxtmKsIs. .•J.J I joiued lust win- billious, inel- ove, two wash ., ^ ^-^--nossfitn-L u"J';::"' ''•"'' ^^-- to restore ^ I ^^tuclied t]. ,.ost in.po.,. t ,^77:;^ ^^^ '- was clou.l. factions, Deciaui, IV.c , /"'^"'"'^"'•- ^'«"^'«oa - Tins is tho best .k.fi.ition of The Great Tln^ » ^« -ywlK.ro .iven in Scripture a ?'''r°^"^ ^^^^ Bi'leXX Usefl, fu . ^*^^li« a Spirit." "- purposes in;,L;;;;i'"""^ ^'^'^^''^^ i" Punctuation ibr i- Any incidental reniark inserted f -t essential to the constru;;-^ f l^X''^' P-'l>ose, but ll-eSentenoe would make eouallv .07 ""' "'"'•'^^^'•" ^'^'^'u n. Parenthesis Marks ( ) Mole 7 •'i?"''^' '""^' '^ ^"^'Juded f'"' Parenthesis Marks. ^^"" ^^'^'^^^^■^ «"''«titute Commas 2. The absence of one or niore Ir.(f.. • -. ^'-Pl'e placed where the onn's iJn '" ^^"""'^''^ ''^^' ^"^ ^pos- ment; o'er for over (') " "''^"^•■^' ""' «h'Pm't for ship. ;5. To show that an omitted ev.„.. • • • C-t;as,.. When an objectionuble word mn.f h« ..i- ;S'^r- T^;rx.:; jti;: '■- «-^ --^ « p- r^^acling. ''"-^^^ '^ '"'W only used in proof- ■iumbeis (§). "'"'' "^ f«,i„ea(ly used besiJes 236 ANALVNIS AND SVNTHMSIS. I wl^::;;,;™* :l«::s,.^:t: .r";ci,:;i7i "■- «}ll,.blo, tl„., f„ct must be imlicato,! l,y nlachi.. ov„r 1„ be ;';"':,, I i.""'" ""'"""' ■" "'° »•"- «>■. j^-i-'" mu»t (t> P„,,,M„i 7iu ( )■ 0'«'''sk or DnggM- (f). Double I)a".>cr («, 1 mallei (II), small %uie8, or letleis I... The ouiissiou of uuueeossary words troiu auuotUiou is shown by several Asterisks (* * .), 'l"ot,itiou is SYNTAX. tio^'''',',r''V',""''"°'""' """"«""""" "' ^™'-<'» i" «'e construe- ur-eof , ir?; """■*"« '° ""' <"'""'"»'-' ouslom ,, slxon n ^ ,"' " ^-'I'li""'"! «>mbi„atiou ot Au..l„- vests it ,.th «reat im.j^i'^:::;^:^,z:z:^z practical knowled^« of EnHisl, than Hi ^-^P^^ting a +^ i- i , .'^ -i J — loii.sii laan tuuoc that ijav mrmf nf teuhon to abstractions and unapplied definitions. hov soiirco, tlio »e should, how- '•1, oven if tlicy !, as ill the New ^Hll'^O hryin (bnf, S.HUd COUdlulu coii,s2)iciious l)y '1' is in H Kopii- Hciiinr over the i'licide (■■). iH Piironthc'si.s Biuckets mu.st loj'iuy Double referred to l)y oiible Dagger . (|uotatiou is ;he constriic- custom and ingimge hav- :>u of Anglo- ■ tongues, it found in an I is what iu- hs it of the Joepy incon- ke the 2)res- .nd analysis ruparting a ttj most at- ANALVSIS AM) SVNTFrKsis „^, RULE I j^ Fiiiitp V ) with its Subject-Nominative "'' '^°"««P°"^ '" ^e^on and Number , ^ EXEKCISES. ^ '-;H3."rci::;;rTrV■"''"''»™- «. Ti'e ten- lo" ut:;:r" ■" ^■"""' "«■"»»• of the ta^b "'"" ™^ "» '"•-■'"•> - "- ,i,o„„o 11. Tlic forest of •■ Big Trees " of n„l™ """'J- centuries, aiul?";; J •J"'";"™". I'-ve stood for 12. Iu.lole„ce „„, c„ 2s ,,i ,,:''''"' '^ -■^ "o- .lestroii„g hi, useful,;;;' ""' ""'" ""^ ■"'"»• «»"«a, is ••':i^:ir::,ri,r-"»"----.-ave.ueir ^ir,:;;; "' "" '"" '■'-™^-»'"^ -" '--^- «- .<>.. .a. 1!>. The ,l,us of „,„„ is h„t „, „,^ ■!«. The wages of sin are ,leath. if * i^ Qua ANALYSIS AM. SVNTIIKsis. tlv7a.L"' ^""»'"-« V-^- --^ Preposition, govern the Objec KXlciidUKS, 1. Ho an.l i tl„,v .„t,rbt:ao,l witl. ....nt hospitality, but Iuh -'. Will, (lid you buy 1 1, is |„M,k for? ii. " Flee thee nway into the land of Jmlen " ^ tiiel3 i^;M(.niiit of the true diHtaiu-e. o. Who ,ir(. yo„ residing with ut prosont ? «•• Let you and I examine the exorcises 7. I he restored to my office the next day. necanie ins wife. !'. They awarded the prize to sonu-body. I know not who at tlio close of the exhil)ition 13. •' Esteeming- theirselves wise, they became fools." 14. These are the men who we should honor. I'J. It ,s impossible to agree his professions with what he has since said and done. 10. Not having studied upon this subject, it is not strange that he does not understand it. 17. I never susj.ected of him or her 18. The bookkeeper charged the merchandise to the wronn- man, 1 do not remember who. 19. Does that man know who he is writin<- to^ 20. "Hethathonoreth me I will honor, lut he that despLseth me I will hghtlj esteem." ^ 21. She who is guilty of the ofTense you should reprove; not I who am innocent. ' 22. He and they we know, but who art thou ' 23. Us boys often think of you and he. 24. I did not anticipate of so much disappointment crnecl to l)e en- o the wroiii;' -ANALVsrs AM. SVNTIIKsrs. RULE III. The Verb "b • same Case that preced«H ff"' f ""^'^"^'^^ >"»at be follow, d bv the Attribute. ^'""^^'^ ''■ ^'^«" Absolute. It does not requir^l a.t '• I was ,uo tluit 8o..t tlmt n.osHa.e. • J^;7--tuHtl.ut3-ou«uwintT.edtv. /-•'-, and took n.,,Jw,:';:r'--'^'-^ «• I wonJd not su,,,.o,s. it to l.o l.o '"• We umlerntood II, t t ' 1 """' "''" '"« ? tl- . was 1 ';: " '"^' "''" ^'^■^■•'i-''^ "- -«t nearest 11. I --'1;1 not hdiov. tlmt it wuH her. .: ^' '^'^^ ''"t l^^'lit've it (o be she. ;j-i fi.r.* t • ■, , ■^i- We wish it ,M„i J"a t il'""' '"'■ "'" ""'■■'■ ^'i: •• wi',':',: ti,i': ""'r "''^"'^ " »- 1-- o. ,„.t, ■ vvno.u think ye that I am ? " ^^H. Who dn you expect me to hire V ' ""'^^ ^'""^^ ''^ -- "-- that took me to be he 240 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. .: n ii^'t 1. 2. S. 4. ft EXERCISES. He must have did it during my absence. felie seen them before they seen her Have you ever saw a meteor? I done it just to plague him Eve,.yb„dv who La» ever went there has n„ „„, ,,„„ „„ 7. He has often rang this bell. 8. You might have shrank from the sight 10 TU '"'? "^T'^ ^"*° "^" ^'^^^Pt'^^^ room. 10. The water of the lakes was froze by it 11. He never kuowed what hurted him. lA My friends have all forsook me 13. It was soon forgot by the community. 14. Ihe corn growed two inches to-day. 1- Wlien the nail was drove into the wall the plaster begun to 10. Many false prophets had already arose. 17. All he neighbors were bade to the wedding. 8. We have bore the burden long enough. 1.'. I l^a^l of ten forbade him to do it f^- «'ie has broke her i^encil again 2-2 Ir ^T" "'"''' ^'"^" '^^^^'^ ^y ^''^« ^vind. ^^. i lie ofiicers have all been chose. Mymoney has came at last. He come too late to be took to see the show I W wrote five letters, and have threw them all into the fire because they were tore. The statement was sv. ne to before me 'eXea'^'"'"' '" '''' '"^ °"^ ^^ "^^ --^«- -'^ 2!). He laid iu bed sick, three d-^s •W. Our hens have lain thirty eggs since Monday. 23. 24. 2.5. 20. )al Verb must be m and in the Pas- le Past Tense. I away from the ke the deck of aster begun to 1 all into the window and ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. RULE V The P " ^^^ denotes the continuatfon Ta'n ac^ ""T """ "'"'^ ^^«" '^^ Verb -required for an instaUaneou^ °t o'^ ^^"t the Common Form acts, and for a custom, haw" or rule ''^'"*' '"^ ^ «»°<=«««ion of «• li'o luaii that wa» l,„rt dies. 10. meje were .v„„ fl^j; „ a,-^ ^Iraught. ^vneiicvei lie is sitting iu a ^^ ^ surface of the earth. ''°"^^^^"" t« l^e covering the '■ "" -^i':^ol;ts^:^;r^"^^ '^ ^^^^^^^ -^^^^ -t^«- of the 23. If the doorkeeper is adniittiu^ yor into fh« be going and taking a seat ' ^'^^ ^■"°'^' ^°" ^"^^ ^''J. He is lovin - P ^^ aliy requires '" the ■ o^sZ'/T''''''^' "^'^^^ "«««* «« « Noun genor used after a Finite Verb; butT^c °ii 1°"/*" ^^P^^^^^^y when with an Infinitive, m many cases th!'^^ "°* ""^ connected omitted; and a Noun or Pro LmtW T'^ "o^'may both be ent Participle takes the P^sre Case"" "'^'^ ^^^^^^^^ ''' ^"^ 1 TT , KXERCISIOS, 3- Not eve y t CO 1°M '"''"« '"■" "l'»" «« 'Oof. *• Ti.e last mr,",e "„' , "'l""".""'* '»« "™ fortme. " w„'- ;:;'r °,:^™"« "^" ™>'"^o'-« p.ope., 8- What iHthe^JZS """5" " ""'■ "" '^'"'J- '"*■ 10 Tit r ""'''"'"""<' y°'> »"»'veri.,g »o evasively -g at the itta,,"' "" "■""'°"» °' "'^ «">.- and loot- ;;;"tr-sre::roi^?:-^^ 15. Studying of the heavens Exalts the mind 17. What did he think of us n^oving to the city ? 8. Do not forget locking of the do^rs to-ni! f 20 Bv "''' ""''' '" ""' ^^^'^-^ flourishing ItL 20. By us approving of their bad conduct ^he! w^ bn aged in doing of worse things ^ " ^' '^'°"^- 23 rr '' ''"■'"" "^ *^« "^-^ ^--ing so late ? ^^- The reijainng injuries prGvio,.^.iv dm prerequisite of true repentance " " '" -^-P-sable *• -^^^ "7,? «^ "^o"ey judiciously he succeeded in fl wi'Iating much property. «"««eeded in the accu- 244 ANALYSIS ANT) SYNTHESIS. 1. 2. 3. 6 . .7, 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. IG. 17. 18. 39. m„,t correspond to their t*,.. "'"' '" '"^ «"»= «™""- KXEIICISES. I always intended to have .^one to Europe Fro.n. a long- and inti.nate acquaintance I always consid- ered hnu to have been a friend If a man Las a hundred sheep, and one of them will go astray doth he not leave the ninety and nine and goeth Istrav r "'°""*'"'' ^"^^ ^"^^^^"^ that which may go Professing friendship and to act diflferently indicates a mind insensible to honor After all that I had done to assist him I expected him to iiave shown more gratitude. rie was obliged to have paid the money Did he not acknowledge his error, and asked you to have forgiven his fault ? If you attend diligently to your business, and will save your money, you shall succeed Time is money, and will pass quickly; therefore we should improve it, and will not lose a moment . Mistakes are made by the wisest men. but they will be re- peated only by fools. . He that rejoices at the misfortunes of his neighbor, and will re use to assist him when in trouble, will find no Tnipath.zing friend in the time of his own adversity I Hhal carry my umbrella with me, as it might rain before 1 return. I intended to have written to you long a^o He expected me to have gone with him He expected too much, and will be disappointed. This boy might have been at school yesterday, but his pa- rents will not let him. ^ If we expect to be treated courteouslv i- ofhp-=. -.- i , to have been courteous to others. I never imagined him to have been here. 5sent Infinitive is le same Sentence always consid- f them will go nine and goeth which may go tly indicates a pected him to !cl you to have and will save ore we should ley will be re- ;ieighl)or, and will find no adversity, t rain before ' preparation ed. , but his pa- rs, wo ought 20. 21. ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 24i 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28 20. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 3G. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. % father desired me to have come with him '^n2Cf""^^^^^^-'^---^^'^t be detained 'Vrii::;^st:r "^^^ -' ''--- ^^ - ^^ ^^lieve • I always expected to have gone alone ■ He never intended to have done it Alter a man has done all he could do it wi)] i J-n it would be his duty to hate le '' "° ""^^ ":;:;srr:,:r^^^----— yun- ""l^t' ''' -' ^^^^^^^^^ ' ^'^^' ^e at college six I shan^h^^^^^^ been thirty years of age on the twentieth day A^^.n.o that was dead sat up and began to speaJ."-L.K. "I have compassion on the mnlfifiwi^ i ti-,e witK ,„e „ow tlnee w" ' ''"'°"''' ""'^ '">"" From the short interview Mi.,f T i.„ i t • ■, '>een a learned man ' ^ ^"^^^"^^ ^^"^ '° ^''^ve I intended to have written to you last week He was inclined to consider all men to h i less dishonest. "" ^''''^ ^^^" ^ore or Most people believe that the soul was immortal In^^vo days it will be si. months that you^e been With It The 246 ANALYSTS AND SYNTHESIS. Hi !: Iff- t I \''i I 2. 3. 4. 5. RULE IX. The old Form of Subjunctive must be uaed In the Present and Past Tenses-to express contingency and futurity when uattn alone ^"^ "'' ^-^-^^ivo to express fu.ui.y or d.termi- EXERCISES. 1. And if a man smites his slave, and lie dies uudrr his hand he shall be surely punished; but if he continues a day or two before he die, he shall not be punished, for he 's his vijouey.— Exodus, XXI., 20., 21. If tho nun appears, cover tlio plants. i; hi is aloue wiici. you meet him, give him the letter. Though he be hi^l,, ho hm respert to the lowly. If the teacher were pr..,cut th.it was the reason that you found the rooms ot.-i".;, C. If the teacher was i>v.3t.cnt, yoa would be able to witness some of the exerciKe^. 7. Despise not any condition of life that thou seest, lest if happens to be thine own. 8. Let him thai thinketh he standeth take heed lest hefalleth J. I shall be satisfied if he does not get the prize, for he has indirectly derived great benefit. 10. He replied in the negative; and if he speak as he thinks he way be safely trusted. ' If he only intimates his desire, I shall stand ready to com- ply with his wishes. Let him that is most sanguine of success be careful lest he fails and is disappointed. 13. If he but exercises good judgment and discretion we shall certainly succeed. 14. Oh, that my life was ended! 15. If thou be Christ, save thyself and us! 16. Though he falls he shall not be utterly cast down. 17. If he acquires sudden wealth it will ruin him 18. Make peace with thine adversary quickly lest" he finds thee and slays thee. 19. Beware that thou speakest not to him. 20. Call at my office, and if I u.'. :here I shall go with you v : see him. 21. If he be a young man, he has, nevertheless, had u long ari varied experience. 11. 12. t be used in the nd futurity wlien nrity or df termi- uijI^ary Verbs, such as .'have, 'do " 3^1^°"'^ '''° ^'''' ^'' ^"^- ao, .'Shall, and .'can."' • "\- or:~ ~'^- "'»" '"^ -'» -> to assist i. 7 IZtZlT '? '"^ '■'""'"■"'g i" -vo'-' favor, in ,, ," ^■°" l""<'">'e it to move ? 1 ■ J^f '" '"-^ '° -™ep „na to w>-i„g his l,a„d,, ;i::::;tr''-™»->'"-'--iai..,,,eo„ ": I::rz:ti■!;;t^rrrTV'-'^^• !«■ Wl,eu that ho«e .1„", t„ kkk , , "":"."'"' ''"'""'■ 17 I will i„ '' "° "'•^^i'" VIC oiislv is' h! '""' ""^ ''^•'='' "'""' I «l'"ll "wako :.:■;" r„t""^ '- '"•™ '"""■• -^ «--ki -„ >vitho„t ^0. That boy «l,all "ot, Uiidoi- (111 21. Tl place in the class this y <-li'cni!J;sf; wee' 'Hces, to res lime his "s man could always, HUHHiut of resi,st ^ntlxHit dimcnih-, to defce i:i iince to i)o overcome. i-mioe the 248 ^i 1 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 5. noun r.ferrins to them, to be Plnri-w , ^ any subsequent P,o wU^;r;p-:s;'ttr.tHF^^^^^^^^^ a«e, . ,3 ,„ . Job,e.t.e"cl, l^^S^:^, ;r J^ "*•" EXERCISKS. 1. The boy and Lis father wur],,s at the box f.-u-tory aw" r '''^ «""-^'»-« ^^- less work than if he wore alone with no one to instruct ^. Monday or Tues.lay are the n.ost convenient days. 4. A en with one chicken sometin.es .nake more d turbance a the pou tiy yard than another with iifteen. Thunder and h,htning i. one of the inost common phe- nomena in Minnesota ^ 7. An onmge tree with it, fruit ,„.e tl,o ..ost gorgeous nWU. timl I Lave seen in the orchard. " »■ A tnp „cro»» the continent or a voyage around the wo,l,l are now within the „,oans of n.oi ;e„ple. °"'' uVoTLr^'r-'" '°^ """"■■"" '"^ ---"on was agreed 12. Tl'e modest virgin, the ,nudc„t wife, or the careful n.afron U: S'lll'TotT,""""' '7°™"'^"' l"-->?-'i cnrsing. .16. A book with one leaf n^issing are sources of great annov :.;:v:rr^::rf:r'-"'"-'^----^^^^ IS iu the Singular the Verb before '■ subsequent Pro contrasted by the lust be Singular, "and, " the word not apply. C'toiy, tluiu if he wort) t days. ore disturbance eeij. t commou iihe- llery are iiever- ?orgeous .sin-hts other. uiid the world on was agreed f many of the arefiil matron or politicians nd cursing-, watch, which is combined great annoy- ' information re the causes ANALVSIS AN/) SVNTHESI.S. 5. G. 7. 8. 9. laf Nu^bfr'Le^^^^^^^ or Pronouns in the 8^,? Plural, the Verb before which if « Z ""^ "^'^^ ^"other in the agree with the one that^t Piil w^j" "" Nomh.ative Case n^^st when Singular and Plural NomhLT """* ""^ ^'^''^^ !««'; and ;be;as a Copula, it must ag'e • Nurn' '°'''''''^^ bytheVerb that follows it, Which Should be singulr' "''"^ *^" Nominative 1 XT -.1 EXEIICISES. 1. Neither the scholars nn.. f, i , 2. I aid .„t le»„;: ,, rj;'; ;-'- "» present, 'obbery of the sta J "" ^ ™"«™d in the -5 ;{;::p:t,--nl^c---• T ev 0,'w ,','™"', ■"■ "'--" -- 'o Mama fo.. it ^' *^y 0^ >VilJnim has attpnrlori t^ -t. ^ j- 10. Ti^e w„.o« 0, .in „e jH^:;"' '° " ''='<'- '"- lin,e. • ■'"y ""'1 1'eace nnd Iiiipuinesa «,■« il,. walk upiigliOy. "" ''''™''' of 'I'ose who 12. The restrictions jilaced unou n,.,. f . the cause of the depressioT "'-" '=™™^-™ «™ 13. Locusts and wild honey were his daily food :wrSe::r""" -•'-=-' ~res,ondence !' '';:e':™r;:ro;!;,i™ """ '^» -'»•'"*-»' -^ pea=e Neither the suo-ryesffnnQ r^^• i • r • , Neither the chickens nnr n.^ t • . '». Either ,ny sisters™ .^y. '!" 'f '" '"" »-'■<'»■ fO. Neither riches nor ,Z^;,:::^:^;^° '"^ "°-">-- -1. Neither meat nor fishes are „ood fo, ?' ""^ ""• fruits and vegetables "' '"' ""»' f""™ 22. Either the ventilation o;..:„, CO, „,,,,^^,.^^^ 1(5. 17. 18. 200 AXALYSIS ANP ^"^'VTFIRSIS. KXEHCISEH. 1. The people on the streets was very iiumeroiiH. - Iho chiss wore hirgo and well atteudr,! 3. My people risouor f..om <3 dollars, and hU questions not ready to 3 face of the 8 9. 10. II. 12. 13. 14 ir> IG. 17. 18. ID. 20. 21. 22. H, 2'i, 24. ANALYHIS AND SVNTIfKSI.S RULE XIV Prnn ^^ »or, the Verb agrees with the last ' ''°""«^t«d by ■< or ■■ ,,„ EXEUCISES. Uiir father wliu.li n,.* ;. > T?;,i T '^"itii art in heaven " ^^eoiIisgoin^tothecounhTfursmn = riio nowspapor.s uavo publish,.; Z '^• ^or yonr brother are'doad '"^'^"""'^'ement that you 2:::^u'::^r'^''^^'-"'^^-^«'--. .ous i::sk. ' ^'"■"" '^''^^ '^-^^'^^^ to undertake so sori- ■Either the doctov -.vJ,^ „"'■ y"' ■" lio ai„ in fault. ^ '"-a; „ .„„,, ,,„/„^^ ,^''; ™"«- of .1,. pon that y„„ without '::;;:; Lr "°' '"'■'''™ '■'" '"-tics pro^en^ Those sort „/• people hesitate at aotl,i„.. 1 he crosscut was extended fifty foot He brought nie a ten-feet rod Wratl"'^""^"^"-^^-^"i-P--I-e. *ve na\e no preferences excent fl.,.f * and virtue. ^^ ^^"* "^ "P"glituess. truth, These are the class of citizen^, wT. ^ bad government. ^" ''"'"i'^'"" ^he loudest of ""'" '".?^^"J^'^^^^^-P^that of arr. Jones Either lu ^_ The oldest inhabit i were v'hich were both enti peeted to come. IS n( years. 1 hIv unoceu ipied. ^to..j;i:r;r;:Lr "°' '"- -"' °' *- xin^ of 2«1» !''■ ■< ANALVsrs AND S\ VTIIK.SI.S. I'Al,,;('(SKR. 1. All tl,„ ,„c„ tlH.t followo,! Ji,„.l-p„„,. t|,„ I,,,,,,, ^ J, , sliojeil tlwm.— Dkut. IV. ii 2. Tl,o L„,,l he i, t|,„ r.o,l._l'K;»a8. XVIII., J9. Tl,el,o.v„l,„i,l,,3.o« AuxU^ to this Rule. ^ "^''- T'*^'-^ «re many exceptions, however. , EXEnciSES. A. 1110 Jootnrer fliu.nH,, i o,. „,,..„, i„„ ,„,,.,; ,;':,;::jr =""""^- 1-^- »" motion,. "•*,;"""- """'li'eiice.l tho slM.li. T ■"■ ""o""e:,rp;r,t;;;;::,r.'T'™'''''"f '^-^ •-> --- „, -U, „„„ I .„ Ji;;i;:;; „ ;:; ""■We .o describe oo. — • VVe must stu.lv ,lii;.„„.,.,^_ ,. "" Wessons. 2i. Tl 25. So 20. "ed never to make anoti must inetiraes lie cries ifir attf-niDt. filled with milk only at th l^ope not much to fire those tabh I «liall not please. 254 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 2 3 "5. G. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 13. 14. 15. IG. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. RULE XVII. When a Noun or Pronoun is used alone in answer to a question, its Case must be the same as that of the word res^m bhng at m the question; and a Noun or Pronoun afte7° than or' n ' ., ^OK^' "' '""^ Nominative Case before some Verb understood or m the Objective after an elided Verb or Preposition ""'*^'^"'°°^' EXEUCISES. 1. The lesson was more correctly recited by his brother aud sister thai] he. He is not as tall as me. I would rather give it to you than he. Who gave the meat to tlie dog ? Me. By whom were tiiese words written ? I did. He is just as much to blame as her Wlio imparted to them this information, which cost me so much ? Not me. It was him. Whose pencil is that ? His'n. They can sing as well as him. but he is a better writer than tnem both. Which pen would you prefer to use ? Your'n. . I know that she regrets it more than me . Whose cows were those that you were driving to the pas- ture yesterday ? Our'n. ^ . Who did you see ut church? He and his sister The work was much better executed by liis father than him or them. Charley can spell more correctly than me. To whom did he apply for assistance ? I.' Who generally attends to the correspomlence ? Me He was not as badly hurt by the accident as me, but I was not so much frightened as him. We did not laugh at him every time that he made a mis- take, but perhaps we can do just as well as them that She is more righteous than me. Who gave the first correct result ? Her. Whose piano is she playing upon ? Hern. I regretted the death of my friend more than him. Who gave him pormissiou to pick flowers y Her. " You always used to dress quicker than me. ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. bis brother aud lich cost me so names of small towns and^es in"!?"'"''" "^' " '^«^°- and counties, "in- before countrie; and , ^"^°^^ ^°""t^y districts elevated points and plains "If ^"^ ^f,^.^^.. "**««> 'on ■' before "school," "the store'' or 'th/i! . '" ^«^°^« "church," "on "or -at" before .sea" ^°"''' "°"" ''^^°^« "land,"an'd EXERCISES. 1. We shall travel for Boston by rail. ^. The circus was to Rochester last week. 4 ^IZtZ:^ " our destination we separated. *■ "^e spent two days in Painsec Junction 5. He owns a farm on the Minnesota valley. 7 M w," ''" ""'^ '^"^^^ ''^ Pennsylvania. 7. My brother resides at New York 8. He spends the vacation in Clear lake. 9. This happened while we were at Egypt 10. Quito IS situated in an elevated plateL. 12. He studied French while he was to college. 3. My mothe. was to church when I arrived? U. We keep two clerks by the store. lo. Your father is over to the warehouse 16. I woPJd rather be at land than on sea. 17. A passenger left the train in the first station ' 18. We shall afterwards proceed for Harlem -0. The Lick Observatory will be located at Mount Hannlf 21. Have you ever seen the Big Trees thyT 7n\ '• county, California ? * ^'^'' ''^ Calaveras 22. Our party stopped in Niagara Falls 24 wf ''Tif ^" '^"''""*^ '' magnificent. 24. When shall we go iu Arizona^ ^o. He IS now the station agent in Hayward's 28. Have you ever been to a horse-race ? ' 30 wT T ' '"'^ """' "'^ *'^^* mountain. ':^i:ti:^:r/----ksat.ondoiiand . 25G ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. afS^i^, A^f f ?^ ^ ^^ Pronoun must be placed immediately d atelWo^ln H ' ^'^ '""^ *^'"^ °^"^'' °^ possessed must imme wfthin^ T "^""^ '" "'^ Possessive Case after which it is used without any mterveniug word or phrase. If two or more words are m apposition, the apostrophe and " a " must be used only on the last. EXEKCI8ES , 1. The money was deposited iu the bank which my brother gave me last week. 2. I was surprised at the tramp's, as they called him, audacity and impudence. 3. The superintendent discharged the conductor without any investigation, who had never before been accused of an unjust action. 4. They very wisely resisted the commander's, as it seemed, extravagant and unreasonable order. 5. The old veteran, without any guide, who could not assist in any other way, consented to conduct us throu^vh the woods. ° G. These are Moses', the deliverer and lawgiver of the Jewish people's, psalms. (See p. 125, sec. fil.) 7. Three of the best horses were burned when the stables were destroyed, whicli cost us fifteen liuudred dollars 8. Abraham Lincoln's, the martyred President's, Proclamation of Emancipation will perpetuate the memory of his name. 9. The roofs of the houses were caused to leak by the intense heat of the sun's rays, which were situated on the hill 10. The father celebrated the prodigal's, as he was culled re- turn by killing the fatted calf. The decline of the Roman empire may be dated from the time of tlie withdrawal of their forces from abroad to defend Rome from tlie northern barbarians, which de- prived her of the control of Europe. My dog's, if possible, collar must be made at once 13. The messenger arrived with a letter containing a xlraft pay- able to the order of the conductor, who had been de- tained by an accident, after the departure of the train, which was eau.-.ed by neglect; and consequently the money could not be obtained until he returned. 11 12 li as it seemed, of the Jewish ANALYSIS AND SYNTITKSIS. the Interrogative .'Who/' or the Thir^ I When the Antecedent is " «he.- 4. After an Ad ecHvo hiT t '°""' Pronouns '-he - and there are several Anr^o^:^:^^^^^'^^ ^^^^^ ^^ Whef mals or things. G. When the A,Z T^ P^""""" ''"^ "^^erior ani- clren. 7. When eupho"; o^the 1:::^ "'T *° "^^^ ^°""^ ^^^' " preferable. ^ °' '"^ association of other ideas makes it J- ""'"''<'"■'""'' ™ lo»n,as been fc.„Hl 3:"ic,'t.::;:;:,;::i;;7'''-p'''-vhi;uv,-„,. "ot sliall be takon au-,v ., ' ! i "" ''"" ^'^^'^ ^^^th 4. "Blessed is tho '^^ ' -\^^-«" that ^vhich he hatii." ' day." ° '"^^ '""^ ^'^^■'^>' "'^-^3' live to iight another C. The snow which fell upon the roof is dean • "i:::ls:" ^'^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^-'^ -- ^-^ ^r-i^^ we. hoth 8. This is the same n.un who applied before. 14. ^Vho, wlio ever saw white ih^o,..r ,7 1 • that it wonl.l rain ? ^ "'^' "^ ^ ^'^^"'^^ '^y> ^^^^'ed 15. Sh... who was elected secretary was a si f... f .. officer. ^ "• '''■"^^^ o^ the presiding U 2;;''--^^ted evidence which could not be doubted ^'. J-he common op nion is tli-ii- ^ 1 "« ^'O'lUted. ■til, -It "« ^uh.stitiited fn " ""'iWlto^A,,^//,,,^,.;,/, wliicli," tl '" llU..;uiing i.s tlKToi '■^ flllU of tllO Ciuht '"'•'' "■-■< -'ich that ;t. could pir^'.it,',!. But if ul'y I'ostrictc'd so as •.•cDth sfutun iK^t be (limhffd, Tl ic aauie iWHR I if* 258 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. RULE XXI. Pronouns must be replaced with their Antecedents whenever ambiguity or confu.9ion is caused by their uso. A change of structure is generally necessary in very long Sent; .:!es when per- spicuity can not otherwise be imparted. 1, EXERCISES. The young man jmid the money to the boy without any in- vestigation; but when his father discovered the mistake he went and expLiined it to him, and he sent his brother to correct it. 2. And it came to pass that night that the angel of tlie Lord went out and smote in the camp of the As.syrians a hun- dred fourscore and five thousand; and when they arose early in the morning, behold they were all dead corpses —2 Kings, XIX., 35. 3. In the same day shall the Lord shave with a razor that is hired, namely, by them beyond the river, by the king of Assyria, the head, and the hair of the feet; and it shall also consume the beard, — Isaiah, VII., 20. 4. The girls requested the boys to biing their books with them when they came to their houses, as they had forgotten to bring them when they came the previous evening. 5. Gold, though useful as money, which men seek at°ter, and useful in many ways, is not so useful as iron, for it is used for purposes that it is not fitted for. G. They have no confidence in their friends, for while they re- spect them, they see in them many things that they could cause to be otherwise. 7. The boys saw some scpiirrels, but they ran away when they ran into the field, and when they returned they were not there. 8. When he attempted to drive the stake into the ground with the ax, he found it so hard that it broke it before he struck three blows. 9. If you sharpen the pencil with that knife, it will break it if you are not careful. 10. "Men look with an evil eye upon the good thi.t is in oth- ers, and think tliat their rejjutation obscures Ihem, and that their (•ommendal)le qualities do stand in their li'dit: aud therefore they try to cast a cloud over them." will bi-eak it if ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 259 EXEKCISES. 3. Every one of us feel disappointed. t::a2;^:2' -it - ''- ^^-^-« -e to be con. 6. Every p rs "' L "^ "" '' '^ ^"^^^ "1-^ -ngly. virtue. " ^° chscourag-e vice and promote 7. Every member of the association pay their dn.. o i wents promptly ^ ^ '"^^ '^"^^ ''^s^ess- 8. Neither of those sentences are correct. prepay the postage ^"' ''''''''' '^"^"^'^t to 11. Are either of these men qualified? 13. There were neither of the men present. liA\ ere each of them invited to come? '■^t;:2r^"^^"^^''^--^^-----wero suitable 17. Either of them arc of the prop.r..e. 1^- Each chicken in tliat brood In fi-, / ;;;• f -^ pen in t..e box w^i^ tat f '°" "^ ^^^'^' ^««^- -U. Are each of your fingers of a dilterent len^^fch ^ - • Ever^ one are tlie architects of their , v^ ^ ■22. Each of the ...i.w.,-..., ...:, , . " "vvn lurtunes. P'lncn-pal tributarifc,. of the Mi are navig„l,lo for many miles f through fertile regions SSI [)i river i'oiH their mouths, and &. :o\v imii I 260 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. RULE XXIII. The Comparative and Ultra-Comparative Degrees and the Pronominal Adjective "other "must be followed by the Conjunction " than, " and " such " by - as " when the latter is to be a Relative Pronoun, or by the Conjunction 'that " when a compari- son or a consequence is denoted; but Comparatives terminating in " lor " must be followed by " to " 1 2 3, 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. EXERCISES. . The man that said that possesses little more intelligence besides the ape or chimpanzee. . They derived no greater benefit from the sale but to be able to replace the old shop-worn goods with new. . Such friends that only stand by you while you are able to assist them are r.ot worth having. . A cambric ueedle is not so fine as the sting of a mosquito but IS finer compared with the point of a pin; much finer,' then, is the mosquito's sting with the point of a pin Such angry words that you uttered in the presence of the children are quite uncalled for. The OS, though larger in proportion to the lion, is much inferior than he is in strength. Those savage cannibals seem to have no other desire but to idll and eat each other. Be ever ready to assist such people who are in need and worthy of your assistance. The heat of the burning building was so intense as the fire- men could not approach it. ^\'e iiad no sooner arrived at our destination when it began to rain and blow. There was sucli indignation manifested by the populace as a serious disturbance seemed imminent. It is good to be here, for this is none other but the very gate of paradise. To pay him for liis services is no more but what is his due When we do all we can we do no more but our duty. If the factors of a composite number be severally divided and the quotients multiplied, the product thus obtained will be as many times less, compared with the .p >f - i , the woolj but the profit on tl,'^ . ' T '' "^''' ^'''" '''' that on the hay- th!rllZ ''^' ''"'^"^^- ^^^" tl^e greatest o/it andlhTwheT"^ ^^ ''' ''' ^'' ^"^^ 202 ANALYSIS AXD SYNTHESIS. RULE XXV. Double Comparatives and Superlatives are im- proper; and an Incomparable Adjective is equivalent to a Superla- tlv©. EXERCISES, 1. The belief in a Supreme Intelligence is more universal than any other. 2. Her mother's features are perfect, her sister's are more per- fect, but hers are the most perfect of all. " This was the most unkindest cut of all." " He is the cJiicfest among ten thousand." It is the most tlelightfnlest spot I ever saw. Thej are now in a worser condition than when you last saw them. . He is more keener sighted than his brother. . It is more better to give than to receive. . The company was very numerous. . The task was the more easier performed from the cheerful- ness with which it was done. Her conduct was more ruder than her sister's. Eve is said to have been the most fairest of all her sex; but the most earliest of all the records of history does not say so. The nights are the more shorter in the summer seasou the nearer you approach the Arctic Circle, The more riper the fruit is, the more sooner it should be used. The most swiftest bird is the eagle. His statement was most untrue. Make that line more horizontal. His character is more spotless than the snow. It is more improper to omit the t altogether than to insert two t's in coveted. When they left me alone in the cell I felt most friendless and utterly miserable. He was the most fearless, strong, and bravest man in the company. You should bo more certain before you speak. The hay is no more in a better condition now than when it was first cut. 3 4 5 fi 7, 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13, 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. re universal than r s are more per- ijen you last saw >m the cheerful- imer season the er it should be V than Avhen it ANAfA-SIS AND SYNTHESIS. but«fe^JnfeTLy"L"X"^^^^^ *° «" affirmative; and with better effect. ^""P^oyed m preference to the latter. KXKnciSES. !■ Ho never pni,] „o taxes before that time . ■ You rt„,„.i ,„|,^ „„ ^,_^_^^^. ^^ .^|_ 1 -. 0. Lei „, „,vei- be ,vitl,„„t am,„„„i„„„. • «! rC" "* '™ '° --• •'--- >- ..eve., has ,.o 9. H« Clever made no mistakes. xt(. Mift ^vas not uncertnin in i,^ • • «ve i„ l,e.. „«.::;Lr ■" "" °'""'°"- -'' -„. ve.,- ,,„,i. n. fl e .,i,I„.t get „„ letters at the post-otHce «^,;- -' ™.*.e to c„„e. h„t p..efen.ea to ,e™i,. at li- 1 ;;:::: ttr :::':'■:::;:: :Lr^i ■';"» "-^- - ">''• wliole te,™ """ ''"'' "" '•""'■x ^'''»'^ t«m of his actaiu- '™;:.."^::r^iL";£i;ettr""- °r'-— '-'^ ther north. ' " "'"^ '= ''y Soiug fa.- ":::tue7ri:rtr"p 'v° ""^ "- ''^'^'^ "^ ^^ °«- 17 18 li». Never put no depend attend never ependence upon any one that to your business; al.,. be liable to be not attend \v you to fiys .70 yourself, an-^ JL will to. 2(i4 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. l". RULE XXVII. Adjectives should not be used ns Adverbs, nor Adverbs as Adjectives or other P„,ts of Speech; and when several Adjectives modify the same Noun, the nearest should be that which denotes a class or very intimate relation, and the others more or less remote, according to the intimacy of the modification color being the most intimate after material, age next, then size and weight re- spectively; and restrictive, descriptive, or identifying words farthest from the modified word. EXEItCISKS. 1. Notliiiif,'' but a Avliite old (lilui)i(lat('(l I'onco was left. 2. An old little misorly niun kept the hotel. 3. I was bitten by a black-aiid-tau little vicious i)iii)i.y, witb. his tail cut off short. 4. My little n-„hl best lion was stolen. C. His little left linger had been amputated. G. We sold the f>lass empty old <^rvou little bottles all. 7. You brought it out into the light too sudden. 8. AVhy do you writr Pie words so careless ? 9. He near broke iiu f(.vu>bladed new knife. How gorgeous '.h.: (...ating sun's rays are beaming through the fleecy ligJii v-hvuds! Select the white clo;!2i feathers for the pillows. She writes elegant and sings good. 13. My brother went to California in 1819, since when I have never seen him nor hoard from him. 14. This fatherless little poor boy has been full provided for by an old benevolent man. 15. To whither has he departed ? IG. Where I found him was not a suitable place; so, agreeable to my promise, I procured another situation for him. 17. He would not tell me from whence ho came. 18. Where does the smoke go to ? 19. Though miserable poor he was unbearable proud. 20. Did you ever find out what became of that bantam sj^eckled little pretty pullet that we lost during the war ? I always thought she went straight over towards Kim- ball's. 21. He wrote a letter where ho used the Pronoun "I" too fre- quent. 22. He came down stairs quick, and acted wild. 10. 11. 12. amiugf tluoii''h ANALVSIS AM. ,S^•^r^,KSJS. RULE XXVlIi The , t'neo. a „orfVct so ^.. ^''" i^'"!""'^'"" <^f ^'our, five, unci endless despair ^'ecklessness, und tliis to 3. Three times t wen h' «,v ♦ .l ■™ of „„ oriental ki„„ bl i ''" "'""■ "'" '"''I'" visit lo l,is aiBtJ i =" """"'Si""""}- u,,o., «-l.e., and ; CbeZ::"- "'■ ""■^"' '''» "'"•""- » >vi.o,e .oid, „;. d:i7r';::rr'r,'° ''■■""" couufy hyt,mme or peJl'.I ';"'"^ '"l'"'"""" "f « opportumtj-, 0, i„divid,nl ' ■ 'T"'"'"'*' "' '« «(;n i TT„ , -x ""^'"^s oi tlie cows Iwve been fp,l As tl,„ one clietl, „,„, .Uet,, ti,^ „„„ Tel"""" '"■'! '"" »" "-"3' like tl,e.,e. L^J^ the tw,8- is bent so the tree's inclined H^ not as snre as to assert il positiveh Ihe barninn. buildino- became as hot thaf 'ih. fl "ot get near it ^''^ ^''^^^^ could 3=-:rrxr-».a-.n.,e. Ne.thei. the cap,„iu or the ™il„,, escape,,. .m::: ""' '''"■ "-' " --"^ '"^ =-uua .. „hite Aa the stars, thus shall thy seert be It « not so dark like it was last night. VXt^nXt'ttrlr *'',r"" "'■'«""«•'. *"« been without the ahnv/V """"'"' '■"' " "<"■''' '""e there are Tn' r.^te^ fZZ "o;'',:'^"'?"™'™- "■» %lier that were used in^.ai:.:"^ I'll™" """ """■ tii 268 ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. RULE XXXI. Appropriate Prepositions must be used with many words, of which the principal are contained in the following list: Accused of, Die of (a diRease)^ Acquitted of, Die by (violence), Adapted to, Differ from, Acquainted with. Difficult of. Addition to, AiTronted at. Agreeable to. Advise of. Averse to. Belong to, Bestow upon. Boast of. Di;ficulty in. Decrease in or of, Deficiency in (ac- counts), Deiiciency of (sup- plies), Disapjjointed in, Disapprove of, Independent of. Incensed at, Informed ui)on (a subject). Informed of (an occurrence), Insist upon. Inside of, iieduce to, I'ely upon, deplete with, Report upon (a sub- ject), liuport to (a princi- pal), Resemblance to. Madeof(inaterial), Resolve on or up- Made with (instru- on, Call on, at, or for. Discounted at. Change for. Dissent from. Confide in, Eager for. Confident of. Engaged in (con- Conformal)le to, cerned). Content with, Engaged to (be- Compliance with, trothed). Conversant with, Exception to, Correspond to (re- Excuse from, late). Expert at, Corr3spond with Free from, (by letter). Glad of, Dependent upon Glad at (before a Derogatory to, participle). Surprised at (an occurrence). Surprised by (a sud- den coup). Swerve from. Subject to. Taste for (a pursuit) Taste of (apleasure) Think of (a person) Opijosite to, or of. Think on or upon Occurred to, (a subject), Prejudice .against, True to, Profit by, W. or upon. Provision for, AW ^.f, Provide with, Willing for. Reconcile to, Wide of. ment), Made by (agent), Married to. Martyr to. Notice of. Need of. Observance of, Omitted from, Opposed to. EXERCISES. 1. He was accused with a serious crime, but at the trial was acquitted from the charges. 2. The feet of a cat are exactly adapted for its habits. 3. Though not acquainted of the facts or of the accused, he gave his decision against him. Kobert was affronted with what I said. The course pursued was agreeable with my instructions. I advised him to the fact that I was averse on his decision. 7. The slave no longer belongs with his master. 8. Favors are not always bestowed tc the deserving. 9. He always boasted on his great attainments. 10. We called for burliness to the store of the old captain. 11 , It is my opinion that there has been a change to the better. 4. 5. 6. ! used vrith many foUoTving list: IJeduce to, Rely upon, Roplete with. Report upon (a sub- ject), Report to (a princi- pal), Resemblance to, Resolve on or up- on, Surprisetl at (an occurrence). Surprised by (asud- (len coup), Swerve from. Subject to, Taste for (a pursuit) Taste of (a pleasure) Think of (a person) riiink on or upon (a subject). True to, VV. or upon, '.Villiug for, Wide of. xt the trial was babits. be accused, be nstructions. I bis decision. ving. d captain. 3 to tbe better. 12. ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 269 13 14 15. 10. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. . 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43 44, 45. 46. He always acted io compliance to mj- ordera ^he « thorcgLly conversaut of Ibai suS December „ A„rt..aH,. co„e»po„ds „i., £', i„ New ^,^,. It .s lerrible to die of one's „„„ ili. That doe. aot diiTer materially with mine "™f;v:r„d^ettLr™------odi«. He failed to make o-nnH rh^ a a • We soon felt the eCt Jf ! T^""" "' "" "'"""""»• m, ,. «="ect or a clefaciencv in rain 1 hey do not disapprove our conduct. Ibe note was discounted on three per cent I am compelled to dissent m „ Tbnf •>, • "isseut to your opinion. Were vn" " '''■'^' '" ^ ^^^^^"^^ with somebody Were you ever engaged at a controversy? ^' She was once engaged with a banker He always takes exception at my remarks P ease excuse us for further attendance ^|e IS very expert making maps and pictures My mother is now free of all pain Are you not glad in your good fortune? We were glad of hearing such good news Educa ion should be independent with ^ Htics My fiiend was greatly incensed by this new He was well informed in the sub^'^t o^lT I was not informed upon his a^ ""''''''' If you insist of my accentan^« T u n Tl-e chicken wa. oL^iririlthtl-r '''"-■ m IP 270 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 53 54 55 56, 57, 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 68. 64. 65. 66. 67. .68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. Are doUa made by wax or glass ? . TIjis picture was made by a steel pen. That watch could not be made of a blind man. She Avas married witli my brother. He died a martyr of his religion. . I received no notice on the protest. . We have great need for warm clothiu"-. . Your safety lies in the observance for the rules. . Two letters were omitted out of tlie Avord. . My father was much opposed against the marriage. . Their house is exactly opposite from ours. That is the exact opposite to what I wanted. A severe accident occurred with one of the workmen. The speaker was evidently prejudiced at the company. It is to be hoped that he will profit with his experience. He made ample provision against the future. They were provided neither in money nor food. The prisonei' reconciled with his fate. The rock was crushed and reduced in a powder. You can certainly rely against my support. The work is replete in illustrations. The committee has not yet reported of the application. Our messenger has already rejjorted for us. It bears a strong resemblance towards the original. I have resolved in a change of occupation. After this we shall be surprised by nothing. On our return we were surprised with robbers. He will not swerve out of the path of rectitude. Our Master was subject under temptation. He has a decided taste in drawin'»' Let him but have one taste 'it liquor and he is ruined. Think upon me while I am absent. I have often thought about that subject. He was always true in his principles. Will you please wait at the table ? He has done nothing worthy for censure. I shall be willing to anything you may propose. You always shoot wide at the mark. mn. les. arriage. vorknien. company, experience. od. ier. pplication. iginal. •s. ide. s ruined. PART V. ORTHOGRAPHY. Giving Rules an.l Formulas for SpeJlin,, f,> ,, ?c. Oin'HOdHAl'HY RULES AND FORMULAS FOR SPELLING. ,q Si Mas, Baclielor, Beau, Boy, Brother, Buck, Bull, liulloek, stcei-, Colt, Drake, Earl, Father, Friar, monk. Gander, Horse, Husband, King, 1. EXAMl'LKS OK GkNDKI! FoRMsnOmiK f^lKST liij chittiij)' iif ntnirtHre, Fera. Maid, si)in8ter. Belle. Girl. .Sister. !>oe. Cow. Heifer. Filly. Duck. Countess. Mother. Nun. Goose. Mai-e. Wife. Queen. Mas. Lad, Lortl, Man, Mistei- ( Master, Mr.), Nephew, Singer, Son, Stag, Uncle, AVizard, Sir, Youth, Cl.AHS. Fein. Lass, Laily. Woman. Missis (Mrs.) Miss. Mistress. Niece. Singer. .Songstress. Daughter. Hind. Aunt. Witch. Madam. Mademoiselle. Maiden. 2. Exam Mas, Abbot. Actor, Administrator, Ambassador, Arbiter, Augustus, Author, Baron, Bridegroom, Benefactor, Caterer, Chanter, Charles, Cornelius, Conductor, Count, Czar, Dancer, Deacon, Director, PLES OF Gknokh Bi) chiiiiijf Fern. Abbess. Acti'ess. Administratrix. Ambassadress. Arbitress. Augusta. Autlioress, author. Baroness. Bride. Benefactress. Cateress. Chantress. Charlotte. Caroline. Cornelia. Conductress. Countess. Czarina. D.anscuso, dancer. Deaconess. Directress. Forms ok the Seconii Class o/ti'rm!nfifio)i. Mas. Don, ])uke. Editor, Elector, Emperor, Enchanter, Equestrian, Executor, Francis, George, Giant, Go<1, Governor, Grandfather, Heir, Henry, Hero, Host, Hunter, Idolater, Feni. Donna. Duchess, Dutchess. Editress, editor. Electress. Emjiress. Enchantress. J]questrienne. Executrix. Frances. Georgian a. Giantess. Goddess. Governess. Grandmother. Heiress. Henrietta. Heroine. Hostess. Huntress. Idolatress. 5LLINO. ' Clams. Fern. Lass. l.ady. Woman. Missis (Mrs.) Miss. Mistress. Niece. Singer. .Songstress. iJaugliter. Hia.l. Aunt. Witch. Madain. Mademoiselle. Maiden. I) Ch.\s.s. Fern. iJonna. Buciiess, Dutchess. Editress, editor. Elfictress. Empress. Enchantress. P]questi'ienne. Executrix. Frances. Georgiana. Giantess. Goddess. Governess. Grandmother. Heiress. Henrietta. Heroine. Hostess. Huntress. Idolatress. Mm. Instructor, Infant, infante, •'esse, 'few, JoS('J)Il, •J^nliuH, Landgidvo, f'andlord, T,ion, I'Oiii.s, Alanjuis, Mayor, Merman, Murderer, Patron, Paul, Pedestrian, Peer, Poet, i'reee]itor, OUTHOGUAPHY. 3. Ex Mas, Billy-goat, Huflv-ral)l)it, Cock-sjian'ow, He- bear, •^letliinks, I, Mine, My owji, Tliou, 'n.y, 'I'hine, 'i'liine own, He, His, His, His owii, Fom. I'istiuctress. '"fanta. Jessie, •fewess. •'"sephino. •'"li.i, Juliet. Iv.uidgr;ivino. l-andlady. f'ioni'ss, ''""i«a, J.ouise, Marcliioiie.sH. ^[ay(J)•c.s,s. ^'wniaid. Murderess. NegresH. Patl'diiess. Pauline. Pedestrienne. Peeress. Poetess. Preceptress, ^l'/ i'lrji.,-;,/,, „ I''PIH, Nanny-goat. l>()e-ralihit. ^fen-.sj,,ilT0M-. Slie-hear. 273 Mas. Priest, Piince, Pri,jr, Piojiliet, Protector, Peacock, Shepherd, f^ongster, Sorcerei-, 'Steward, Sultan, Tailor, 'I'lioinas, Tiger, 'I'raitor, Tutor, Tyrant, Vi.scouiit, ^Yidower, W'aiter, Fein. Pi'iestess. Princess. Prioress. Pi'ojihetcss. Protectress. Peahen. 'Slieijherdess. Songstress. Sorceress. Stewardess. Sultana. Tailorcss. ''"Iiotnasa. Thotnasine. 'I'igi'ess. Tr.iitoress. Tutoress, 'iyraniiess. Viscountess. Widow. ^V'aiti-ess, Mils. He-elephant, Maii-servant, M.ile-child, Malo-I)ird, Fern. •'^Iie-elei.hant. -Maid-.servant, Eeniale-cliild. Female- bird. ■■^'>.V FuiiMS IN rRO.VO0.N.S. Wu. They. Their. Tlieirs. Tlieir own. They. Their. 'I'lieirs. Theii' own. Us. Von. Them. Them. Them. wn Ifl ^1 Iffll » I ! I ! s! 274 sing. Thou luist, He Ims, Thou art, He is, ORTHOGRAF'HY. 5. Examples ok Person Forms in Vkriw. riu. ^'ou liavc. Tlioy have. ^'ou are. They are. Thou earriest, He uarries, Thou seest, Ife Hees, Plu. ^'ou carry. They earry. You see. Tliey see. ti. EXAMIM.KS ()!• Nl'MUKK FoKMS IS VkRIW. Slnif. Plu. The l)oy ciies, The hoys cry. Tlio bird sings, Tiio birds sing. 8t"R- Plu. He reiiiembers, Tiiey reiiieinber. 1 111". Wo are. 7. EXAMPl.KS OV Ni'MIIKK FoltMS (IK TlIK b'lltST Cl.VS.S. Words thut /iiiri' im J'tiinil Form. Bread, Bra8.s, Dignity, Dough, Excellence, Flour, Ginger, (jold, Greed, Hay, Happiness, Honesty, Ignorance, Milk, Molasses, Music, Peace, Philosoi)hy, Platina, Pri.le. Putty, Wealth, Weather, Wheat. 8. EXA.MI'LKS OF NUMHKK FoUMS OF THK SkcqXD ClAS.S. Wonh that have no Singular Form. Aborigines, Alms, Annals, Artillery, Ashes, Assets, Belles-lettres, Calipers, Cavalry, Clothes, Coin2)asses, Contents, Dregs, Entrails, Ktiiica, Fireworks, Hustings, Hysterics, Infantry, Literati, Mathematics, Measles, Mumps, News, Nippers, Nuptials, Oats, Obseipiies, Pincers, I'liers, Riches, Rickets, Scissors, Shears, Snuffers, Suds, Thanks, The jiublie. Tidings, Tongs, Trousers, VesiJers, Victuals, Vitals. Amends, Any, Bellows, Corps, Deer, Former, •J. Examples of Number Forms of tjie Third Cla.ss. Words with the same Form for Siiiijular and Plural. Gross, Odds, That, Grouse, Hose, Latter, Me.ins, None, I'ains, Series, Sheep, Species, Swiiie, Vermin, Wages, What, Which, Who. H. ORTHOOlJAPirv. Flu. You cnrry. Tliey curry, \\n\ see. Tliuy sue. I'lu. Tliey reiiiuiiiber. We are. Class. Flatina, Pride. rutty, Wealth, Weatlier, Wheat. J Class. Shears, Snuffers, Suds, Tliaiiks, The j)uhlic, Tidings, Tongs, Trousers, Vespers, Victuals, Vitals. Class. iral. That, Verniin, W\iges, What, Which, Who. Sing. Ap})le, Hoard, Book, «... "-"'-■».,....,/.,, „,„,; "- Al'paratus, ^'u- Oalltiws, apparatus ,„■ aj.j.urat.ises Heathen, ^''''""'^^'^ "rKallow«t.H. Suninion.s, Ht'athen or heathens. 11 Fv.«. '*^"""""n« o'' mMnnion.scs ^^^^ "^f- / an nl joinino, Duodecimo, Knibryo, "Folio, Halo, Junto, Lasso, Limbo, Memento, Plu. Bandioos. Cameos. Cantos. Cuckoos. Dominos. I'uodecimos. Embryos. Folios. Halos. Juntos. Lassos. Limbos. Mementos. Plu. Nuncios. Octavos. I'ianos. I'ortfolios. I'rovisos. Quartos. Salvos. Seraglios. Solos, Trios. Twos. Tyros, Zeros. ' ^ero, r, 14. Examples of Number Fno ' ^yords .kick, enai,u, u. ,,. ^ ™ ''^"^'^ .^ ™« E,o„,.„ Cla.ss. f'*'"' Buffaloes. I ^ '"'«• Plu, ^^^''^> Calicoes. | ^^"'f' Cargoes. ' Echoes, ,^70 ()'ITI!()<;U.\I'IIY, !l a * Hin«. rill. Krnlii (irotto, M 11(1 '•«'». LTO, l']iiil)iirg(iuH. (ji'ottoca, IftrocM. Il< 'I" Motto, .Mow(|llit.: [iiiiuuiidoen. MuttoCH. .Mo.S(|llit(K'H. Slug. Mulatto Nt'>,'ro, I'ortico, Potato, 'roiniito, Toi'imilo N'oliiuio, Plu. Mulnttot'8. Nugrova. l'ortiuot'8. I'otatocM, Tuinntoes. TiiriiiKlocH, \ olcaiioos. I'l. IvNAMI'I.KH OK NcMllfU I''(i|;M-< OK TIIK NlNI'll Cl.ASS. IVon/.i ir/iii/i, (inHii'i in t/n' Sliii/iilnr /•'nini irilh V })rt-ei'il^il hi/ n vonnonatit ihaiKji- V into I unit Hint dild K.s to/onn l/i' I'/iniil. 8ii.«. Flu. Ally, yMlic'S. 15iitt(iry, IJattcrii'H. Country, Countrius County, Counties. City, Cities. Daily, Dailios. Sing. riu. Fairy, Fuiiies. Fanuy, Faueius. (llory. (Jlories, l-'iily, Ladies. l-ily, Liliea. Mystery, ^^y8teries. It). FXAMI'l.KS OK Nr.MlIKU FoKMH oK I UK TkNTII CLASS. H'i>ri/s irhkli, eiiilhiii in Ihf Siniiiitiir Form iriti V ((//(/ ni/i( onli) H /// tlic IHiiral. pri'CiiU'il hij a mini, rdiiih Sing, All.y, .\8say. I'lu. •As Att lay? orney, .\ttornevs CI Sing. Money Monke ISuMihn .M iininey, Cli Kssay, Kidi •ay.- ^■y. Kidneys. Plu. oneys. Monkeys, Sunday.^. Ti Turk ^'all^ ays Turk eys. y. 17. EXAMIM.KS OK NlMliKU F A'alleya lUOIS OK TlIK El.KVKNTU Cj.AS \Viiid.-i ii'liicli, I'liiliiiij in llie Sinijiihif Form n-ilk v ur KK, ch PI II nil. anije. to vks in tin Sing. Beef, Calf, Elf, Half. Knife Leaf, Life, Loaf, Plu. Beeves. Calves. Elves. Halves. Knives. i.i\ L oaves. Sing. Self, Sheaf, Shelf, Staff, Thief, ^\■llarf, \^•ife, Wolf, Sel SI Plu. ves. leaves. Shelves. Staves. lueves. A\'l W Wol larves. ives. ves. IS. EXA.Ml'I.KS OK NlMBKIl FoiiM.S UK TJIK T\VKI.KTli ClASS. Worih which, eiidinij in l/if Simjuliir Form v.-ith F or in,/orm the Plural in th reijular way. Slug. Belief, Brief, Plu. Beliefs. Briefs. Blng. Chief, Dwarf, Plu. Chiefs. Dwarfs. OIlTHOdUAFHY. Pin. Mulilttm'B. Nugrocs. I'orticoes. I'dtatiieB. 'roiiKitiiea. 'I"iirn,iil()(.'«. N'lilcaiioes, U C[,AMS. (/ /;// II i-onaonnnt, iinil. IMu. I'liiiioM. I''inicit).>i, (iluriuB. I.iuliea. J.ilies. Mysteries. II Clams. hi) (I roiri/, reUiiii riu. .Moiu'^s. Monkeys. Siiiidiiys. 'I'niys. 'I'lirkeys. \':llleya. III Class. 'laiiijf to VKs in t/ir Plu. Solves. Sheaves. Slielves. Staves. Tliieves. ^\'hiirves. Wives. Wolves. I'H Class. I the Plural in tliv Plu. Chiefs. Dwarfs. Kifo, Oriof, (Jiilf, Hoof. Hniidercliiuf, I 'roof, Plu. Fifes. <>rief8. Gulfs. Hoofs, ilaiideruhiefs. 1 'roofs. 277 10. Blug. Color, Compass, Corn, Ci round, Iron, Leail, Manner, Ring. Reef, It0(,f, Snfo, Senrf, Strife, Waif, PlB. RMft. Ttoofs. Safes, Soarfa, Strifes. Waifs. ExAMrLKs 0. NuMMKH F..nMs o. T.M.; Tnn.TKKNTH C. vs. Wovilx thitt i-hiui,,,. ,1,1 ir ,ne,uihi.i In tli. IHnrid. Plu. Colors. Compasses. Corns, firoiimls. Irons, Leads, Manners. Hl.,«. Ifeinaindor, Salt, Speetaelo, Time, Hoinino, Stay, Cood, Plu. lii'mains. Salts. Spectacles. Times. I'oniiiioes. Stays. <'Oods. 20. ExAMPLKs o... X,.MnKH F-.KMs u. K„. FonrrKKSTu Class UltirH and chanict,,-^ w/i!rh fortii tin- Plm-nl h., 81n«. 8. IT, 4. I'll.. 8*8. 4*8. Siutf. X, I +. Plu, x's. +'s. 21 Ex..MrLKs OP NuMnKR F„kms ok ,.hk FrnKKNTH C, vs. Vompound words that vary the prhicmnt „.n / ,;.,., Sing. pi„. Aid-de-cainp, Aids-de-camp. Attorney. at-lavv, Attorneys-at-Iaw. Billet-doux Commander-in. chief, Conrt-martial, Court-yard, Cousin-yornian, Cupfi.I, Cup full, , I^ormouse, Father-in-law, F'ellow-servant, Fislierman, Forget-me-not, Goose-quill, Hillets-doux. Commanders-in- chief. Courts-martial. Court-yards. Cousins-germau. Cupfuls. Cups full. Dormice. Fatliers-in-law. Fellow-servants. Fishermon, Forget-me-nots. Goose-quills. Sing. Handful, Hand lull, Hanger-on, Knight-errant, Maid-servant, Man-eater, Man-of-war, Man-trap, Mouthful, Pianoforte, I'ortcmonnaie, Spoonful, Spoon full. Stop-son, Tete-a-tete,. Toothbrush, Plu. Handfuls. Hands full. Hangers-on, Kniglits-errant. Maid-servants. ^Ian-eaters. Men-of-war. Man-traps. Moutlifuls. Pianofortes. rortcmonnaies. Spoonfuls. Spoons full. Step-sons. Tcte-a-tetes. Toothbrushes. if m 278 ORTHOGRAPHY. I i 22. EXAMPLKS OF NUMBKB FoRMS OF THK SlXTKKV-l-u P Proper na^^es, pr..e.Ua ,y title., n,uc, rar, eZ^ ^V; M.^sea Watson. Master Stanley, M.ss Lakes. Man-servant, Masters H..oks. | Won.an-singer, Sing .Miss Watson, Miss Lake, Master Hicks, Phi. Master Stanleys. Men-servants. Women-singers. sing. Analysis, Antithesis, Appendix, Automaton, Axis, Bandit, Basis, Beau, Cherub, Crisis, Datum, Ellipsis, Erratum, Focus, Fungus, Genus, Plu. Analyses. Antitheses. Appendixes, Appendices. Automatons, Automata. Axes. Bandits, Banditti. Bases. Beaus, Beaux. Clierubs, Cherubim. Crises. Data. Ellipses. Euata. Foci. Funguses, Fungi. Genera. Sing. Hypothesis, Ignis fatuus, Madame, Magus, Memorandum, Monsieur, Nebula, Oasis, Parenthesis, Phenomenon, Radius, Seraph, Stratum, Synopsis, Terminus, Vert bra. Vortex, Plu. Hypotheses. Ignes fatui. Mesdames. Magi. Memorandums, Memoranda. Messieurs. Nebulas. Oases. Parentheses. Phenomena. Radiuses, Radii. Seraphs, Seraphim. Strain ms, Strata. Synopses. Termini. Vertebrae. Vortexes, Vortices. 24 EXAMP..:. OF N.MBKK FOHM.S OK THE ElOHTEK.NTH ClASS n'ordu that form the Pluml h„ „ .t. , »^i^as.s. ^'"IJ. Child;en. I .,"'""• ^^»- Foot, Feet. m'"''' ^^'°'- C^o«>se, Geese. T' ^^^««''«- Lo»«e, Lice. Z^^r. Oxen. Man, Men. ^ ' ^'•^''*''' I Woman, Women. OHTHOGRAPHY. ENTH Class. le or the iimne, and Pin. Master Stanleys. Men-servants. Women-singers. ENTH ClAS.S. •etai7i their orijinal PIu. Hypotheses, Ignes fatui. Mesdames. Magi. Memorandums, Memoranda. Messieurs. Nebulas, Oases. Parentheses. Phenomena. Radiuses, Radii. Seraphs, iieraphim. :>tratums, Strata. Synopses. ^ermini. '^ertebrse, '"ortexus, 'ortices. i CLA.S.S, e irreyular. PIu. ice. essrs. cen. p.th. omen. 279 25. EXAMPLKS OK N,I.MBKR FoKMS OF THE FiBTH ClASS Plu,, with definition. Brothers, of the same family. Brethren, of the same society. Cannons, enumerated singly. Cannon, taken collectively. Church, the aggregate of believers. Churches, buildings, cathedrals. Colors, different shades. Colors, flag or flags. Customs, habits. Customs, port du for revenue. Dies, for cutting threads or screws. Dice, for the game so called. English, the nation. Englishmen, several individuals. Fishes, enumerated as individuals. Eish, taken collectively. Eeet, in measurement. Eoot, infancry; or, soldiers on foot. Oenii, good spirits. Geniuses, men of versatile powers Grounds, premises surrounding a mansion. Grounds, dregs. Grounds, reasons. Head, animals taken collectively Heads, of departments; or, receptacles of brains Horse, cavalry; or, soldiers on horseback Horses, more than one horse. Indices, signs in Algebra. Indexes, references for the contents. Irish, the nation. Irishmen, several individuals. Letters, characters composing a word. Letters, correspondence. Letters, parts and learning. Pains, aches. Pains, care. Pence, total value estimated in pence. Pennies, coins of this denomination. Sail, vessels taken collectively. Sails, more than one sail or sheet of canva* Scotch, the nation. Scotchmen, several individuals. Sing. Brother, Cannon, Church, Color, Custom, Die, Englishman, Pish, Foot, Genius, Ground, Head, Horse, Index, Irishman, Letter, Pain, Penny, Sail, Scotchman, 280 ORTHOGRAPHY. ffff :4i 1 1 I ■1*011(31. M • J . I^^''-^-. Deceit ul, cT ^'"'"^• C-x^eit. Deceiver j;erce.ve, Reprieve, Conceive, Qrief ' Iveceivo, Retrieve, ' Iteceiver, ■ sieve. flronosyllables, Bat, Beg, Bill, But, Can, Cl.il., Ciqi, Cut, Fat, Hot, Knot, Net, Pin, Di'rivatives. Battery.. Boygai'. Bidding. Butted. < 'anued. <-'liipijing. Cupping. Cutter. Fatty. Hotter. Knotty. Netted. Pinned. Derivatives. Putting. Reddish. Rigging. l>o))bery. Rotten. Runner. Sipped. Sitting. Stennning. Tannery, Tipping. Wliipped. Witty, •R TTT »Vltty. single v;,vel aom. "J"f » ™"''""""' """ ''^ I""™''"' V " Mords. Begin, Beset, Cavil, Cliisel, Coinniit, Compel, Confer, Cover, Covet, Devil, Derivatives. Beginner. Besetting. Caviler. Chiseled. Committee. Compelled. Confei'riiig. Coveiing. Covetous. Devilish. AVords. Differ, Forhid, Hover, Infer, OfTer, Permit, Bebef Iteckon, Siiovel, Transfer, Derifiitivcs. J>i(reience. Forliiddiiig. Hovering. Inferred. OfTered. Permitted. Iiehellious. Beckoning. Shoveling. Transferred. T?rirp TV ixn ,. transferred. iatterisiiot doubled nnn,i oir ,, . -^ ^^°^"' ^^^^ vowel. • ^'"" "^^^^'"S ^ ^^'"'^l^J^ beginning with a e and i are com- tter. Kelief, I't'lieve, ReprievG, Retrieve, Sieve, 3 consonant that consonant when th a vowel. Derivatives. Putting. Itetlilish. Rigging. Rolibery. Rottun. Runner. Sipped. Sitting. Stennning. Tiuinery. Tipping. Wliippeil. Witty. scented on the preceded by a iiiig an addi- 5erifntives. i>ifl'eieuce. I'orliidding. Hovcrini/. riiferied. ;)fferetl. ^V'niiitted. ieljullious. Reckoning. i'lovcling. 'ninsferred. esenting one y word, the ming with u Wordg. Bawl, Boil, Clown, Daub, Drown, Feed, Feel, Flood, Fool, Oreed, ORTHOGRAPHY. 281 Derivatives. Bawled. Boiler. Clownish. Dauber. Drowning. Feeding. Feeling. Flooded. Foolish. Greedy. :;:- --- :^4: "^r c'tr:^=i-" -- Words. Green, Haul, Join, Read, Rout, Seal, Sheep, Soap, Soil, Toil, Derivatives. Creenish. Hauling. Joiner. Reader. Routed. Sealed. Sheepish. Soapy. Soiling. Toiler. Clef, If, Of, Sol, All, Mill, Knoll, Toll, Roll, Cliff, Puff, Staff, Cuff, Call, Doll, Kill, Still, Knell, Bill, Buff, Off, Stuff, Full, Fall, Chaff, Luff, Bell, Sell, Till, Snuff, Muff, Bull, Stall, Rill, Gaff, Sniff, Pill, Dell, Bluff, Hill. As, Gas, Has, Was,' Yes, His, Is, Thus, This, Us, Eur.K VII. ever doubled Puss, Boss, Hiss, Grass, Cross, Gross, Truss, Fuss, Bass, Floss, Gloss, Glass, Kiss, Miss, Mass, Moss, Muss, Mess, Cress, Besides f, 1. and s, the only at the end of a word are b, d, , ea Almost all z; and the following list iudud Press, Bless, Bliss, Tress, Truss, Less, Dress, Dross, Lass, Loss. consonants that are °. P, r, t, and words; 282 Ebb, Add, Odd, Rudd, B'gg. %g, S'ligg, Lamm, ORTHOGRAPHY. Scomni, Mum 111, Inn, Bnnn, Wapp, Gnarr, Parr, Err, Birr, Shirr, Skirr, Burr, Hurr, Miirr, Purr, Mitt, Plitt, Smitt, Butt, Fizz, Fuzz, Buzz, Huzz, Muzz. The words net, let, and set must never Lave twJt's low'CmusM. r "^ ^' '''''^' ^" '^' fi^«t t^" ^ords fol- lowing, must have k inserted after the c: Lac, Sac, Talc, Zinc, PIoc, Roc, Soc, Arc, Marc, Fisc, Black, Block, Brick, Crack, Crock, Chick, Chuck, Clieck, Deck, Dick, Dock, Duck, Hack, Lack, Lick, Lock, Luck, Mock, Muck, Knock, Knack, Knick, Neck, Pack, Peck, Pick, Quick, Quack, K.ack, Wreck, ' IT it; UK cept the ar.t J,T^^:Z^:,:: ■^ «■"-' ""'■""' ''• ex- Derrick, Traffic, Cubic, Music, Maniac, Zodiac, Public, Colic, Frolic, Rubric, Belgic, Hectic, Arctic-, Despotic, Catholic, Prolific, Specific, Asiatic, Mo^iaic, Farradaic, Cardiac, Pharisaic, Algebraic, Panic, Graphic, Rheumatic, Stomachic, Puritanic,' Arithmetic, Mimic, Ecstatic, Cosmetic, Platonic, Mechanic, J'erric, Tartaric, Exotic, Exoteric, Esoteric, Hysteric. ^oui^dlt^ T°1^ °' """' *"" "" "^""We ending with the rii?;: fitter, 'r::re 'i r '°"^' --^^ ' - *"• lowing list: ^ '^''^'' "^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ fol- .nii.,iiac, iL vdarac. Limbec, Zebec, Lilac, Manioc, Havoc, Bullock, I'litt, Smitt, Hiitt, Fizz, Fuzz, Buzz, Huzz, Muzz. two t's. il is followed l)y i ten words fol- Kiiack, Knick, Neck, Pcack, Peck, Pick, ^uick, iuack, lack, Vreck. ending with io without it, ex- cstatic, osmetic, latonic, eelianic, irric, irtaric, cotic, :oteric, oteric, 'steric. ling with the scept i or ia, ds in the fol- t^oc, lock, Hillock, Mattock, Barrack, Arrack, Burdock, ORTHOGRAPHY. Attack, Hackmatack, Hardtack, Bootblack, Haversack, 283 Bootjack, Tamarack, Bislioprick, Bailiwick, KULE XT M , Linieriok, Benedick. the following li«t still rett re ' ''"' '''' ^''' '^^ ^^^ds of of c and g: ^'^'^ '^ ^^ P^^^^^ve the '« hard " sound Shamrock, Fetlock, Cassock, Padlock, Benedick. Acre, Chancre, Lucre, Nacre, Massacre, Ogre, Center, Centering, Theater, Amphitheater, Meter, Meagei', Miter, Niter, Saltpeter, Saber, Mauger, Luster, Ocher, Scepter, Somber, Specter, Sepulcher, Tiber. Rhle XII. Most words derived bv .d^" J''"" gins with a vowel to words enZl '"^.^ Sf a syllable that be- a" the letters that repreJ^L tlttr' Z7'' "^"' '''^'^ f''^'"' Huzzaed. , ,, .' Agree a , , J-'ough, ,^P ' Agreea))Ie. p.„, Disagree, tv=, Jicho, i,T . , ' J 'isagreeing. w Weigh, A v„; 1 • " "°' rr,, »Veighing. p Through, Tl.r^ 1 X ^°^' g ' Throughout. I ^,l^y^ ^j consonants. The first word in thl it •'°°'°°""* ^^^^''^ »^oth ^... ^ "^"^ ^s an exception: Doughy, Echoed. Wooes. Bowed. Clayey. Till, Staff, Buff, Fall, Thrall, Tell, Sell, Until. Tipstaff. Rebuff. Befall. Disinthrall. Foretell. Undersell. Fill, Roll', Boss, Cross, Call, Stall, Gross, Fulfill. Enroll. Emboss. Recross. Recall. Forestall. Engross. ■Rn YTTT- lingross. except the &.»t twealy-eight vojr n th! ''f °"?""' . """'l'. Almighty, Abnont, Alone, Already, Also, Although, A UogHher, A Iways, Withal, Therewithal, Wherewithal, Welcome, if r . 1 ! 1 1 1 284 Welfare, t'audlrmnn, Michaelmas, Lammas, Christmas, Artful, Hateful, ORTHOGRAPHY. Rueful, Woeful, Chilblain, Fulfil, Namesake, Neckerchief, Numskull, Standish, Wherever, Four-in-hand, Save-all, Smell-less, Skill-les8, Skull-less, Tasteless, Soulless, Brother-in-law, AVide-open, Loud-mouthed, Whole-souled, Open-eyed. KuLE XV. Words ending with e silent, upon takin- an addi- tional syllable beginning with a vowel, drop the final e in all derivatives except the first twenty words in the following list- Hoeiiig, Peaceable, ^ ■ ' ■ - Shoeing, Noticeable, Toeimj, Manageable, Ikying, Changeable, Singeing, Chargeable, Springeing, A dvantageous. Swingeing, Courageous, Tingeing, Outrageous, Lineage, Mortgageor, Lineal, Usage, Pineal, Guidance, Rule XVI. When any word has more than one'consonant after the last vowel sound, the final consonant is not doubled on taking an additional syllable beginning with a vowel. Word*. r)«i.i-oo*j,.„_ Bridal, Shaping, Shaking, Plumage, Grievance, Movable, liovable, Riding, Savior, Hating, Coming, Salable, Forcible, Fleecy, Icicle, Racing, Truism, Arrival, Blaniable, Coursing, Milage, Raging. Wordi, Girl, Whirl, Find, Bind, Found, Grand, Broach, Report, Record, Confirm, Derivatives. Girlish. Whirling. Finder. Bindery. Founding. Grander, Broached. Reporting. Recorded. Confirmed. Words. Approach, Return, Infirm, Reform, Grind, Attend, Al)ound, Round, Flirt, Court, Derivatives. Approaching. Returned. Infirmary. Reformer. Grinders. Attendance. Abundance. Rounded. Flirtation. Courting. Tasteless, Soulless, Brotlier-in-law, Wide -open, Loiul-niouthed, Whole-souled, Open-eyed. takinrf an nddi- be final e in all following list: Salable, Forci))le, Fleecy, Iciole, Racing, Truism, Arrival, Blaniable, Coursing, Milage, Eaging. one consonant not doubled on 3wel. Derivatives. Approaching. Returned. Infinnary. Reformer. Grinders. Attendance. Abundance. Rounded. Flirtation. Courting. PART VI. CORRESPONDENCE. Conlaming E.an.pl., „, letter, written i„ e»=h of the Fo™, „( the V.rK ».yj.te., I,U„a B.„.„, Exchange, Draft.. Cheek., 0„,e„, Beoeipt. and 286 COIlRESI>()N!)ENCR. i«ii:| LETTER-WMTING our thougMs cor ctlTn"' eonversatio., but also to express specimen? of r^ ""'"' ''"^*'" communications. Tlio ri^ "f s yi tirr°" ^r '"'^ ^'^"' ^^'^^ ^"-^-^^ ^'^ ^^- knowled'e of he nee" 1 r ' "r "" «""^ "^^^^^'^^ «^ '^ — ^ or Common tt P "f ^"'"^^ '^^ "^^ Verb-the Active common, the Passive, and tlie Prorrressive Tho.. i been so thoroun-l.lv =«* * n . ^ '"♦^»''««ive. iiiese have Parts tl,nfl r , , '"' ""'* explained in the fore..oin- command of lan^^uage variety of style and fon": '.""r^o^eL"' fr " " ™,?™"' ■'"■""" °' •""'™- Pro— e T..f "T ""»■"■»-«« t'ommo,,, Passive, and should h» ^^^f'^lf ''^""'Pl'''. u'.limited i„ m,mbe, :.trd HKio' • :^- ;i:,- r->- "- -^ pnnr«o rvf c*. ^ , • ^^ "pei'imen.s. Atter completiufr the HOW TO WEITE A LETTER, 2. The* date, or time of the writing. 3. The .-ddress and salutation. 4. The contents of the letter. 5. The conclusion and signature. 6. The folding and enveloping. 7. The superscription. ibje us to make also to exiiress inicntions. Tlio llustmte the vn- lity of a correct erb— the Active e. These have 1 the foreiroinrr ;ion, but .sirui)ly ty of style aud iher of illustra- ot make a sum- 's make a good less of expres- haustive study I, Passive, and 1 i» number, ^iples that are ompletiug- the upil will iiave that it will be ely have been " so to speak; me of useful- style of cele- le higher and parative phi- inication are: ('OI{I{ESPONI)ENCE. T "Si:;::^,r:;r;;r. ::;^:f- --.^^ defective. "■'^well as the complimentir n ''"' "' the examples, ^•'--f expressi!;:; . :;rt,:"^7 """ ''-" ''- ■^-« " Mr. G. B. Bartle t Esq '•' Zj /"' 'T''''' '^" ""^ «'^>' Mr. King, Esq.;" thm^ 'V< ney'lr^:' ''• ^••" ^'^ " ^on. objectionable. In the ^ eaf , • . ^\^^'^'"^' »• D.," is not without any title w atet ^ s toT ' /""^ ''' ^^'^"' --' pie on pag; 288- the exo'n , ^'''^''''^> ^^ i» t'^e exam- titles of^^especfc,^ourte ror; .1^ ^''^"^ °^ professional preferable to '• Esqu he ''J i '^Btinct.on. The title •' Mr." is Besses titles the mo V T T *'' P^^'^"" ^^^^^essed pos- of ti^e other; a:irddtr::';.^ir^ ^-^^^^^^ '-^'^"- SUGGESTIONS TO BEGINNERS line, e„di„g at tl,e ririu maf^r^ w "'" °" "'" «"' ".e ,e,t. „„,,«„, „ .t'e b^e,; it a^^tiri'.?""'' """'^. "' as far from tl,e left .nari,in „= m , , ^- =on>ineuoing tbe co,„„lime„tar "ad",Z be„i ', ^' °! "" "''""'e- '^'5'' and ending with a colon ti ^ preceding one, tents of your letter Ma,' . " '""'^"^^ ^"^' ^^^^te the con: of the suLct Attach . •"''' ^'"'"^'^''^P'^ ^^^'^ ^^^^^ «h"nge conclusion ^ '""' "S"'^^"^'^ ""^^^ t^- complimentafy Instead of at once folding- nn^ o/i i ae contents and style o co.fstruotio; TT ''°"' '""''• ^'""^^ forms of expression as will "mW 'v ,","'"'" '° ""'"'" ««'' «-s nnti, it assnni:t::a:i" tir""""' =""■" t^em in a iiffe^'nt ,::' 'Zai'Zr'' '' ''^''"'' your teacher, or any one tbat k" , '" occasionally to and continue this u^ntil ™,^L!in? ™' '° '""'"' """""""b; correspondence and a go^o"; ct'lanTofl^tg:.'"^ "^'^ "' SMflMt ' M II '1 288 ('OUKESI'ONKENC'K. In order to avoid hewg too iomnil, the conchuliny pura-M-Hph "jay begm with a PreH.nt Participle, such an Relying Hoping Trus ing or Waiting. The first of these e.,LL ZZ be fol owed bj on or upon, the second by that, for, or to the third by that, and the hist by for. •'>>», oJihi''l'\^ \'T ''""'" "" " '''"-^'' ^'''^^ "''««^= 1- riac^'it on the table before you with the heading facing you. 2. Fold It once by applying the two upper corners to the two lower. tumng ,t over the center, so as to divi.le th,. wi.lth of the page into three parts. It is then ready for the envelope. Write the superscription on the envelope so as to make it end wiM 'r''' 7 '""'''• ""^ "^"^^ '^ ''« ««'»P"«fc "« possible without crowding. Place the postage stan^p on the upper right corner for the convenience of the postn.a.ster. llega d a the upper SKle of the envelope that which has the flap for sealing it EXAMPLE OF A SUPERSCRIPTION. Shotoing the top of (fie envelope, u-ith the Jap. uliiiy i»iira<,'riii)li 3lying, Hoping, )it'H8i()iiH Hlunikl ;, for, or to, the set: 1. Place 'it ?yoii. 2. Fold the two lower. ) each side aiul (1th of the jmge pe. s to make it end act as possible the upper right Regard as the p for sealing it. C0l!l{K.S|'OM)i<;x(|,:. Cal. •JS!) suPERHfiitnK.N (.V i:nvi;i,oi.i.;. 1. Name of person addressed. _-• ('it.v, vilh.g,., or town. •^»- Stati' ()!• coiiiidv. -"-".if tr,:; 1':';:;: """ "T"'- """■■ '"" ^'-'""'■' i""™ l-eucil ,I„»l f,,„„ t|,„ J' " " ""■ f """™ o^'J- '""•<■ ..f ink „r lo »"il Mk, ,,,,,, „ a'""™!''' «>,l„„,, n,„„, „,„, i,.^.^ ^.„_.^ l)I.M„k.,s. ^ "^' "■ '"' t"""^ o' Wuls ,„Hl ,„„,,,, ^^".K a.;.i ti.. r ... :::;;::;.;: ;;;:rj;<,^;- j;-- ^ "-; --- a,. ,,.... i .•..ihml a.s your n.t [.rooucl. a„,l whid r n "'""' ''""'"■'*• "''i'-'J' '"-1-Ho an account sales ' ^ ''"^'^ ^"'^J'''^^ '" y-'"' onlcr I H< 'i>i»g to hear froi sliipiiieiit, I 13 " ymt a.'aii I'uiiiaiii, at an early date, ^^•ith a^l Besi)ectfully and truly, VICC- H. P, another VJtNAIil), !!»0 <<»IM{i:.SI'OM)K,VCK. ) « 'rili: ^iVME LKTTKIl. M.'\ IS, K B'-tN l''l(ANr|M((i, ( N". •-''.'.■» St w.., May i.'0, iNSO. I»i: nU- stifcl, ( 'I 'i<''l:J", III. f uf Siu V '111' istcfiiicl f loiii Nioiix Cit^', I itvor ,,f til,, I (,| It ;,'iv '"* nil' iilonsiii' lax jiiNt III., II ivc'ciwii, and Jt> Ni'lil. fiiKJ that '<', III I'l 'l'l,v, ti> iiifoiiii ym, t||,,j I illst. '"Mti'llts IKitfli, «liiili Was wiiit I'll wliii'l A .you. haw l„.,.|, ciciit,.,! with {S-i >!■ Vniir ^foiiils liav I' lllCIl ' «UH ,val,,..,l ,,, , „^.^ ,,,„.,„,„, ^^,„, II llCl'lPllllt MIlitH I'l if* iiicliisi'il. is h •»<»<») t»n tlmuHaiiil il(i||;i wiil'jcit t(i viiui' (.Klc'r, it-'cs aro advain'ii MiMiic prolit nth I Ni'iit at once. i;,' .Miy day. and tl "' '■•'■■ili/fd iipiiii aiioti H.T« is „„d,ml,t 'Jiata voiv hand- "■'•'•""-io'innrntnr,.i„,|,j„. I,- jt ,,„, ,, II. 'pili^' to hear fr «l'ii'iiuiit, I ivi iiiiiiii "" •^"" ■•'"'*'" '•" .1" .ally .late. u,th ad viiL'.s of aiKjtlur H •''l"'iHiill.V Mill! truly, H. I! Ui.N AKIi. thoruufrh liuow]e(l;,^o uf"(l «-n'at utility of (i "i'•■<'.■ to; Liio advi .v«.ur wdconio letter of the L>Otli ult. "-•t's it eoiitaiiied. I and, ill ri iiN well satislied with th laet d of clot) •■■•"•'siij'''esti tJuny. 1 did 1 ;;, am I have to-day forwarded another .shijmient ''ot iirepay the frei^dit (though I could have saved a small '•. Miiy •.'(), 1 880. VNllirll WHS \Mitliii lliitt'd. HI' ;,'iM)i|.s ll.iVf lii'CII ' tlj(i||Nailsiti()ii follow- Passive ovxr i.sioiis to liiia- 1 NvMcli thoso iv.s ttjo impov- j;. •'iiiK' I, i.sso. ult., ami, ill M^ tislioil witli tin: other sliipniL'iit e saved a siiuill <'OI!l!l-:,S|'()X|,|.;x, J,; .•lln..uiit l.y H„ ,l„i„^,)_ ,^^ , ni nitetiii^ Ndiiio vt.|.y | I nuirkc.l the .',,,..1 i''<|'iii'lji'It «'tll the iVHiilt il nil;; to !•,.,., .j I'eiimiii ''•*,V"Mr iu,|,m,„.|,t may dietat. nili- llect \<' ■iiii.'U ictiiniM, ,1,1,1 ,j If " .'teeoiiiit HaloM iw NatiNla.t ■*l'"'«tliilly aii.l Inilv, "I'.V US till 'I'lfl': SA.MM l.KTmi. lli'K \c K It u I- Hi riiii.ifi'ilrlril. ir. K. s TVKIlllMi, K ''inr.\i;o, Il , J No. )•.»() Mont; nil'' I, I.SWi. I>K m; .Sii! \ niicry .Nticct, San !■ oiir Mi.|( laiiciMco, ( 'al. fteeept thanks lor the ail ""'■l'tt''>oltlii. -Jotli nit. has! fiiet :ory. VKi'H containrij Ji I II. '••Ill received. I'j Iea.»i0 b Act fi l.i«t .sale.s w ere very Hatis 1"^' upon y ■'""■ ■Mi,i,'L,'i.>tion. anoti "•I'll forwarded. The IVeiidit h.ive Ik 'eijuirud to meet ■en .saved l.y so d, iKllt \VH: ;i Hot ''UK)- as all th A.S hefore, tl 8oinev..ry|,r,..sinK..I,li..,tj,^„;^, "■'• •-Iiil'-nent of ehithi.,:,. lia.s thi.s d ei'.nd ahoiigli a .small "i;"i<.v that eouM ho eolluetod '.y iiiioiiiit tMinld '••K-'o.l«wereinarkedwitlia''.lian,oi.dlV'l liat were maturing,'. was '•f identilied, aecording to the inch No limit l.a.s I.een placed n,»m tl osed in\oice '. hy whieh th •} van lid leiiee. '| 'idvanta.') le Jiriee. as yon lui '"•'■'•'■"'•'■ til" '■c^.s.ilt will .sati.sty m... if .sal 11 K<'. Ill aeeord.ii opiiii,' to receive al "'•e with your jndi ;iiient. ve my most implicit coil- en are ellcctcd to the |„.st iiii .■U'coiuit ,sah liospectfnlly an •■'■'< ■•^.itisfactory as tho la.st, I 1 truly, remain. Th (--liminalio.i of H.,, ol,j.,,io,.u].]t III '\'\i'\: \y\\\y «-<)()'l 11(1 van taye. Tlii Passive for tho Active I s iH not ahviij,s ,l(,„e I.v s.il ego is hoie Khown to »y .siilistitutiiio' the «liuit i)raotioo, will »'•'". A little higeiiuity, wid hiisiii es.s corre.s ipond •y'o.i ontil.lo any one to beco 1 con- oiico. C me an exi)ert nt ci8esu.ulovl{uloVI.,pao.o24 'Ji'iparo this lottor with the o.\er- APiTJCArroN nm x position. WriH ■II ill III,. Artlr,' I orw. M .e.ssrs. Mnawiv, (Ikant k (,'..., city. '^AN FliAN f'isco. (;ai_ ^iiyust 20, 1880. iiitrodiictic xu :mi;n~E II, as I did >i.se the liberty 1 take in add service to you. "ot wish to iutnidc unle.s.s I lulfc 'I'^^-^ing you without a formal sure that I oouhl be of 202 CORRESPONDKXOE ii: 4 I encet'Sj' ;;;'"''" ^ T''"" "• "'^"""'- ' '"^^-^ ''-^ "ft-" y--' ex,.r[. o t!i. . . '^ ^ ', '"""•'' "X'l.icagoan,! Now York, l.y win,.!. I nve refuivi...... nf ., , , I ■ / '''"' y"'^' >■"" satisfactory iciLKiiLfh at a iiersiiiiiil iiitfi\ low. As I want a ponnanent position ,mo,o than I ,,,...,1 .nonoy at ,,resont I will ^;r:;::^i::^;;:.r:,r:;:;;;;;i-r ^^'"-^ -^ -^ ----' ^-^ you. valuable tin.;;!!;!'!;;::;; '"*■ '"■■''"" "-^-*""— "pyi... Hoping f,„. a favoral^lc- reply, I renuiin, Itespuutfully and truly, R. 11. A'lCdOLSON. THE SAME LETTER AS THE TRECEDING. S/iowhii/ „ /,n/,-ni/>/,' roii.slrticthm. Af ,, ■'^^^' '''"■^^'''•'^'■'^ <'\f.., August 20, ISSO. Messrs. .Mi ...piiv, (!kant >t (_'..., City It IS my .le.«,re to obtain a position as a .salesn.an. Fifteen ve.rs' ex„eri ence ,n the dry goods business in Chieago and New York h.-^ e L 1 d n^to ac,u,re a thorough knoule.lge of the trade. Satisfactory ref^c'"; b^ furnished, who.i desire.1, at a personal interview '^'^'^"ccs can be As a pern,anent position is n.ore in.portant to n,e at present than the in. af era suthe.cnt tr.al, as your appreciati.>n of faithful services and y r^ f tat.on for fair deainig Mill i„.s„,.e full compensation ^ ^ Should you require any further assistance than you already have nlease address me a the Baldwin Hotel; and if not, pardon me for thu espa i upon your valuable time and attention t'cspassmg Trusting that j'ou n.ay be able to give n.e son.e encouragen.ent, I ren.ain Respectfully and truly, 'cmam, R. R. Ni('iiiii.s()\ LETTER OF INTRODUCTION. li(tro(lucinij afrlciKj. Nil. ]2."> Statk Stim-i-t • 1. I.I.I , Mr. RoiiKHT Am,krs.,n-, HosruN, .Mass., Aug. 20, ISSO. JJarbadoes, West Indies- Ftfpn years' experi- . liy wliii'li I liave u you satisfactory • at jiresi'iit, I will I few weeks' trial, ijur reimtatiiin for ■eady have, i)lease or thus oceu))yiiig H. Xu'iior.soN. G. ugust 20, 1880, ressiiig you with- iless my services L'li yeai's' ex])eri- s eiia))]eil iiie to eferenccs can be ■lit than the ini- I'liiine my salary ; ami your repu- ' 'i'- if Vou n.,; feel tn ; " "T " "■ '""J""^' ''^ '■''^^'^^'^ •'^■--^>'- knowing that w;:.UI-'';T' "^ f ''''""^' *" ^'""""""^ -'• ----. tion. '"'" ''^'^^ ''■'■"■^"■■'^ "' ''°"0'-"'« ''11 your letters of intrclue: Kespoetfully and truly, HiKii, Pkukins & Joii. LETTER OF INTRODUCTION. Pro. P. A. Es^'r''''"'' ''''■''''''■ ''''^^^^ wi^":: .;:• f" ;:;; -^r " "-' "'^' ^"•"*'-' ^^'--"- •=■ '>'-"-"> ^vi. Rfspeetfully, your fiieud, LETTER OP INTRODUCTION. 'J'o //<■ u.si'i/ ,it hoini'. 'Samiiki, C. G.u.k, Esq.- M'nnkai'oms, .M,ns., August 20, ISSO. As ever, your friend, LEITER OF INTRODUCTION. To l,(' t(neil at hoiite. H. H. KiMiuM,, M. D... ^Jjnm:ai'..i,is, M.nn., August 20, 1880. 1»i:au Ductoh -Allow me to introduee Mr 1 evi P-,tf ... intimate and highly esteeuu.! fri,.„ I , n '^"'^ '•'*0"' '"'l' of my most Please assist ' „, t t e , / ■'; T '"' "' ' '''■'''''' '^""^^ " ''i^ '"•---■ ^'=''-"3-'^ .-i^.-si.nii:;::-;;;.::;!:;:::"^^'-" ^— ■-' f-- ^^t Hherty to Ki^^^l'ltr^' """^ ""^' '-"''- '"' ""l"-t"'"ty todo youasinnh Yours truly, TiroMAs Ldwitr, LETTER OF INTRODUCTION TO A FORMER PASTOR. «AN FHANcrs.o, ('A,.., August 20, JSSO. lar JiKV. TjioMas M AKxilAI.r.. •St. Louis, .M( ^ L'kv.am.DkakSii; Itak V. Clarke, who has been 1 etheliberty of iutroth lere, I) 'y my iuvitati ^■ing my friend. :\lr.Will illiam on, on a visit of several week Ks, I !.| L'!I4 <'<)l;ill':s|'()NI)K\(;j<; 4 ::™;yz':;;:;!;-:;;:--^^^^^^^ '^ ™r:;i:i.:;;^:,-::::-:"; -:;:;■;; --;;::*-» »-,.„. KesiMit hilly aiKJ truly, ■, „ -II llS(J\ I ) WIS LETTER OF INTRODUCTION. 'I'll br ii.it'il (dirnail. ^lAlIK 1!a1.„\v,n, Es,,,., -MlNNKxroMS, M.NN., August L'O, 18S0. >^A\\ l''r;iiirisc(>. ('ill.: Mkai; Sii; '|-l,i.s uill i,|(r,Hliicc t., y„ii IMV lYirn.l Mr C , n n "■':: ;'; ' ';; ■; - '» > ■ -i'.. -.'i i- »™H: ilr e'lJzr ■"""""" » '^yly^lr '"" ""'' '" '"■ """ '"'l"'™""' '■■>■ I" ' ».N Ifcspacttully your.s, •liiiiN Nojirj:. LETTER REQUESTING A FAVOR FRoM A FRIEND. Wrillrii -III III,, Art;,-,' For,,). W.M. ('. J!i;vANT, Ks,)., ' ^''■'' ''"'• ■^'''^^•' ■'""^•'•. ISSO. l)K.vu S,u-1 take tiie liberty of asking you t„ ,lo ,„. a favor. A,n,leto„ a1 H TT; rT' *"■—'"-'<«' -titled "Evi.lenccH of ti^e V^^ Jl!;;;r"v"'"'' ' ""'T 'I"" ""* ^''' *'" J'"^^- ^-'t tl- you can rea,lily ascuta.n. \ ou n,ay pay the lull wlie:, you l.uy the hooks, an,! I will ren.^ l>M It you and thcv prefer this. > ^-M>'e.ss, t . U. ..™ H,;;l::"Ti.;'::ir;r:::::;,:V'n ■'""■■ r ' " »'-'■ "->•»■" ir,rH,. , 1 1 i.h'.ssMig ai.,| Hot a Cur.se." Several ' ; "'"; ''^^;-":, ™"'^'^ *''^ -'— «l-ts proaounee it a .^ Z - lent work, while others .leelare it to he a hook that will stren.41 eii the t u. nunt, ami therefore we -an not .leteruiine it« value l,y what peo- P UT...t .oueern.ng it. On the contrary, utterly valueless work oZ. t<. t he \\uil,l. \ou may sen.l it also when it app.ars est on^lf"" ['"' '"''"'■ '" ""' ""^ '"'1''"^ *" '--• f-" y- -t vour earli. esu Luincnieiiue, 1 remain. Respectfully, your frieml, Aj.bkht Bla ncuarij. vill i>rol)iil)ly unite -'iiilicr. letcnt and roliiible ■qnaintancu I liavo :<) reconiniund 'liim .Jl liSoN l>AV[,s. (Juuryu Gulk^rson lence. I'll liy liini aswrll IIEND. . 'lum; T), ISSO. Mvur. A])j)]et(in ices of the A'ast iieh I de.siie yuii vou can readily -ltd I will remit ' Express, CO. vliieli tliey will .'iirse." Several it a very e,\- strengtlieii tlie ;il>reeiate works 3 Ijy wliat peo- ss works often i their opinions II at vour e.'irli- Blanciiaru. C'0I{I;KS1'()X|)|.;j^,,|,; THE SAM].; LETTEU. 29;- riiiciiiiillii mrUlv tin- I ii.iscn \Vm. v.. J "'liVANT, K San |. l.'AMIsco, Cai.., ,; une .'), l>i:\i{ SiK !'] No. ;{|,-. i!r,,ad„;iv, \ru \- 1880. :>f the 11 entitled " Kvid li-axe excuse me f(ir as! Icnct iiinan K'aee," hav •« of the Vast A kintr you to do me a ii, •lesire them to he purel e I'C'e 'I'h uised f ■ently I 1,'e of the KartI or uie. "■'•■" '*iii''l I'y Apjihtun ^V ( i \Mi m.'w .\ntii|uity 'o., and I upneeisnot.dveninthe notire wl ascertained. 'J'he hill money will he remitted liuli is ineloscd. hut it '"■■^V he |Mid uiien tile As are I I>i'es,s, f. (). I)., if ti liy return mail; or tl Tl [lis IS prefen "■ paekni^e niav ! r catalair 'it; and circul.ir of your insti •L'«s me as above, and ohliy io"asyou may he kiml enough to w 'rit Yours respectfully, REPLY TO Till.; AI50VE. *'hai;i,ik I. I i:oWN. CuAur.iK r. Hiiowx, Afankato, M Jii coinpliaiiee with been .MiNNKAi...,.,s, MtsN-., August 2], 1880. mil. mailed to your add your reipiest (nir catalc I'ess. ,'ne and circular have this d; ly '2'M) f'OrtUESPONDEXC'E. Tlie systcMi „f iiw,,mits t;ui-ht l.v Uw lato Tf I) SH-.ff <™-io„„, „,„ ,„,-,„„, „,„„„„ ,,,:, , ,.;,„™ ;'•,,;:;;: :: ''- v...,~,. It ,,„i„,,,,, „„ „,„ ,„,„,„„ i, ,„.,„,„„,; .,.,*,,,, :;";:;:;:;:;;;:;'"■'"- ^'"- -^- -..'»;«: ■x::;rr »^::;"4'^::;^Si,:S::^-jlr,,;::;:;';-;:™:;-,- ™":ri::::':r,i;::r:;::::t:::; ^- -- ™- Ecsiicctfully, etc., <'■ *'. ("riiTiss, <'• \V. ^^^'^ f'^' ^•..■.•ty .f -M}' ago i. .igl,t.,,„ years, a.,,1 ,ny resi.lenee i,s at X.,. ;)(),-, li.nverv m ith .nv parents, t„ wlu.n, you .•ue respectfully refe.Tcl. ^ ^ I have no ex,,enVnce in ln..sine.s,s, hut an, willing t<. n,;,ke niy.clf useful in -y capae.ty This lette.- is a fair s,cein,en of ,:;v cu,rent w it /" n.^ luu.. e Ige ol accounts i. .n.Heient to keep a cash hookan.l „«• uj^ . ? ^M.atove.• coMUK.nsation you may consider n.v se,vi..es wortl ff ;~.^..n .... ,.„„....., ,,. „„ ... „„.,. . .„ j„ . ,:-i:;;:;;^^y- Kespectfully, FitANK T. Hai;ivi:i;. IIEPLY TO THE ABOVE. Fh.\.Mv T. JUiiKKii: ^''''' ^'""'^ *-'''^"' '•^•'^'"«t L>0, 18S0. Call at the drug store, corner of Uroonie street and Bowery. bi'ONK k Fl,|\i- ORDER FOR MERCHANDISE. A2'i>/tc; •''»- '-■ »-»« ..< mu. ' ' ''7'""° > "" ^^ ''J f'lvor us again, we remain, licsiicctfully, ' KiKM., Li;iTK|i ,!(: (■,,. OltDEH Foil A SPECIAL AliTIOLE. An-o„ii,„„l,.,ll,,, rciiil/faii,;'. Mr. II. BAKiiKTT, >Ijnnk.woi.is, .Mi.nn., Aug. 20, 1872. • ialena, 111.: SiK^-Incloscd idea.se find P. order (,„■ ^1 •>-. f i • i your " Eve Salve for (',.., i . Tt^ , * ' ^"'' ''''"''' "'^^'"^ '""'■ ''"^- f'f y nil ''■>'' '^"^^e toi (,1'anulated Eye d.s," one box "<> U- |. I i- ■>■., „ one pot "Weaver's (',..if. " i <■ . out dox t . W . Koback s Pill.s," House, St. Anthony's Fan; Minnltl." ^""••* '''^^"•""^^' ^^'"^'"- -ol,al,le cost, including boar.l, fare, and sta- tionery, and any other infoimation that you can give me Inclosed please Hud a three-cent stamp for answer, and oblige me by reolv- aig at your earliest convenience. J i -r Yours respectfully, Miss Rosi; Tommnso.v, Address as above. REPLY TO THE ABOVE. Mankato, Hue Eartji Co., Mi.n.v., Miss RosK To.MM.Ns.,.N, "^"^"'^t -'' 18«0- Sterling, Blue EartiiCo., Minn.: M Vllk -^ In reply to your favor of yesterday, you will receive the circular ..ssued by the State Departn.ent of Public Instruction, giving full particulars ot all exercises, and names of instructors, Boanl can be ha.l for ,8;{.50) three dollars and fifty cents a week (half rates) at the hotels; but as many as possible will be furnished with accommodations free of charge m j.rivate families. There will be no charge for stationery. ResjiectfuUy and truly, H. S. GoFF, Supt. LETTER OP INQUIRY. No. 21,5 Staii-: Stkekt, Albert C. PArKAR,., Esq., *^'"'"'"*'' ^'■'- -^"- ^^' 18«0- San i'rancisco, C'al. : S,K-^Having been informed that you are familiar with the facts relating to the death of our lamented young friend, Oeorge 8. Cutter, this letter is writ- ten, at the re.p.est of his aged mother, in order to ascertain the circum- stances attending the sad event, and, if possible, the cause Will you k.mlly communicate to me all that y6u know com^erning it, and «ius assist ,n rehevu.g the anguish and distress of his friends and relatives •' iiy so doing at your earliest conveiiieiu.. you will also greatly obli-^e Yours truly. George Wadsworth. C'ORI!E.Sl>ONI)ENCE. •2\\[) Minn., ,'u.st L'O, 1880. te Teaclier«' Fii- lic exiiiiiiiiatioii) I, fare, aiul sta- j'e me Ijy rejily- INSON, ess as above. llNN., 1st 21, 1880. ve the circular ■nil particulars ••ek (half rates) coniiuodatioiis stationery. 3()FF, Supt. t,'. 14, 1880. its relating to letter is writ- the circuui- sriiing it, and nil relatives '! >lige, i.DS WORTH, REPLY TO THE ABOVE. Wrillii, 2>rliii'-ip,ilhi in llir CMiniioi, Form. No. 105 .MoNTiioMKKv Stukkt, Ckou.m.; W.vn.swoKTir, Esy., '"'" '•'"■^■^'■'•■^'■". <'\'-. Aug. 20. 1880. Chicago, 111. ; SiH-I have just received your letter of the 14th inst. In re.dv I will meriy state all the facts concerning the late George S. Cutter as Leiv then. iron, others or olmTved for n,yself. He first visited ,ue on tlie day after his arrival, in .Fuly. He informed me at he had just bought a large amount of n,i.u.,g .stock,'. They 1 iou , he adventure to he a ,oo,l one. as the n.arket a,;eared to have r^ac I Ic ISut lickle l.Wt.„,e did not favor his ente,,.rise. Contrary to universal ex- .tt^on,te stock market sufRn-ed a serious decline. This con,pelled hi„. to a ou he broker to sell Ins stock, which realised nothing at all but on the other hand, plunge.l him deeply an.l hop..lcssly in debt , His failure so much discouraged him that he neglected other opportunities lie he might have secured, and saerifiee.l everything. Xor did his termi- c to unfortunate affair Would to Heaven it had: The very next intelli- S;:i ;;::,: r'^'^' ''''""-' -^ '-' ^'- -l.<4.10- young man hadcom. Thus in a single .lay he lost his fortune, Ins ambition, an.l his life. He had .,U taken too great a ta.sk, and had incurre.l too much risk; an.l in this way he ternnnatcd Ins brief career, '^ In conclusioi, I must ^ate that we .li,, everything .ve cul.l for him, ami liat .e carefully intorre.l Ins remains, \\ith the .Icepest sympathy for his p.K,r aged mother an.l other relatives an.l fricmls, I remain, ivcspectfully and truly, AlIIEKT C, I'.MK.Vltl) . THE S.VME LETTER. A cowhh.afh, of the Arllr,, /'a.^irr, aiul Proj/n.^lre For,,.. No. 105 MoNTiio.MKKY Stkkkt, CK..Kfii.; Wai.swoutii, Esc,.., ''*"'''' ^'''■''''"'''''' C'-^'-. Aug, 20, 1880. Chicago, 111. : Siu -Y.nir letcer of the 14th inst. has just been received. In reply, all the cts concerning the late George S. Cutter will be brie.ly stated, as t ley we received from .)thers or observed bv myself J.e lirst visited me on the .lay after 'his arrival, in Jul^-. He informed me at a large amount of mining .stocks ha.l just been been bought b^ hi J he ad. enture was generally thought to be a good one, as the lowest possible •MM) a; i 1 1 ^^^^^^m I ^m ^- ii ..:, ^^■. '\ ^^^^^H C^ORKESI'ONDENOE. point iii-iifiiicMl t(. Iiave hvvn ivaclifd I.y tlie luarkot Ml 1m\ .„«,.,.,. i i , ."-t.,, ...1 ..e .as ,.,,i.„ t.u. .tod- ..on a :!;:^i„.'''M:rZ i^^ eT' s. ...o, «.,,a.n, a« everyl.o.ly wa« c.x,,ectin« an a.lvance. sal exiiectation, a .lucline was MilH.ml 1,. th. stuck nru.|-..r T. *""""• HK^'i i.y this to allow his stock to 1. soh, h the Lk" 1 ■«:;;"; ^'7 was thc..e n,.thin, at all .aii..,,. ,..., on L oth;:':;;.^: ^ li ..^ ilcc])]}- and lioiickssly into del.t. l"'inytc| He was so n.,u-h .liscourage.l I.y his failure that he hegan nedeetin-^ other ;j.po..tun,hes that n,i,ht have heen secured, and evervri.in,; waC'^^.i S jNorwas he unfortunate aflair ter„,inate;i thus. SVouUl t^ kIZ'^, -" ! Ihc very next intelligence that was received infonned uJZ ni i e had been con.nntted l.y the unhappy young n,an ! ''^^ J^l HskTn^ ''' "'? ''f ''" '""•■"■• ''■" ""'■'*'""• ""*> •- lif- Too t V .i f " ""- oajs ijass almost iniiiereeot, IV ..„.i i often .surprised that they .seen, so short 'puctpt.hl^ , an.I I an> U> visit the Shattuck (Irannnar School at F^rtu U t f"fl'"f Tr"'^ la this, however, I have no doubt you w.ll i: u^e .: I'l ^ T' expense acco.u.t as low as that of any other student . It^ ^.^'"T' iS require about ten dollars extra, which iilease add f,. f1, , •"'^'^- ' '''''*" Please let me li shall remain, as ever know what is your pleasure as soon Your affectionate son, as you receive this, and I ClIAliLlK. iioiicy liail lieon. iicces.s Wius udii- L'gleeting otlicr was sivcritiuud. FL^avuii it had UH tliat miiridc was ddiK' for Ifcpcst syinpa- i, allow niu to 'IJL'd to iiiaku iri'aiigoiiifiits of the tcriii. reduced my lice. I sJiall iiouiit ill tlu; ity. I shall to the many ('OTU{KS|'()N[)ENCE. THK HAME LETTElt. 301 liii;,iistniv(('tl ;„ il„. I ii.'isn; ■III- III. < 'Alil.KToN Cd'i (.K(;i;, I) 'iv\i; l'".\Tu It i:i! '"'"''''""•'"- M'VN., Mi.y.'o, Kss(). i--^ iiou- aliiio.st t liul altl "o \tiir.- .since III y d. iliteiTujit "ii.uli e,,ii,staiit attention has I '•■"■till'.' fiiiin h,,ni(.. to attend eol- with niotl i"ii, as yoii (•,•11, testit'v I The t iH'i' iind \(.ur.selt. la.s lieen 'een deniandeil Ly i ny work, no ime has h, accoidiiig to ]ii icnt very pleasantlv, are not only u ell ,,ualitied, hut also kill,! I'erinitte.l in my c(irresi,ondenee •iiinise on leaving home, lor, thanl 'Ma.le thoroughly interesting and att and to my teachers, wh 'urteous, my studies have 1 tihly ■^ 'I'l It is often stir[iri.siiig that tl ■I'l'-'tive. The days [.a.ss almost leeii our last remitt tlfy .seem .so short. iiiiliercej) to make a further draft I'l-'ing ma.le for a visit, at th, J^ehool at I'aiil.ault. In this, 1 oxiicnse account has he, ancu. Ten dollars e\t iiiiee was received a.s usual, hut iil'oii you for tlr iif.xt month, a rcumstaiices comijel me ic end of the term, to the ,S ■s iirrangeiiients an iowe\er, no ■n reduced helow that 'iiht you will iiidul 'lattuck (irai nniar !gL' me, as n ra uill 1, iiniount in tl le n L'Xt draft. It '■'■'liiiifl, uhirh pi "f any other student in att ly ;end- aecompaiiy the party. N( he a source of I'lease add to tl need I more wil es.s e.\]iendittii 'le usual 'I'lndi g:-.iti(ication to me to I 'lease let adiled to the many favors that 1 ■(■s will nil! hel levi' me, as evi'i know what is your p ave already 1 nu liermitted, and ly oeen received. leasure as soon as thi s IS receive and Vour aU'ectionat ;e Sou, Wrilh THE FATHEU'S ANSWEH. '/ jiriiirlimlhi /„ Uii- Ar/h; h ClIA KI.IK. Mv I) 1 1 \:.\ I lioV liociiKsiKl;, Ml' M IV L'-S, isso. my I vented ten \(iu ■-■•■ived your welcome letter of the -JOtli iust. in due t ■■'■' '''.""'y tl"-' 'lay and attendance at ans^^■enllg as iiromptly as usual, vet I 1 meetings in the ev '""■: ami althou.rh ^ and lifiy cents that 1 liav 111 will see hy the inclo.sed d'raft f, y<-'t I have not hy any ening i,re. to th H' Usual amount. ■I' L'omplicd witi 'I' mi.m) thirty-seven d means foiirot- ollars '1 your request. I have addcl s]; ")0 Though I have to contend with ions 111 order to many difticulti luii hilly com give you the great advaiitii ies and nnd imnsated for the self-denial that ,'c that the well informed l»-'rgo many ju-iva- yoi posse.ss, liy the knowledge of your ediK.ition will (it you for. I was delinked ' of 'tl .your success and tl 'I'- mother and I suhmit t. ''■ I"''.""' ■•""' Imimrahle iiosition that enjoy hy the iiiitiiuel a collei'iat ■nth of s'led, I would sull e course; hut knowing the di my father, and lu privileges tl iiin now too old to lat you ''oiiimenco cr any jirixati mintages under which I have St that which I have .so often desired 01' or hardship in order to confer ' possess. And it has often } •ug- iipon you )een a source ;<()2 COUUESPONnENt'E. .>t\(.Mif..ittok...iuthat.v.m,iii,,iwiatc all tl.i.s, (i.i.l .Irpiivo yourself, witlu out coiiiiilaiiit. of iiiiiiiy tiling's tliiit tlir noiix of alllmiico enjoy. Evfiything at lioi„u pr(.gie«8e8 as usual, an.l u.. aiv fill ai,.xio„s to welcome you hoiiR,. wluMi your vacation ],v./uiH. M„tli,T joins n,,. in love to you. 1 remain, as ever, Vdl K Al I KITIIPN ATK FaTHKK. THE SAME LETTKIJ. Herons/ nirt('e,l all al,o,.t the llr,. I.y sister Klla. The carpenters are --work.ng every day u,,on the roof, which will soon he npl ,. ' , 7'""' " ■'' ^7-' '''-■'■•«^"' -"' -^ter. and all the furniture, ps.a is '•■>"U, was sj.ulcd. All our lines, pictures were also destroyed 1 mt t y ' to -e replaced hy a collecti f new ones which we are not n.Lkin. ' Wc are l.y.u;,^ ,n one of our other houses, on .Mission street, while ,hc ..U.U arc repa,nn, that which was dan,a,..d. Cousin Sarah is still livin. w h us and enjoy.n^^ herseh as well as if nothin.^ unusual had hap,.ened " I apa ,s now doin, an extensive business, and tin.es are in.provin. every aay. ife ,s arranging to go to New York in October, and will In^ahscnt aliout SIX weeks. '"' Ahnnum has been seriously ill ever since the tire, and is greatly disappointed ni not be,ng able to accou,pany papa when he goes East' Hut shj il ' lecovenng, and we are .loang all we can to hasten her convalescence Please excuse „,e for not writing you a long letter, as we are .0 busy and I shall do better next time. An.l now believe n.e, a.s ever, Your loving niece, (il.'.\( K. LETTEU KEQUESTING COimESPONDEXCE. Miss Sr.sAN- Sims: Montuosk, Mi.nx., August 20, 1880. Ari."u.K^-Being ,lesirous of commencing correspondence with a lady friend and entertannng a n.ost favorable opnnon of your aceon.plislunent.s pardon I .KM 1 f ! ; Hh H[ ill f COIil.'KSI'ONDKXCK. Ilupiny that no unf,.r..,s.,n .iivNiuMtaiRc umy .leprive mo of tl.o tlihtin- pu«l.i..l iiivor tlmt I Iwiv.. tiikt'i, tli.. lilMTty to ank, I lunuiin, Itcspt'ctfiilly ami truly, ^^Mll■ friend, John Ai.i.KN, INVITATION TO A I'AltTY. ll'n//,ii i„ III, ■j'hinl I'nmii, hi tlif iimiiil sfi/h: Mr. and Mr.s. IUimhcI! iv,,,u.«t the i-lruMurt. of tiiti coiuiai.y of Mr. uii.l .Mi'h Knox lit H.,oci.,i .',itl.i.nnK at tho ruHulunco of their .lauMhtu', Mr.. Alexaii- 'l.T Mitrlull, ,.,ti. ..i,U. of Seventh .street, fonrfh ,loor from (!, Sonth Ho.ston. on We.li.emlay evening' next, the twenty.«,r I of Kehr.niry, at ei«ht oVioek. ACCEl'TINO THE AIJOVE. SliiMihl hi' sf,,/ ii-ithbi /irni/y./oiir /iniirn. With much i.leasure Mr. :uu\ Mrs. Knox accq.t the kin.l invitation of Mr and .Mrs. Ilns.sell to he present at Mr.s. M.tcheirs next Wednmlay evening. DKCLININO THE ABOVE. Mr. and Mrn. Kih)X present their coniplinient.s to Mr. and Mrs IJnssel! with re,:,net« that it will he inipossilde, on .-ueonnt of don.e.stic alHietion, to aceept their kind invitation to he present at .Mrs. .Mitel.ell'H ne.xt Wednesdav evening. •' NOTE OANCELIXO AN AC'CEI'TANOE. .Mr. and .Mrs. Knox reyret to say th.it they are very rehutantly eonipelle.l to tore-o the pleasnre of I.eiiii; pre.sent at .Mr.s. .Mitelieira next Wednes.lay ovel^n,^^ as they are exj^eeting the arriv.il of friends from a distanee of which they iiave l,een infomie.l .since accepting Mr. an.l .Mr.s. i;u«.,eir« kil.d invita- tion. INVIT.VriON TO DfNK. _\\V shall l.e plea.sed to have Mi.s.s North -line \\ith u.s to-morrow at live o clock, in company with Senator Dickinson and ix few friend.s. No. .)•_'() \ an Ness Avenue. ■>".-v.>i>. ACCEPTING THE A150VE. It will he a source of much pleasure to dine with .such distinguLshcd com- liaiiy at .Mrs. ( larlaiid'.s. Very truly, E.MMA NuiiTir. REGRET AT ABSENCE. ■Mr llarmird regrets that he was absent from home when Mr. ,Sanh.,rn eiiUed, and would he pleased to ni.tke an appointment for an interview. A REQUEST. Mr. Costello will jdease send l.y hearer Mr. Barker's umbrella, wliieh was lorgutten. of till) iliNtiii' ili'IlN Al.l.KN. it Mr. ami Mix. ', Mrs. Ali'xiui- Sdutli IViston, t figlit d'cldik. i'itivtiim of .Mr Mtliiy evening. Mr.s. |tuH.sell, u adiic'tion, to xt Wudiieadiiy itly coMiiK'llud U W udiicsday ini'o, (if wliicli 'm kind invita- orrow, at live y til,. Lear,. r, l.id.lHMk'M " IVrldNtorie 'I cKiiTjric.vrK or i-iioFiciKxcY. im I'nongli to mini .Mr. Mni'.s. K. W. II UIKKK. '"'■^*', 'tif.vtl.at .Mu,stt.r(JcMMvul'. 1 1,,,,.. | f iMHtrMoti.,nin (|„. |Mil,li,. hi.),,,,,! !<(• liaN rc.'civfd tlif full . (.ni tion 1 !<■ is found |Muii,.i,.nt inal! Iiis .stml f tlii.s city; that n|>on tlion.ni^l ■so I I'.xaniina- ""« n'lHirt; ami tli.d I If is entitled to the .liphmia of tl '■■s, as will appear in tlir aecompany- ifi '■II S( IhMll, I noM, lis department, Hv.vsiiKn K. Kvw.s. Oakland, ('al., .Xiivj. '20^ j.sso. '*le eoiiipanidii. Hr lill SriKioi. 1 Oal lOO.M, Kv.VNDKIt K. 1< v.w.s. I'^l"iiil, Cal., An- -JO, Ksso. ISuperiiitendent. I •Mr. \\'illiam Hawkins is heiel llECOMMKNDATION. IS serviee.s, as 'iiidge laiilding and in tl may also l.f relied ii eoiiipetent and skill ly reeomniended to any one who may i iiH'ehanii' in tl 10 .supcrvisi.in of work on ext( e art of lion ■Cfjllll'l. se and •nee ean be jilaeed on as a gentleman of integrity, in wl nsive contraets. He lom implieit eoiifl- Bk.n.iamin W II.I.IVM.- Siijit. of l'ii))lie Work.' LKTTEli TO ACrOMPANir A llEMITTAXCE. Messrs. A. S. I iAl!.NK.S & Co., New York C SAcia.MKNro, Cai,,, Aug. 20, IS ity: A.\ I'K.VNcisco, Cai.., Aug. 20, 1880. Nevada Bank of San Francisco' V^ to Knoel, NV. I!a,ker, or bearer, one hundred and tuenty-live dollars, & *)(;;{ 7,-). „ H. liAKSAKH, Pl^OMLSSOUY NOTE. SilKjI., „r,,nlhihlr, ,„n,ahh to o,v/, ,■, irifh ■niton-.t fm,,, ,l„l,.. ■^'^'^'■'■^''". Mrxx., Au'4. 20, |,S80 uve months after date, for value received, I promise to pav to .^eor-e ^t :: d.r::''"'' '"^ "-""■^'^ -"^ -ty.three7...<.0donars,\vith . .^ esi II om (late at seven per eent. Kmii. r,ArTi;ssiiii,Ai;Ki;. rUOMISSOllY NOTE. ■rohit, n,.,jothil,l,, pnijahle to ord.r, mth hiln;:.t ufin- iiiahinh, „,, . , , ^"'^^' I '-^f. Minn., Aug. 20, 1880. ] urty days after date ue jointly and severally pro,, ise to pay to the order with niterest after maturity at t en per eent. E. St. J. Cox, A. Blancjiaiu), JOII.V IJtCItAItD.S. j-i,'! ! $•200. ^"^ COIillESPONDENtJE. PROMISSORY NOTE. Shu/h, .of. i,r,jot;ohh; i.ayuJd. to holder onh/. n-Uhout Inh-re.,, au,l ,rl,hout orace. .Sackamknto, Cai.., Au,s,'. 20, ]S80. Sixty .lays after date I prmui-so to pay to liobort l'«r,lie one lu.n.Ircd and tli.rty-seveu 2..- 1 00 dollar.s, gol.l, f,.r vah.e received. JOIIX BOVYER, SIGHT DRAFT. Or lidiuitl Jim of /C.ir/i(tii;/,'. San FitANcisco, Cai.., Any. 20, 1880. At sight pay to tl,e order of Tl.o.na.s Day two Inmdred dollars, value re- ceived, and eharye to aeeoiint of To A. 8. Bahnks & Co., •^'"'•"' "• ^^■'^• 112 AVilliani .street, \e\v York. TIME DRAFT. Or liihiHil. Bill of E.irliiiiKje. ^'•i~''> 45. en ^^AN iMiANciscd, Cai,., Aug. 20, 1880. Thirty day« after sight, ,,ay to AVillian, Warren, or order, three hundred and seventy-hve 45-100 dollars, value reeened, and charge to account of To Biui., Tkukins & ,T,,ii, 05 State street, Boston, .Ma.ss. JoHX A. McDonald. FORM OP WILL. of soun.l nnnd and n,eniory, and in view of the uncertainty of life, do make inU.hs , a. declare this to he n,y last w „,,. an,, tks.uu.v, ; M.at is to ^ .i^l"a ; 1 f ' '" '""■""'' "°"'"'^' "'^' "^'^^^ '"^- '-■' ^li-=l'argo.i I g e and he,ueath unto n,y wife. I'ri.scilla .Mason, the dwelling-house ami fmt> acres of lano on Mlneh it i,s situated, now oeeupied hv us as a hon.e- s^eac, together w.th all the pictures, furniture, piano,\.rnan;ents, and Ir etr cts connected therewith: and also live thousand dollars cash. Second I herehy also give to n,y daughter, Kn.ily, one Inn.dre.l an,l sixty acres of lan.l n. Sterhng. IMue Earth county, Minnesota, besides all there- o. he eate held ,n n.y nan.e, exe..pt the sun. of five hundred dol ars, to he equally divided between the executors herein named TInrd. I hereby appoint Mr. Enoch W . Barker and Mr. Wellington Jones "27 T ""^ ?' '^''r'' '"'' *^^^=^'"^'"*' *" ''^ --l-«ated a,s'ab:ve lourtL I h.^rcby revoke and declare void all been made by me.j lare void all lornier wills that may Jiave 'tiid irif/ioiU ijrace, Aug. 20, 1880. one hiuidred and JolIN' BoVYKR, Ang. 20, 1880. lollius, value re- oir.s H. Ray. Vug. L>(), 1880. , tliice hundred account of . McDonald. ! Kansas, luring f life, do make Miat is to saj': n discliarged, I lling-liduse and us as a lionie- juts, and otlier li. id red and sixty (les all the re- 3scription, now I doHars, to be dlington Jones ^d as above. ;hat may have corresi'ondb:kce. 309 «tal, tl,e tuentieth day of August, eighteen hundred and eighty. fiMoKdK F. Mason, [i,. s.] AtteKtafii)ii. 'n,e above written in.trunu.nt was ,ul,seribed by the said George F. Mason ^" r i!;;^ "^='^"""'-^«'^'^ ''^ '""' t" -.cl. of us. and at^l,is request Lksmk Lank, Clay Center. CiiAiti.Ks Ckkkn, Leavenworth. Hkn.ia.min S.^iiKKs, Pottawatomie. FORM OV RESIGNATION. ; 1/ mailffroni a (b'sin- t,i he vfVwvctl. To Ti,K OK.rcKRs AN., M ,. ;.„„•: K.s l'"-^^""^''"^^'. '^I-^'^-*-. Aug. 20, 1S80. Ol' THli DkI.TA Sl(iMA SociKTV: rettv oft'; ^'"^"V^«':* t'"-?* y«" -- -^ked to accept u,y resignation as sec- U a e . TT'^ "'r'' '' ''"•'^''^' *""'''^^"'' '^« --"■"Stances over winch IJ ave no control demand all my ti.ne and attention. nig to serve you, I stdl remain, ^ AVifh much respect, KsTMKi; Dixon. FORM OF RESIGNATION AND WITHDRAWAL. 1/ from.
  • <.s((fis/acl'mn or ollirr ntiisp. To TiiK OvnvKHs AN,. MKM.iKus ''"^^" ^'^ " ^ ^'. -Mass.. Aug. 20, 1880. Ok TIIK Dki.ta .Sic.ma Sociktv: With much regret 1 am compelled to demaml the acceptance of mv rosi^ nation as secretary of this society, which is hereby temler'l, and to as U at" ".y name be stricken from the roll of membership. * Respectfully, KsTiiKi! Dixon. POSSESSIVE 51Y OR MINE. A foreigner writes to the New York Sin, .• I am studying English, an.l for that reason I pay a «reat deal of .H . f to the language of those with whom I happen l.'co.t el ' Xo 1^^ j^;;: pos.sessive pronoun "my "is so often u.sed, ami, at least in my jud m I ^n.se.^ t at it begms to worry me. For exan.ple, a lady .....tlj L^^. I locked mv door and went, ta .„>. l>Mf..i.„.. 4. i ,, . r ^• niy iiro visions. I returned home I found my stove cold and mv ( ''hen too, tor my kettle was nearly empty, and it would have been my (ue out; and tliat was lucky, ruined if my "-?!, 1 hi i It i i Nil f a: t si ;ii() COUIiESPONDKNCE. liH' ha.l Iron u„i„,-. r oxiicrtc.l iny lms!,ai„l cvcy niini.U', so I humoil-to inako liiy lirv a-ain aii.l picpaiv my (liinier. rnfortunatuly my butdier /lad tnr,i^..tt.'n to I.nn-my triiK., so 1 gavo l,i,n a iMerc of my iilimraii,! sent him liack tor my tri|io;'' and .sn on. The above extract, will serve to show that the Possessive Ciise of the egotistical Pronoun is capal)le of being used to excess as well as the Noiiiinutive. ]5ut a little care is all that is neces- sary to avoid it. Tlie original parties to a promissory note are at least two —the maker, or person who signs it, and the payee, or per- son to whom the promise is made. When a negotiable note, which must have the word order inserted, is transferred to a third or subsequent party, the payee becomes the indorser, or person who writes his name across the back. To indorse " in full "is to simply sign the indorser's name. To indorse " in blank" is to write an order on the back of the note instructing the promisor to pay to some third party, who must be distinctly named, and then sign t!ie payee's name in full. Thus, if the payee of the single note, on page 807, wishes to have Mr. L. pay the money to Mr. E. D. B. Porter, he writes these words across the back, and thus transfers the instrument to Mr. Por- ter: ' • Pay to the order of E. D. B. Porter. George A. Clarke." Mr. Porter can then again transfei' it to a fourth party, and so on. The original parties to a draft are three- the drawer, or person who issues and signs it; the drawee, or person 'on whom it is drawn, to whom it is addressed, and who is to pay it at maturity; and the payee, or person lo whom the payment IS to be made. The payee becomes the indorser, as in a note. In order to retain a legal claim against the indorser, the holder of a note or a draft that is dishonored, or not paid at luaturity, must cause it to be " protested" by a notary public, unless " demand," "protest," and "notice of protest" shall have been " waived" by indorsement of the payee or indorser, which should be done thus: "For value received, I hereby waive demand, protest, and notice of protest. George A Clarke." Should the indorser of a note or a draft wish to be free from all subsequent liability, he must first write the words, " without recourse," and then his indorsement. , so I limriud'to ,' iny butilier lijul iiiil ,uiil scut liiin ossessive Oiise ised to excf'ss tliut is ueces- 3 tiuble note, ,11 sf erred to n 3 indorser, or ) indorse " in 1 indorse " in te instructing ; be distinctly Thus, if the I have Mr. L. these words t to Mr. Por- ;e A. Clurke.'- ty, find so on. ;) drawer, or )r i^erson on vho is to pay the payment as in a note, indorser, the not paid at otary public, I'otest " shall ! or indorser, id, I liereby George A. be free from Is, " without COliHESPONDENCE. EXAMPLES or SUPEIISCRIPTIONS. ;?ii J/-'.«/'.v. //,;,/,/, /Jnnn, ,(• '/',////„/•, .'/■/ W'nsliliiijtnii SI., JJiisfii/l, in. /.v/.. If. n. Whip,, I,', I). />., liishoi) Diocene of Miini., St. Mavij'a Vof/ii/f, Fnribiinit, Mhiii. <'"ri'ofM„jorK.A. SlK-mia,,. No. .'1(1 Poire// Sf., < 'iti/. Mr. Wil/mm SmUh, Ch((r/ottf/.owii, Prhn-e Et/iranl Maud, dominion ofCamida. Mlxa EmUy May Cor/m-d/, M'dls Saninui-y, Alameda Co., Cal. I!ir. T/k,^. M„rs/i,ill, Pti.stnr dntci' C/iiirr/i, S/. /,IHli\, Mi, I'lof. WilVum Moid; I'l-ill. U'(.slrl/ail J)illJ Sc/wo/, Pri'ufoii, Liiin'ii,^li'ii\>, Eiiij. Jdliies Wi'l-sli, Al/oriii'ii-,i/-L;- or X Exi)iess. '''■■^l' Expense. Kxt Hxtra, V Fast. Fla Fh.iida. V^^ February. Fri Friday. ^'t Foot, feet. i^-ii.a Fellow of the l{oy- al Society. ^T- B Great Britain. Ga .Georgia. Geo George. Gen .(Jcneral. *'"^' < lovernor. Hon Honorable. Ill Illinois. I"il Indiana. lo. or la Iowa. I- e That is. J-'is James. Jos Josci)h. January. . Joiin. . Kansas. . Kejitucky. . Lino. , Lines. Louisiana. Jan Jno Kan Ky L LI La I«it Latitude. LIj Pound. Lo'i Longitude. I^ieut Lieutenant. I^f-" 1) Doctor of Laws. £ ■'^- il Pounds, shillings, pence. CORRESPONDENCE. 313 occur so fix>- Jnulaiid. ''sijiiirc. uid .so forth, 'or uxaiinile. Ixiuinile. '.\|iruss. ixpciise. Ixtrii, 'ast. 'loiida. ebruaiy, liday. oot, feet, ullowoftlie Roy- al Society, reat JJritaiii. eorgia. eorge. eiicral. oveinor. onorable. liiiois. II liana. >\va, liat is. .iiies. )sci)h. Hilary, iin. [insas. jjitucky. no. ness. uisiana. titude. und. iigitude. untenant, ctor of Laws, uiids, shillings, )eiice. ^- S Place of the seal. •"^^ Meridian. ^^ Thousand. M- I> Doctor of Mcdi- cine. ^f'l Maryland. ^'e Maine. ^^o» Monday. Mch March. Messrs Messieurs. Mine Madame. "^° Missouri. ^^I'^^li Micliigan. ^I'»» Minnesota. ""'^^ Mississippi. ^^^^ Mountains. ^^■^ Member of Con- gress. ^^- P Member of Par- liament. N North. ^'^ Nundjer. Nev Nevada. Nov November. Neb Nebraska. N- B New Brunswick. N • 1> Take notice. N- C North Carolina. N- H New Hampshire. N' J New Jersey. N. Y New York. <> Ohio. ^- K All correct. ^'^ Oregon. ^^'^ Ounce. 0- S , 01(1 School. ^ Page. l"!' Pages. -P- ^^ Postmaster. P- M Afternoon. Penn Pennsylvania. !*• ^ Postscript. ^- Postoffice. 14 Tres President. Prof Professor. Pli- r.) Doctor of Philos- ophy. Q- 1'- D Which was to bo driM.^iistrated. Qi' Quires. Qt Quart. li- I Ithode Island. lit Right. Rev Reverend. Kecd Received. liobt Robert. S South or slow. Ss- or sc Namely. ^- C Soutli Carolina. Sat Saturday. St Saint. St Street. Sec Secretary. Sun Sunday. Supt Superintendent. Tenn Tennessee. 'i'l»os Thomas. 1'i'eas Treasurer. Tr Trustee. Tuus Tuesday. 'rh"rs Thursday. 'Tex Texas. U- S United States. U- S. A United States of America. U- S. A United States Ar- my. ^•^ Under dispensa- tion, ^'^ Against. ^^'^' Namely. • * Virginia. ^t Vermont. W West. Win William. Yd Yard. '{?\ ;}14 ; 'L ' CORRKSrONDENCE. _ t (liii li i i- :'i: IDIOMS AND VARIABLE WORDS. Adverbial Phrases. There ure n.any expressions in the Eno- lish Languan^e that can net be resolve.I into separate wonfs r.ey are chiefly Adverbial, though manv are Adjective Elements. Do not try to separate tlien, in Parsing-cer- tiunly not m Analysis-but dispose of them as a whole A8 examples of A.hrrl., we may n.ention as follows: At oner, to muljm, in fact, no ,louhl, loilhoul fail, nol nl all /or- i'vrr and mr, over and over, now and a,i„in, ow.v in a wlule Ji^e and there, now and then, one at a linn, two In, two, ,or all hat, throayh and Ihnnujh, etc.; and as Adjectives, eiylu />!/ leu, oat ,,/ the icay, matter of fart etc A going, a fishinj. Such ex^.ressions,' though correct, shonld It possible, be avoided as inelegant. By common iisao-e' however, they have become familiar and sometimes forcible and expressive. In the fourth Gospel, chap. XXI 3 where Simon says "I go a tishing," it would, perhaps' have been as well to translate it, " I am going fishing.'' However, the a may be regarded as a Prepodlion, resem- bhng at It ,s, after all, a good old Saxon idi^n, and worthy of some 'consideration. The same reasons make it just as proper to say, " Set the clock a going," " She is .iwaknig." W'-vds liK'P arlHff i> >,.„ ^1 ^"t, is Adif^i, i,. - Ti 1 , "'^ *''^ ^"""^^ construction. Adieu, in They bade hmi many adieus," is a Nnan; in -Adieu my country, adieu ! " it is an InlrrjVrlion After IS a Preposition in "After dinner;" in - It rained shortlv a ter, it is an Adverl>; in " He arrived at the station aftel- the tzain had departed," it may be parsed as a Conneelire Adverb or Conjanction, connecting two clauses, or it may be called a Preposition, haviu"- " deivn'^m-P ••' n..r . tion) for its Object. ^ ^lep.u.uie (l)y construc- " ^T^^^:^^' *^^" ^^°"^' Satan except, none higher sat " oT ' '^"""^"'^ ''' ^^'"i^"^' ^" ^^^'^'^'^ Shorter Course p 23G IS, nevertheless, incorrect. It is precisely the sane p ; v..rr • ''''^^'^' ^^"^^'"' ''''^ ^"olier than him.- Sec Kule XVII.. p. 254. It should read, " Beelzebub, than who, featan except, none higher sat;" for than can not be shown in-ect, should, COIlRESl'ONi)EN(JE. gjg to iHue iho nature of either a place or reladon word. It is nothing more than' a continuutive Co.juncllon, after the coniimrative " hi-'her " ns best, and 'I always procure the best." In "Jacob loved Joseph the best," the words " the best "n. ay be parsed as an Advn-lnal I'lu-a.., n^odifying " loved " Dear . an A^cctive in '' Dear Sir," a m/uu in « My ear " and ^ont, tisnt ant. and similar contractions, however much -y may be tolerated in conversation, are! quite hexcMm b^ and even vulgar inletters or any other written :on. ition. Rather say, " I do not know," " It is not mine " lam not doing anything," ''Are you not tired?" ' livc in Every one else did it, but I declined;" a d a Con Fall out, look up to, and all similar expressions sho ild be parsed as Verbs, the InseparaMe PrepoLn or AdveTheiul regarded as a part of the Verb, as in uplift. See 13 , ' Half IS ajoun in ;« Give half to your brother," an A^re in A half moon," and an Adverb in " Half asleep " Had bet er go is imin-oper if used to designate the present or the future But in " I thought that I had better go " the " You 1 1 1 W "'i ^""^' '''"■^^'"^' *" ^^'' X-' 1-8- 247. Xou had better be quiet " ought to read. " You would do better to be quiet." or " You should be quiet " He sawed the wood short, is one of the many expressions hat are so difficult of explanation. The best us^ ^^o classify short as an Adjective, describing the sawed wood for If It were an Adverb, modifying sawed, it would not only terminate in ly. but possess quite a different sic^nifi- cation. Also, in '< He tied the borse fast," dispose ot°fast in the same way, for it is equivalent to " He made the hors« I'T' A/^^' ""''" ^'^ ^^'''■^' '^ ^«"1^ "^^li«*te that be performed the act of tying expeditiously, which is obviously _ not intended by the speaker. ooviously Idioms. This term is very indefinite, and is usually a great 316 CORRKSPONDKNOE, 1 1 }' Jr ; *■ t . tii : ] 1 j j j i. ; 1 ii '. \ ' M ) > . ' '■\ i ¥i\ , i ! ' -v ;l favoiite with suporfioinl students of Grammar. Any word that is found difficult to classify is disposed of, with a saga- cious and kuowiny look, a-t"an idiomatic word." There aro, however, as in other languages, a few Idioms in Eng- lish. They may bo defi"ed us exjjre.ssions whose acquired or secondary meaninr, is different from the literal or origi- nal signification. The principal idiomatic words in Eng- lish are There and It. These are supported and confirmed by the best scholars. There are others, however, such as Go and Take, that are rejected by critical writers. In the sentence, " There was no one there," the first word is idi- omatic. It merely introduces the sentence, which might read, "No one was ther«." Again, ia " It began to snow," the first word is idiomaHc and indefinite, and does not rep- resent any particular Antecedent as a Pronoun. The sen- tence might read, " The snow began to faL " But in the sentence, "He is going to die, ' the Verb "is going" is rather a Provincialism than an Idiom, and has no good authority for its use. The sentence would be more correct if written " He will probably die," or " It is feared that he will die." Is being and was being are two except'onal forms of the Verb be in tho I'rogreaxive Form. They can both be dispensed with, however, though they are not objectionable in such sentences as "The money is beiug counted," which is pur- posely written in the Passive Form in order to avoid stating who is counting it. Should there be no necessity for con- cealing this, it can take the form, " They are counting the money." No other Tense of the Verb be than the Present and Past Indicative is capable of assuming this peculiar form. Methinks is a Defective Verb, like ought, and is only used in the Present and Past Indicative. There is sometimes an Adjective, as in "The journey there was pleasant," in which it has the same meaning as the Adjec- tive Phrase " To that place." The dead, the wicked, and similar expressions contain Adjec- tives used as Nouns. Such words may properly be parsed as Nouns. Any word with, a sagft- •d." There »ms in Eng- se acquired ral or origi- ds in Eng- 1 confirmed fer, Hiich aa irs. In the word is idi- hich might a to snow," >es not rep- The sen- But iu the going " is as no good ore correct red that he )f the Verb dispensed le in such lich is pur- oid stating ty for con- anting the ,he Present is peculiar ly used in there was the Adjec- ain Adjec- be parsed INDEX. Abbreviations ^"8f • ^ Active an.l Passive Forms, illn.strat,,! \vitli S..'„t,"n.". 'm', PuiV 1 0^45 Sentences witli Verb " i)e" "o q Sentences with \'erb " Ijeen " 4' r Sentences witli Verb " was " and " were "....... (;' 7 Sentences witli A'orb " i« " and " are " 8!) Sentences with Pronouns !....!!'.! 10 H Sentence with mi.scollaneou.s Verbs .... 12 13 "8-31 Sentences witli Irregular Verbs ' "' " j'.^ jg Sentences with Intransitive Verbs .10, 17 38-43 Sentences with Po.ssessive Case ' ' is 19 Sentences with Interrogative form ..!.!.!......" 2o' 21 Sentences with Compound Subjects " ! ! ^ ! ! ! ! -J^ 23 2(5' "7 Sentences with Comiiound Objects ""! "' ' 24* 25 Sentences with Indicative Tenses \\ \ 3.,' 35 Sentences with Potential Tenses !!..!.... '30" •=" Sentences with Inseparable Prepositions 44' 45 Active and Progressive Forms ^,.' -o a • t. 41)— 0»i Synopsis of -j, r9 Active, Passive, Progressive, and Emphatic Forms '...'.'.'.'..'..'. C3 C4 Sentences with ..„' Active Voice defined ......!!!.. \\2 Active Form Adjectives ^^^ r, , 130 ^'""P''^''''' 131,132 P^'-'^'^'gof 146 152 Adjective Pronouns ' " ' Demonstrative Distributive Indefinite Numeral Adverbs !'!'.'!!!.'!!!.'.'.'!."." 1 Classified List of jgg ^"'■^•"g°^ ■.■.■;.■.■.■.■.■.::: 147. 150 ni8 INDEX. ! .. Ill*' I tn V I? i \. } . n r ' -el I- 1 - ■ 'fi fl: AimlysiB, Pnrt IV ^'""; C oniiiimiiil Sfiituiice.s .... Coniplfx Sfiitonot's Mixe.1 Sentences ' ' • ' ! ! ! ^ ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! " ! " ! ' T " oi« 022 MisL'elluneoiis Sentences * ' ,'p, Foi'niuliiM for Antecedent ^'^^ Apiiosition ^"' Articles [[] '24 Attril)utcs ....*....,, ^^^ Auxiliary ^•erb^. . . '^^ ' Ill "Bo," Conjugation of Sentences with, same Case oi o.) Sentences with, iiltsolute -,„' ,," Enii-liiitic Form of "•*',,* "But," two uses of.. *'^ 139 Cuse Nominative Ol.jcctive... ''^- „ •* . 122 l"'i Same Case ' ,^, 122 Clianges Orthography . Independent . . ' ; 104 Sentences in Possessive lOS 104 Sentences, substitute for l*o88es.sivo ' ,,.r Checi< on bank, form of . Clauses, Co-or.linate and Subordinate .'..'.' i^,!!! Connnon and Progressive Forms ... .,..?. Synopsis of *'' ]^ Common Form . ^* *'f Common Nouns ' ^ '"^ Comparison of Adjectives ,„, loj Compound liehitives [''[' ' ,, Conijiarative Degree , Conjugation , ^^^ Conjunctions '89-192 (. , .. 139 Copulative jy, ,. 139 Disjunctive ^^^ Correlative .... p, .. 140 r, ,. ,." 14U Continuative Distributive Adversative 140 INDKX. Page. ■ 1!I3 . . lf)(i, 210 •J14 215 . 21(1, 222 22n 2:«) 127 124 132 133 111 ISO 91, !)2 . 1)3, il4 115 139 121 122 122, 123 122 122 124 103, 104 105 307 20-) 4ti .")3 54 62 113 120 131, 132 128 131 189-192 139 139 139 140 140 140 140 140 Coiijiiiic'h'ons t'iniliniifil. t'laM.siticiitii, of , . , I'llI'Min^r of ('oiTU8ii()ii.l,.|ic.., I'iirt \|. I'i!(lcnsiiiii of N'oiinN Hfcli'iiHioi, ,,f JV'isoiial i'nuioiiiiH I'lifoetivo \'c'il)s l>i';,'rcos of Coiiipari.soii I'einoiiHtmtivu I'rouoims l>ist.iiliiitivo rioiiouiiM Unift, .si-ht iuid time Kinplmtio Form l!ulo for Emphatic. Except 810 Pi»8e. U! \\), I .-.2 285 125 12(1 111 132 130 130 308 114 115 139 Forms of Vcrh.s Forms of Si'iitences ".!..!..!!!.! ^ '^ • — Foriii.s of Itusiiiess ilociiiiitiit.s .... 2 109 290 Gfiidor Genitivu Ca.so 121 122 Idioms and Varialilo AVonln , . Iniporativo Mood Iia'om])araljle Adjectives liidt'liiiitc Adjcctivt' rinM ,nii Iiidf])cnduiit Case Indicative Mood Indicative compared with ,Sul)juiictivc. Inlinitivea 314 119 132 130 124 118 118 118 Si^ii ' ' to " sui)pressud, sentences 89 90 Infinitive Mo(H I '' Inlinitivcs witli supcrHuoiis Pronoun " it " Infinitive I'hrasi.s 95, 91) 209 97, 98 135 111 129 , '-^-^"'^"f 149,!i!2 Infinitive l'l.ra«cs, in Objective and Nominative, sentences with. Inseparable I'reposition.s Intransitive \'erbs Interroj^ative rronouns Interjections "It,"siiperlliious. with fnliniti I'e, sentences 95 yg Letter-writing Letters, how to write 286 286 ,11 , i' i m If I- 320 INDEX. Letter from consignee, Active Form ^'^^•' From consignee, Passive Form " ' " * f ^^ From consignor. Active Form From consignor, Passive Form ^^^ Applying for position. Active Form Zl] Applying for position, Passive Form ...'".' ^"^l Of introiluction Pveqiiesting favor. Active Form 202-294 lleque.sting favor, Passive Form ^"- Pequesting information ^^^ Replying to same ^^^ Responding to advertisement [[[ ^^^ Replying to the same ^^^ Ordering merchandise ^^^ Replying to the same [\ ^^^ Ordering special article , ' ^^^ Of inquiry " Replying to same ^'"'^ Of inquiry 298 Replying to same. Active Form ^^f Replying to same, Passive Form ^^'"^ To father. Active Form ~^^ To father. Passive Form ^'^ Replying to same. Active Form f '^ Replying to same. Passive Form T^^ To a relative. Active Form To a relative, Passive Form ' . . ^*^^ Requesting correspondence "^^^ Of invitation and reply "^^"^ Of request ^O* Of regret ^^'* Certifying to a fact _ '^^'^ Of recommendation ^^^ With remittance ' . _ ' ^^^ Of acknowledgment ^^^ Requesting payment ^^^ Replying to same ^^^ Of resignation ^^® 309 Moods defined . . " My," abuse of. 117, 118 309 Nouns must precede Pronouns Common •'"O Proper . ^20 120 Page„ 289 290 290 291 291 292 • • . 202 -294 2C4 295 295 295 290 29G 29G 297 297 298 298 298 299 299 300 301 301 302 302 303 303 304 304 304 305 305. 305 306 306 306 309 117, 118 309 120 120 120 INDEX. 321 Nouns— Condniied. Abstract /,„ ColJective ,„„ Of Multitude [.'. ]20 Characteristics, four loi Declension of " ,Z. [ */^'j Parsing of 144 151 Note promissory, forms of ! i.' 307,' 308 Number ^"'"■■•"s ..'.'..'.".'. 1 19 074 Numeral Adjectives ' j„„ Objective after " ])e " ,g„ AVith "of" for Possessive .... ,00 "0"ly" '.'.'.'.'.'.'.':.'. 139 "Or," alternative ^gj, E.xplanatory , „,, OrlHography, Part V 271 Of Person ,,„ Of Number , , ^ Changed by Case ......."." 122 Of Possessive ,„_ 2 iiO Ownership and Possession jqq jy- Parsing, Part III ,_„ S™"' • '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".'.■.'.■.■.'.■.■.■143, 157-181 formula for Verbs 2^3 jr,Q Formula for Nouns j^^' jg^ Formula for Pronouns 24^' jgj Formula for Adjectives j^g' jg.> Formula for Adverbs ' j^y' jIq Formula for Prepositions j4g" jgg Fonnula for Conjunctions j^fj' jgo Formula for Interjections j^y' jgo Participles as Nouns " g|j' j^' ^^~ As Adjectives jqj' ^^^.^,' jjy Parts of Speech, Part II ' ' hq Passive Voice defined , ,., Passive Form 112 113 Passive, Rule for "' 1 1 1; Person defined " , ,,, ^o™s '."""''''*'' 1I9 Personal Pronouns defined j2i Declension of , ^„ Perfect Tenses , !"_ Phrases, Infinitives 200 322 INDEX. it {\ Phrases, Prepositional Page. Place- won Is 209 Plural Form "" 135 Possession not owuersliii) ^"'' ^'"^ Possessive t'ase, Singular ' ^"*'' ^^^' ^23 Plural ' ' 103 Sul)stitnte for 104 Orthography of 10;") Of Common Nouns n„t used ^^^ Positive Dfgito 125 Potential Mood .... ...... ' 131 Prepositions 118 Must i)recc(le EelatiVe. ' ' ^^^ ~ Insei»arable 1-8 List of [] ' 135 ComiKnind 137 Parsing of 138 Pi-epositional Phrase ^•*^' 1^^ Pi-epositional Phrases ..... ' l'^'^ Punctuation, rules for. -0!) Characters used in ^^■'> ^'^1 Predicates, Simple and C.nnpound -'^•^ Predicate- Verb -'04 I'rincipal Yerhs .[,, 209 Principal Parts of Verbs ...... * ^H Promissory note, form of ^1 1 Profane language 308 Progressive Form 142 Ilule for ..." 114 Pronouns 115 Four characteristics ' ^-0 Personal, lieilexivo, sentences ^"^ Relative, Simple, in sentences' .' ^^^' ^^'^ Sentences with two Nondnatives **''"'''* Sentences M-itli two OI)jectives ^^' '''^ Sentences with Nominative and ObjJJti ve ^l' '^f, Sentences with Objective and Nominative .' ." f. Sentences with Piomiscuous Cases ' ' '" Sentences with Objective after Preposition '. „' J^ Sentences Mith " that " and " as ". f' ' lielative. Compound 77, 78 Sentences with " what ". 79-84 Sentences witii "whatever," etc. '^ ^^ Personal 82-84 INDEX. Page. 209 135 • . . 121, 123 lOti, 107, 123 103 104 105 125 125 131 118 135 128 135 137 138 . . 148, 152 135 20f) . . 105, 231 233 204 20!» Ul 111 308 142 114 115 120 121 108, 109 05-78 65, 06 67, 68 69, 70 71, 72 73, 74 75, 76 77, 78 79-84 79 Si 82-84 121 127 Fronoim»—Co)itiniied. Intei-ogative Adjective Parsing of Proper Nouns Proi)osition.s and Clauses Witli Intiniti' 145 323 Page. 129 130 151 120 205 30G, Receipt, form of Redundant Verbs Reflexive Pronouns, sentences ^08 Declension Regular Verbs Relative Pronouns, sentences Defined Relation-words Resignation, form of Rule for Passive Rule for Pr ■- ,i\ o Rule for 1j ..iwiic, . 307 111 109 126 111 )-84 127 135 309 115 115 115 91, 122 " 04 Same Case Sentences, transposed. Part I To Ije corrected or changed 84-88 Witii "to " suppressed " Same Case " with " be " With " be," absolute ............'...." With superfluous Pronoun "it "' e Phrases ()-. 89, 90 91, 92 93, 94 95, 96 99. , 98 100 103 104 105 106 With Participles as Nouns With Possessive Case, Singular With Possessive Case, Plural . With substitute for Possessive . Witli possession shown With ownership shown .q.. With Reflexive Personal Pronouns jQg jgg Analyzed Material for Setti ■^ment, form of "Shai' " and "will" ... Simple Relatives Singular Speech, Parts of. Part If Subjects, Simple and Coi Subject-Nominative .^||* Subjunctive Mood j ,„ Superlative Degree ,„. 196 2,30 199-203 307 117 127 121 110 324 INDEX. 6 h I: (1- - Ml ' ' ir ^tii 'I Superscription of a letter. . Pago. Superscnptions, e.xamples of. 288, 310 Synopsis 3] 2 Syntax, > ;„.t IV. .."..'.'.' ' 54-62, 186 Itules False Tenses Present, artificial ' ' Tast and Future, natural Perfect " That " preferred.to "Thou " ami "you "... Time, divisions of "To," the infinitive sign . ^"To," the ^-reposition ... " To, "omitted after Verl)s Transitive Verbs . vvlio"and "which Ultra-Comparative Be gi'ce . Variable Words and Idioms Verb.s, Definitions . . 236 237-270 237-270 116 117 117 117 127 126 116 119 119 119 111 131 314 Principal and Auxiliary ] 111-119 Principal Parts Ill Befective and Redun.lant ^^^ Regular and Irregular HI Transitive and Intransitive. ^^ Active and Passive Voice ^^^' ' '^ Passive Form 112 Time and Tense ',[ 112 Tenses, or divisions of time H*5 Moods defined 116, 117 H.aving" to "omitted. Irregular, list of Parsing of. 118 119 153-155 Voice, Active and Passive . . 143-150, 182-185 Kules for, "What" "Whatever," etc. . "Which" "Who" "Will "and "'.shall Wills, form of Words of variab: e meaning and Idioms. 112 115 129 129 129 129 117 308 314 Page., 288, 310 311 54-62, 186 236 237-270 237-270 116 117 117 117 127 126 il6 119 119 119 Ill 131 314 111-119 Ill Ill 111 111 • ••• 111, 112 112 112 116 •• • 116, 117 118 119 .. 153-155 150, 182-185 112 115 129 129 129 129 117 308 314